CAIUS    IULIUS    CAESAR. 
(British  Museum.) 


( Fro  n  t  isp  iece .) 


THE   WORD-VALUE 

FIRST    LATIN    BOOK 


BY 

E.   CUTLER   SHEDD,  A.M. 


REVISED  EDITION 


NEW   YORK 

WILLIAM    BEVERLEY    HARISON 
1907 


SOME  SUGGESTIONS. 

IN   examining   this   book   please  keep  in  mind  the   following   facts: 

The  repetition  of  words  is  so  constant  that  the  great  majority  of  the 
words  in  any  given  lesson  are  familiar  to  the  pupils  when  they  reach  it. 

They  therefore  are  quite  free  to  center  attention  upon  the  endings  and 
syntax. 

About  three  fourths  of  each  advance  reading  lesson  is  really  a  review 
of  words,  forms,  and  constructions  already  studied. 

Hence  it  is  possible  to  master  the  reading  lessons  in  spite  of  their  in- 
creasing length  and  sometimes  complex  sentence  structure. 

A  ONE  YEAR'S   COURSE. 

The  pupils  should  be  of  the  usual  age  of  High-School  Freshmen.  A 
nine  months'  course,  with  five  recitations  a  week,  contains  about  170  rec- 
itations, aside  from  periods  for  examinations. 

As  a  rule,  devote  two  recitations  to  each  of  the  seventy-eight  lessons, 
abridging  the  prose  composition  work  where  necessary.  Half,  or  less, 
of  the  prose  work  has  given  excellent  results  when  carefully  done.  (156 
recitations. ) 

The  first  recitation  may  be  devoted  to  the  forms  or  rules  and  to  the 
reading;  the  second  to  completing  the  reading,  and  to  prose  composition 
work,  with  ten  minutes,  if  desired,  for  composition  at  sight. 

Devote  about  ten  more  recitations  to  the  further  study  of  the  paradigms. 

Devote  the  remaining  recitations  to  Lessons  LXVII  and  LXXIV. 

If  more  time  be  needed,  omit  Lessons  XLII,  XLVII,  and  LX  (releas- 
ing six  recitations),  and  Lesson  LXXIV  (releasing  four  or  five  more 
recitations).  Or  else  devote  a  few  weeks  at  the  beginning  of  the  second 
-year  to  the  last  few  lessons  and  the  final  reading  exercises.  This  will 
put  the  class  into  excellent  trim  for  immediately  taking  up  Caesar  or 
Nepos. 

"COMPOSITION  AT  &IGI11."— This  is  the  title  of  a  pamphlet 
discussing  the  subject  and  giving  a  list  of  sentences  adapted  for  use.  It 
will  be  sent  fr^c  of  charge  on  request  to  teachers  using  this  book. 

"  SIX  BOOKS  OF  CJESAR  IN  ONE  YEAR."— In  a  pamphlet  of 
this  title  the  author  has  described  the  method  which  is  embodied  in  this 
book,  and  also  the  result  of  a  two  years'  test.  In  this  test  the  class  num- 
bered fifteen.  Each  member  completed  the  six  books  with  comparative 
ease  and  without  lack  of  thoroughness.  Those  pupils  to  whom  Latin 
proved  difficult  seemed  to  derive  the  greater  benefit — indeed,  judging  by 
previous  experience,  several  would  have  failed  to  pass  in  even  the  five 
books  required  of  previous  classes  had  it  not  been  for  the  thorough  drill 
in  reading  given  by  the  WORD- VALUE  TEXT-BOOK. 
Copyright,  1907,  by  E.  CUTLER  SHEDD. 

ii 


PREFACE. 

IF  we  ask  second-year  pupils  what  they  find  to  be  the  great 
obstacle  to  the  easy  reading  of  Latin,  their  usual  reply  is : 
"  We  do  not  know  the  meanings  of  the  words."  This  reply 
indirectly  attests  the  success  of  recent  text-book  makers  in 
their  efforts  to  improve  the  method  of  presenting  syntax  ;  but 
it  is  also  a  call  to  confront  the  problem  how  best  to  aid 
learners  to  acquire  a  vocabulary. 

The  Latin  words  which  the  pupil  will  meet  most  often 
plainly  are  of  greatest  value  to  him.  For  example,  dico  and 
res  are  very  important.  He  will  not  meet  with  regno  or  nauta 
ten  times  a  year  if  he  reads  the  writers  usually  selected,  unless 
he  takes  the  first  book  of  Livy.  He  will  encounter  cachinno 
or  anser  once  or  twice,  if  at  all.  This  book  uses  only  im- 
portant Latin  words,  so  far  as  feasible. 

The  best  way  to  memorize"  the  meanings  of  a  large  number 
of  words  is  to  encounter  them  frequently  in  reading  lessons 
and  written  work,  for  most  words  are  arbitrary  symbols,  with 
nothing  to  suggest  a  connection  with  the  objects  they  denote. 
If  repetitions  are  frequent  enough,  the  process  of  memorizing 
proceeds  without  apparent  effort.  Almost  any  pupil,  when 
he  completes  his  first  year  in  Latin,  recalls  the  meanings  of 
such  words  as  bonus  and  est.  They  have  been  brought  to  his 
attention  again  and  again  during  months  of  study. 

This  book  contains  four  long  word-lists,  printed  on  tinted 
paper  for  ready  reference.  The  words  in  these  lists  are  re-' 
peate.d  about  five  times  in  the  reading  lessons  in  which  they 
first  occur,  where  they  are  printed  in  heavy  type  and  also 
collected  in  a  short  word-list.  The  long  lists  take  the  place  of 
an  English-Latin  vocabulary,  for  the  Latin  words  required 
in  any  given  composition  exercise  will  be  found  in  the  pre- 
ceding word-lists,  in  the  Latin  reading  exercise  for  the  same 
lesson,  or  by  the  help,  of  a  foot-note. 

iii 


iv  PREFACE. 

The  reading  contains  in  all  about  eleven  thousand  words, 
and  the  written  exercises  about  six  thousand.  Thus  the 
words  found  in  the  special  lists  each  occur  from  sixty  to 
seventy  times  in  the  book.  Naturally  seme  occur  more  fre- 
quently than  others,  but  scarcely  more  than  six  less  than 
thirty  or  forty  times.  There  are  also  lists  of  English  words 
derived  from  the  Latin,  "  Allied  Words/'  which  aid  the 
memory  when  aid  is  most  needed.  The  Latin  words  are 
thus  so  impressed  upon  the  memory  by  repetition  and  the 
association  of  ideas  that  the  pupil  can  scarcely  choose  but 
learn  them.  It  is  believed  that  this  method  has  never  before 
been  applied  so  thoroughly  and  systematically.1 

The  saving  of  time  thus  secured  permits  the  introduction 
of  reading  lessons  of  some  length,  and  of  sentences  with  a 
complex  word  order.  The  value  of  the  latter  as  a  prepara- 
tion for  classical  Latin  is  obvious. 

The  isolated  sentences  are  taken  as  far  as  possible  from  the 
text  of  Caesar.  Wherever  practicable  they  give  way  to  nar- 
ratives from  his  writings,  with  text  simplified,  taken  chiefly 
from  the  "  Civil  Wars,''  in  order  to  impart  variety  and 
correct  any  tendency  to  depend  upon  memory  alone  in 
second-year  reading.  Those  passages  have  been  chosen 

1  To  what  extent  this  method  affects  the  reading  of  second- 
year  Latin  may  be  seen  from  the  following  extract  from  Caesar 
(B.  G.  II.  17),  where  the  words  in  heavy  type  are  among  the 
words  memorized  in  this  First  Latin  Book  : 

His  rebus  cognitis,  explOratores  centurionesque  praemittit,  qui 
locum  idoneum  castris  deligant.  Cum  ex  deditlcils  Belgis  reli- 
quisque  Gallls  complOres  Caesarem  secutl  una  iter  facerent,  quidam 
ex  his,  ut  posteS  ex  captlvis  cognitum  est,  eorum  dierum  consue- 
tndine  itineris  nostri  exercitus  perspecta,  node  ad  Nervios  perve- 
nerunt  atque  his  demSnstrarunt,  inter  singulas  legiones  impedl- 
mentorum  magnum  numerum  intercgdere,  neque  esse  quicquam 
negotil,  cum  pnma  legio  in  castra  venisset  reliquaeque  legicnes 
magnum  spatium  ab-essent,  hanc  sub  sarcinls  adorlri  ;  qua  pulsa 
impedimentlsque  dlreptls  futurum,  ut  reliquae  contra  consistere 
non  audgrent. 


PREFACE.  v 

which  seemed  most  full  of  interest  as  narratives.  The  text 
has  been  simplified  only  to  the  extent  that  the  pupils'  knowl- 
edge of  vocabulary  and  construction  demand  in  each  read- 
ing lesson.  The  learner  is  thus  gradually  introduced  to 
the  Latin  of  Caesar  himself.  Incidentally  he  is  familiarized 
with  Roman  methods  of  warfare  and  history,  in  which  he  is 
aided  by  brief  notes  and  carefully  selected  illustrations  and 
maps. 

In  the  treatment  of  rules  and    paradigms    the    following 
are  the  points  chiefly  considered  : 

(1)  Terms  and  expressions  unfamiliar  to  the  pupil  have 
been    either    eliminated    or   carefully    explained    when    first 
introduced.      Wherever  possible  English  grammar  has  been 
used  as  a  stepping  stone.      The  attempt  has  been  made  to 
approach  difficult  subjects,  such  as  the  subjunctive,  from  the 
standpoint  of  the  learner. 

(2)  Rules  and  forms  not  needed  for  the  reading  of  "The 
Gallic   War"  have   either  been   excluded,  or  else  but  little 
emphasized.       Hence    the    locative    case,   for  instance,   has 
been  omitted,  and  the  vocative  made  optional. 

(3)  All  rules  introduced  are  given  in  full.      For  example, 
all  forms  of  indirect  discourse  are  fully  treated. 

(4)  Common    constructions    which  are   difficult   are    em- 
phasized, and  a  constant  drill  in  them  is  maintained  through- 
out the  reading  and  written  exercises.      Particular  attention 
is  called,  in  this  connection,  to  the  treatment  of  the  sequence 
of  tenses  and  of  clauses  of  purpose  and  result  in  the  subjunc- 
tive, and  of  indirect  discourse. 

(5)  Constructions,    like    those    of   the    gerundive,   which 
pupils  are  likely  to  confuse,  are  introduced  at  widely  sepa- 
rated intervals. 

(6)  The  constructions  which  are  most  common  are  intro- 
duced first ;    for  example,  the  ablative  of  means  and  qui  be- 
fore gut's. 

(7)  Similar  forms  are  introduced  in  close  sequence.     All 
forms  of  the  genitive  in  ius  are  thus  united. 


vi  PREFACE. 

(8)  The  work  has  been    graded   with  much    care.     The 
introductory  lessons  are  an  example  of  this.      In  the  latter 
part  of  the  book  frequent  reading  lessons  are  inserted  to  aid 
the  pupil  in  assimilating  what  has  been  already  learned,  be- 
fore taking  up  new  points. 

(9)  The  subject  of  verb  analysis  is  given  considerable  at- 
tention in  the  belief  that  it  greatly  simplifies  the  mastering 
of  the  verb. 

(10)  The  grouping  of  the   words   in    the  Latin   Reading 
Lessons  (believed  to  be  a  new  feature  in  language  teaching) 
has  been  suggested  as  a  valuable  aid  in  acquiring  the  habit 
of  rapid  reading. 

Many  cross  references  are  given,  to  aid  in  uniting  what 
logically  belong  together.  The  rules  are  reprinted  at  the 
rear  of  the  book  in  a  list,  arranged  systematically  and  with 
references  to  leading  grammars,  inserted  for  convenience  and 
to  facilitate  the  transition  to  second-year  work. 

For  the  sake  of  uniformity  and  simplicity  great  care  has 
been  taken  that  each  style  of  type  be  used  for  a  like  purpose 
throughout  the  book.  Latin  words  and  phrases,  for  instance, 
appear  in  a  uniform  type  and  are  thus  immediately  dis- 
tinguishable from  the  English. 

We  are  indebted  to  Mrs.  M.  J.  Woodhull,  of  New  York 
City,  for  the  careful  editing  of  the  book,  and  also  for  her 
many  valuable  suggestions. 

Thanks  are  also  due  to  Mr.  George  M.  Baker,  recently 
instructor  in  the  Lawrenceville  Preparatory  School,  for  the 
care  he  has  exercised  in  marking  the  quantities,  and  to  Pro- 
fessor Clifford  P.  Clark,  of  Fairmont  College,  for  various 
useful  suggestions.  The  author's  greatest  obligation,  how- 
ever, is  to  his  pupils,  (without  whose  cooperation  little  could 
have  been  accomplished,)  especially  to  those  of  them  to  whom 
the  study  of  Latin  has  frequently  seemed  dull  and  unprofit- 
able. E.  CUTLER  SHEDD. 

RYE,  N.  Y.,  December  15,  1905 


CONTENTS. 


CAIUS  IULIUS  CAESAR Frontispiece 

PAGE 

Map    I.  THE  ROMAN  DOMINIONS,  44  B.C , .... . .  85 

Map  II.  SOUTHEASTERN  GAUL 86 

Map  III.  THE  SCENE  OF  CAESAR'S  CAMPAIGN  AGAINST  POMPEY.  87 

Map  IV.  THE  ROMAN  PROVINCE  OF  AFRICA 204 

Map   V.  THE  REGION  AROUND  UTICA,  44  B.C 205 

GRAMMATICAL  INTRODUCTION %  i 

LESSON 

I.  Singular  and  Plural  Nominative  of  First  Declension 7 

II.  Accusative  Case.     Direct  Object 9 

III.  First  Declension.     Indirect  Object 1 1 

IV.  Order  of  Words.     Apposition.     Predicate  Nouns 14 

In  with  Ablative. 

V.  Dative  of  the  Possessor.* 18 

VI.  In  with  Accusative.     Omission  of  Subject 20 

First  Word-list. 

VII.  Second  Declension.     Vocative  Case 23 

VIII.  Adjectives     of    First   and   Second    Declensions.       Predicate 

Adjectives 26 

IX.   Second  Declension.     Nouns  in  -er 29 

X.  The  Verb  Sum.     Agreement  of  Verb  with  Subject 32 

XL   Sum,  continued.     Ablative  of  Means  or  Instrument 34 

XII.  First  Conjugation.    Personal  Endings 37 

XIII.  First  Conjugation,  continued.     Verb  Stems 41 

XIV.  Ablative  of  Manner.     Endings , 44 

XV.  Hie  and  Ille 46 

vii 


vi'i  CONTENTS. 

LESSON  PAGE 

XVL  Is 49 

XVII.  Qui.     Agreement  of  Relative  Pronouns 52 

XVIII.  Quis  ? 55 

XIX.   Reading 58 

XX.  Iste,  Idem,  Ipse 60 

XXL  Quidam.     Aliquis.     Irregular  Adjectives 63 

Word-list  for  Review 66 

XXII.  Third    Declension.      Mute    Stems.       '-Allied    Words" 

begin '   67 

XXIII.  Third    Declension.     Mute  Stems,  continued.     Ablative 

of  Cause , ^ 70 

XXIV.  Third  Declension.      Liquid  Stems 73 

XXV.  Third  Declension.     Stems  in  i.     Descriptive,  Ablative, 

or  Genitive 76 

XXVI.  Third   Declension.      Stems   in   i,    continued.     Comple- 
mentary Infinitive 79 

XXVII.  Third  Declension.     Adjectives.     Principal  and  Subor- 
dinate Clauses.     Order  of  Words. .    82 

XXVIII.  Third   Declension.     Adjectives,    continued.     Hints   for 

Reading 88 

XXIX.  Ablative  of  Time 95 

XXX.  Second  Conjugation 95 

XXXI.   Second  Conjugation,  continued.     Tense  Signs. 98 

XXXII.  Ablative  of  Specification 101 

XXXIII.  Fourth  Declension 103 

Word-list  for  Review 105 

XXXIV.  Third  Conjugation 106 

XXXV.  Third  Conjugation,  continued 108 

XXXVI.  Reading in 

XXXVII.  Comparing  of  Adjectives,  Ablative  with  Comparatives. .  113 

XXXVIII.  Comparing  of  Adjectives,  continued Il6 

XXXIX.  Comparing  of  Adjectives,  continued 119 

XL.  Formation  of  Adverbs 122 

XLI.  Comparing  of  Adverbs 125 

XLII.   Reading 127 

XLIII.   Third  Conjugation  Verbs  in  id.     Accusative  of  Space 

and  Time 129 

XLIV.  Fifth  Declension 132 

XLV.  Subjunctive  of  Purpose 134 


CONTENTS.  ix 

LESSON  PAGE 

XLVI.  Personal    and   Reflexive    Pronouns.     Possessive  Adjec- 
tives   138 

Word-list  for  Review 141 

XLVII.  Reading 143 

XLVIII.  Numerals 145 

XLIX.   Numerals,  continued 148 

L.  Subjunctive  of  Result 149 

LI.  The  Verb  Possum 151 

LII.   Reading 154 

LIII.   Fourth  Conjugation 156 

LIV.   Review  of  the  Four  Conjugations 158 

LV.   The  Infinitive.     Indirect  Statements 159 

LVI.  The  Tenses  of  the  Infinitive  in  Indirect  Statements 163 

LVII.   Reading 165 

LVIII.   Subjunctive  after  Verbs  of  Fearing 166 

LIX.  Participles.     Accusative   of  Place   Whither,    Names  of 

Towns    169 

LX.   Reading 173 

LXI.   Deponent  Verbs.     Ablative  with  some  Deponents 174 

LXII.   Dative  with  some  Intransitives 176 

LXIII.   The  Irregular  Verbs  Volo,  N616,  Malo 178 

LXIV.  Cum.    Temporal 179 

LXV.   Reading  for  Review 181 

LXVI.   Gerundive  and  Gerund 183 

LXVII.   Reading 185 

LXVIII.  Dative  of  End  or  Service.     Dative  with  Compounds . . .  188 

LXIX.  Ablative  Absolute 190 

LXX.   Primary  and  Secondary  Tenses.     Perfect  and  Pluper- 
fect Subjunctive.    Full  Rule  for  Sequence  of  Tenses.  193 

LXXI.  The  Irregular  Verb  E6.     Ablative  of  Separation 196 

LXXII.   Subjunctive  and  Relative  Clauses 198 

LXXIII.  The  Irregular  Verbs  Fer6  and  Flo.     Hints  for  Read- 
ing   201 

Word-list  for  Review 202 

LXXIV.   Reading 206 

LXXV.   Indirect  Questions.     Quam  with  Superlative 210 

LXX VI.   Conditional  Sentences 212 

LXXVII.   Commands  and  Appeals.     The  Three  Forms  of  Indi- 
rect Discourse 215 


X  CONTENTS. 

LESSON  PAGB 

LXXVIII.  The  Periphrastic  Conjugations 218 

Reading  Lessons 221 

Tables  of  Declension  and  Conjugation 228 

General  Vocabulary 259 

Vocabulary  of  Proper  Names 279 

List  of  Rules,  Arranged  Systematically. 285 

Index 291 


References  throughout  are  to  paragraphs. 

There  is  no  English-Latin  vocabulary.  The  majority  of 
the  words  used  in  the  prose  composition  work  present  no 
difficulty,  because  the  pupil  is  already  familiar  with  them. 
Every  word,  except  proper  names,  may  be  found  either  in 
previous  word-lists,  in  the  Latin  reading  exercise  for  the  same 
lesson,  or  by  the  help  of  a  foot-note.  Compare  48  and  72. 

The  vocabulary  of  proper  names  follows  the  main  vocabu- 
lary. 

Directions  for  the  use  of  the  "  Allied  Words  "  are  given  in 
paragraph  131. 

For  the  purpose  of  ready  reference,  the  rules  will  be  found 
arranged  systematically  and  with  references  to  leading  Latin 
grammars  in  a  list  following  the  vocabulary  at  the  end  of  the 
book. 

For  the  list  of  abbreviations  see  page  258. 
References  throughout  are  to  paragraphs. 


GRAMMATICAL  INTRODUCTION. 

1.  ALPHABET.     The  Latin  alphabet  is  the  same  as  the 
English,  except  that  it  has  neither  j  nor  w.     I  serves  both 
as  a  vowel  and  as  a  consonant. 

a.  In  late  Latin  and  English  j  has  taken  the  place  of  i-con- 
sonant. 

2.  i.   The  sounds  denoted  by  the  letters  called  vowels 
are  produced  by  vibrating  the  vocal  cords.     The  sounds  de- 
noted by  the  mute  consonants  are  most  easily  produced 
when    a   vowel    sound    is   checked  by  means  of  the  throat, 
tongue,  or  lips.     A  semi- vowel  partakes  of  the  character  of 
both  a  consonant  and  a  vowel,  but  usually  appears  in  combi- 
nation with  the  latter. 

2.  The  vowels  are  a,  e,  i,  o,  u,  and  y. 

3.  CLASSIFICATION  OF  CONSONANTS. 

1.  Mutes,     b,  p,  c,  g,  k,  q,  d,  t. 

b,  p,  lip  sounds,  called  labial  mutes. 

c  (ch,  cp.  51),  g,  k,  q  (qu,  cp.  4,  2,  a),  throat  sounds, 
called  guttural  mutes. 

d,  t,  teeth  (or  tongue)  sounds,  called  dental  (or  lingual) 
mutes. 

2.  Liquids.     1,  m,  n,  r. 

More  strictly,  1  and  r  are  liquids,  m  and  n  nasals. 

3.  f,  h,  and  s  are  spirants. 

h  is  sometimes  called  a  breathing,     s  is  the  sibilant. 

4.  i-consonant  and  V  are  semi=vowels. 
1,  r,  S,  and  h  are  sometimes  classed  here. 

5.  x  and  z  are  double  consonants. 

4.     i.  Two  methods  of  pronouncing  Latin  are  used  in 
America,  the  Roman  and  the  English.     In  the  English 
1  References  throughout  are  to  paragraphs. 


2  ^  :  .  fl  t ..  .«..«,.     INTRODUCTION. 

the  sounds  as  a  rule  are  the  same  as  in  English.    This  is  now 
seldom  used. 

SOUNDS  OF  LETTERS.     ROMAN  METHOD. 

2 .  VOWELS. 

The  vowels  are  the  same  as  in  English.  Broadly  speak- 
ing, each  vowel  has  only  one  sound.  If  the  sound  of  a  vowel 
in  a  syllable  is  somewhat  prolonged  when  pronounced,  the 
vowel  is  said  to  be  long.  If  the  sound  is  shortened,  the 
vowel  is  said  to  be  short. 

LONG.  SHORT. 

a  as  in  ah.  a  as  in  so/a. 

e  as  in  they.1  e  nearly  as  in  set. 

1  as  in  machine.  i  nearly  as  in  tin. 

6  as  in  home.  0  as  in  melody. 

U  as  oo  in  tool.  U  as  in  put. 

y  is  sounded  like  the  German  ii,  or  French  u. 

a.  When  qu  or  gu  precede  a  vowel,  u  is  treated  as  a  con- 
sonant. This  is  also  true  of  U  in  the  forms  huic  (93)  and 
CU1  (106,  113). 

Some  authorities,  however,  consider  the  ui  in  these  forms 
a  diphthong. 

3.  DIPHTHONGS. 

A  diphthong  is  produced  by  running  together  the  sounds 
of  two  vowels. 

The  more  common  diphthongs  are  pronounced  as  follows : 
ae  as  ai  in  aisle.  eu  as  eu  \i\feud. 

au  as  ou  in  out.  06  as  oi  in  soil. 

ui,  when  a  diphthong,  as  oo-ee,  pronounced  rapidly. 

5.  CONSONANTS. 

Many  of  these  are  pronounced  as  in  English.  The  follow- 
ing require  notice: 

1  More  strictly,  like  the  French  <?  in  ftte. 
References  throughout  are  to  paragraphs. 


INTRODUCTION.  3 

bs  is  pronounced  as  ps,  bt  as  //. 

C  is  hard,  as  in  cat. 

g  is  hard,  as  in  go. 

ch,  ph.  It  is  best  to  uniformly  pronounce  ch  hard,  as 
in  Christian,  and  ph  like  /,  as  in  Philip. 

From  the  standpoint  of  Latin  pronunciation,  these  letters 
should  be  sounded  separately,  as  in  the  English  compound 
'iip-hill.  But  these  combinations  usually  occur  in  words  bor- 
rowed from  the  Greek,  where  ch  stands  for  a  Greek  sound 
similar  to  its  sound  in  the  German  word  ich,  and  ph  stands 
forf. 

i-consonant  is  pronounced  like_>>  \\\yet. 

Final  m  is  hardly  pronounced. 

nc  is  pronounced  as  in  uncle,  ng  as  in  angle,  ngu  as  in 
sanguine. 

s  is  always  pronounced  as  in  sin,  and  t  as  in  time. 

V  is  pronounced  as  w  in  will. 

The  double  consonant  x  stands  for  ks. 

Doubled  consonants  (pp,  tt,  etc.)  are  both  pronounced, 
as  //  in  cat-tail. 

6.  SYLLABLES. 

1 .  A  word  has  as  many  syllables  as  it  has  vowels  and 
diphthongs:  cen-tu-ri-o-ne. 

2.  In  dividing  a  word  into  syllables,  a  single  consonant  is 
joined  to  the  following  vowel :  ho-mi-nes. 

a.  But  when  the  word  is  formed  by  the  union  of  two  or 
more  words  (that  is,  is  a  compound)  the  division  shows  the 
component  parts  :  ab-esse. 

3.  The  last  syllable  of  a  word  is  called  the  ultima  (in 

Latin  meaning  last};  the  syllable  preceding  the  ultima,  the 
penult  (a  word  contracted  from  the  Latin  paene,  almost,  and 
ultima).  That^  preceding  the  penult  is  called  the  ante- 
penult, (ante  in  Latin  means  before. ) 


4  INTRODUCTION. 

7.  QUANTITY,  OR  LENGTH  OF  VOWELS. 

1.  Vowels  are  long  (_)  or  short  (^).     In  this  book 
long  vowels  only  are  marked. 

2.  A  vowel  is  short  before  another  vowel  or  h,  and  gen- 
erally before  nt  and  nd. 

3.  Diphthongs  are  long. 

4.  In    compounds    vowels    representing    diphthongs,    and 
vowels  resulting  from  contraction,  are  long: 

inlquus  (for  in-aequus) ;  cogo  (contracted  from  co-ago). 

5.  A  vowel  is  long  before  nf,  ns  and  i-consonant,  and 
generally  long  before  gn. 

6.  A  syllable  1  is  long  if  it  contains  a  long  vowel  or  a 
diphthong,  or  if  it  has  a  short  vowel  followed  by  two 
consonants    (except   a   mute   with   1    or   r),    or   a    double 
consonant. 

8.  ACCENT. 

1.  An  accented  syllable  is  one  which  is  pronounced  with 
greater  stress  of  voice  than  other  syllables  in  the  same  word. 

Latin  accent  carries  with  it  less  stress  of  voice  than  Eng- 
lish accent. 

2.  In  words  of  two   syllables,   the  accent  is  upon  the 
first  syllable :  sil'-va. 

3.  In  words  of  more  than  two  syllables,  the  accent  is  upon 
the  penult,  if  that  is  long,  otherwise  upon  the  antepenult: 
a-mi'-cus. 

4.  If  -ne  [41]  or  -que  [91]  be  added  to  a  word,  the  ac- 
cent falls  upon  the  last  syllable  of  the  word  :   laudat'-ne  ? 
mensa'-que, 

9.  CASES.     The   names  of   the  cases   are    Nominative, 
Genitive,  Dative,  Accusative,  Ablative,  Vocative. 

a.  There  is  also  a  Locative  case,  which  is  not  given  in 
this  book,  as  it  rarely  occurs  in  second-year  Latin. 

b.  The  meanings  and  uses  of  the  cases  will  be  given  in 
succeeding  lessons. 

1  To  avoid  confusion,  the  quantity  of  syllables  is  not  indicated  in  this 
book. 


INTRODUCTION.  5 

1C.   GENDER. 

1.  There  are  three  genders,   masculine,    feminine  and 
neuter,  as  in  English. 

2.  Unlike  the  English,  the  gender  is  usually  determined 
by  the  ending. 

Tnus,  nouns    whose    nominative    singular   ends   in  a   are 
nearly  always  feminine. 

a.  Smietimes   gender  is  determined  by  the  meaning,  as 
in  English. 

b.  That   a  word   in    English  is  neuter,  and  hence  referred 
to  as  "it",  does  nut  show  that   it   is   neuter  in  Latin.      In 
Latin   "field",    "year",   and   "  sword '",  for  instance,  are 
each  referred  to  as  "he";    "forest",  "road",  and  "gate", 
as  "she". 

3.  Names    of   males,   rivers,  winds    and    months   are 
masculine. 

4.  Names  of  females,   countries,  towns,  islands  and 
trses  are  feminine. 

5.  Indeclinable  nouns  are  neuter. 

11.      EXAMPLES  FOR  PRACTICE  IN  PRONUNCIATION. 

I.  VOWELS. 

acriter,  eagerly.  Ira,  anger. 

ala,  wing.  avis,  bird. 

ara,  altar.  Asia. 

Cornelia.  dulcis,  sweet. 

culpa,  fault.  olim,  formerly,  once. 

fortuna,  chance.  oratio,  a  speech. 

edictum,  proclamation.  6rd6,  rank,  order. 

emitto,  /  send  out.  modo,  only. 

Epirus.  Hector, 

alter,  the  other  (of  two}.  mercator,  merchant. 

inter,  between.  undecim,  eleven. 

tamen,  yet.  utilis,  useful. 

Idus.  uva,  grape. 


INTRODUCTION. 


2. 

Graecia. 

aedificium,  edifice. 
tubae,  trumpets. 
causa,  cause. 
gaudium,  delight. 
nauta,  sailor. 


DIPHTHONGS. 


Europa. 
Eurus. 
Euphrates, 
coepi,  I  began. 
Poenicus. 
poena,  punishment. 


CONSONANTS. 


Cicero, 

Caesar, 

civis,  citizen. 

Charon. 

schola,  school. 

cachinno,  /  laugh  aloud. 

genus,  race. 

granum,  a  grain. 

gusto,  I  taste. 

iam,  already. 

ianua,  door. 

lura. 

Polyphemus, 

elephantus,  elephant. 

Philippus. 


sedes,  seat. 
rosa,  rose. 
Musa. 

Virgo,  virgin. 
via,  road. 
verbum,  word. 
lingua,  tongue^ 
sanguis,  blood. 
anguis,  snake. 
quercus,  oak. 
quondam,  formerly. 
qul,  who 
SuetOnius. 
suavis,  pleasant. 
SUl,  of  himself. 


SYLLABLES. 


ma-tri-mo-ni-um,  marriage. 
le-ga-ti-5,  embassy. 
Hel-ve-ti-i. 
A-qui-ta-ni-a. 
Ca-ta-man-to-loe-des, 
auc-to-ri-tas,  authority. 
pulchritudo,  beauty. 


perspicio,  /  see  through. 
invictus,  unconquered. 
exspiro,  /  breathe  forth. 
depono,  I  put  down. 
conf ero,  7  collect. 
circumvenio,  /  surround. 


LESSON  I. 

12.  SINGULAR  AND  PLURAL. 

puella,  girl.  puellae,  girls. 

reglna,  queen.  reglnae,  queens. 

a.  How  does  the  plural  of  the  Latin  noun  differ  from  the 
singular  ?    Form  the  plural  of  the  following  nouns  : 
fllia,  daughter.  terra,  land. 

mensa,  table.  via,  road. 


13.  EXAMPLES. 

Singular    and    Plural 

Via  CSt  longa,  The  road  IS  long.  Nominative  of  First 

Viae  sunt  longae,  Roads  are  long.         Declension. 

a.  Notice  that  the  adjective  has  a  plural  ending  when  it 
modifies  a  noun  in  the  plural.     If  English  were  like  Latin 
in  this  respect  we  would  say  "  Roads  are  longs.  " 

b.  There   is  no  article.       Via   may  be  translated    either 
a  road  or  the  road  ;  viae,  roads  or  the  roads. 

14.  (See  the  vocabulary  on  page  22.) 

1.  Terra  est  lata. 

2.  Copiae  sunt  magnae. 

3.  Ubi  est  mensa  alta  et  longa  ? 

4.  Multae  viae  sunt  longae. 

5.  Terrae  sunt  multae 

6.  Mensa  est  lata. 

7.  Ubi  est  magna  mensa? 

8.  Estne  *  fllia  bona? 

1  -ne  is  the  sign  of  a  question,  and  cannot  be  translated.     It  is  affixed 
to  the  verb,  as  estne,  suntne,  or  to  non  (n6nne). 

7 


8  LESSON  I. 

9.  Mensae  sunt  altae, 

10.  Multae  mensae  sunt  magnae  et  altae. 

11.  Ubi  sunt  magnae  silvae? 

12.  Reglna  est  bona. 

13.  Puella  et  regina  '  sunt  bonae. 

14.  Viae  sunt  latae. 

15.  Ubi  est  puella  bona  ? 

15.  This  exercise  is  to  be  translated  into  Latin. 
The  words  needed  in  the  English-Latin  exercises  oi 
the  first  six  lessons  will  be  found  in  the  Latin-English 
exercises  which  immediately  precede  them. 

1.  The  road  is  long. 

2.  Is  the  road  long  ?     (14, 2  note  I.) 

3.  Are  the  roads  long  ? 

4.  Are  the  tables  long  ? 

5.  Where  are  the  wide  tables  ? 

6.  Where  are  the  good  girls  ? 

7.  Many  forests  are  large. 

8.  The  table  is  large  and  high. 

1  Notice  the  compound  subject. 

2  References  are  to  paragraphs. 


LESSON   II. 

THE    DIRECT     OBJECT. 

16.  EXAMPLES. 

Puella  tubam  portat,  The  girl  is  carrying  (or,  car- 

ries, or,  does  carry.}  a  trumpet. 

Puella  tubas  portat,  The  girl  is  carrying  trumpets. 

Puellae  tubas  portant,  Girls  are  carrying  (or,  carry y 

or,  do  carry}  trumpets. 

Regina  multas  puellas  amat,  The  queen  loves  (or,  is  loving, 

or,  does  love)  many  girls. 

a.  In    these  sentences   notice  the  endings  -am  and  -as. 
How  do  they  differ  in  meaning? 

These  are    the  endings  of  the    Accusa-     Accusative  Case. 

XT      .  .          .        ,  .         Direct  Object. 

tive  case.     Notice  that  in  these  sentences  it 
denotes    what    is   called    in    English  grammar    the    direct 
object  of  the  verb.  .  To  what  case  in  English  grammar  does 
this  use  of  the  Accusative  correspond  ? 

b.  How   does   the   plural   differ   from  the   singular  in  the 
verbs  given  above  ?     In  the  same  way  form  the  plurals  of 

amat,  loves.  laudat,  praises. 

c.  Notice  that  the  adjective  multas  agrees  with  puellas, 
the  noun  which  it  modifies,  just  as  the  adjectives  in  Lesson  I 
agree  with  the  nouns  which  they  modify. 

17.  (See  the  vocabulary  on  page  22.) 

1 .  Puella  aquam  portat. 

2.  Terra  silvas  multas  habet. 

3.  Regina  puellam  laudat. 

4.  Ubi  est  praeda  magna  ? 


io  LESSON  II 

5.  Viae  sunt  multae  et  longaea 

6.  Regina  rosam  habet, 

7.  Filiae  rosas  habent. 

8.  Puellae  aquam  portant. 

9.  Ubi  sunt  copiae  magnae  ? 

10.  Filia  tubam  habet. 

11.  Puella  reginam  amat. 

12.  Regina  puellas  bonas  amat. 

13.  Terra  magna  vias  longas  et  latas  habet. 

14.  Filiae  bonae  reginam  laudant. 

15.  Puellae  multae  filiam  bonam  laudant. 

1 6.  Amatne  reglna  bona  filias  bonas  ? 

17.  Puellae  mensam  altam  habent. 

1 8.  Portantne  puellae  mensam  latam  ? 

19.  Regina  bona  filiam  bonam  laudat. 

18.   (See  I5-)1     Place  the  verb  last  in  your  Latin  trans- 
lation, except  in  the  fourth  and  ninth  sentences. 

1.  Is  the  girl  carrying  a  table  ? 

2.  The  troops  have  much  plunder. 

3.  The  large  country  has  large  forests. 

4.  Where  3  are  the  troops  ? 

5.  The  queen  praises  the  girls. 

6.  The  girls  love  the  queen. 

7.  The  queen  has  a  large  country. 

8.  The  girl  is  carrying  the  roses  and  the  trumpet. 

9.  Does  the  queen  praise  the  girl  ? 

1  References  are  to  paragraphs. 

2-ne  (14,  note  i)  is  not  used  with  ubi.     Cp.  17,  9. 


LESSON  III. 


19. 


FIRST  DECLENSION. 


Declension  is  the  changing  of  a  Latin  noun  or  adjective 
into  the  forms  for  the  different  cases  (9),  as  puella,  for 
instance,  has  already  been  changed  into  the  three  case-forms 
puellam,  puellae,  and  puellas.  (16. ) 

Nouns  of  the  First  Declension  are  feminine  in  gender  (10). 
But  see  10,3. 

FIRST  DECLENSION. 


NOMINATIVE 

GENITIVE 

DATIVE 

ACCUSATIVE 

ABLATIVE 

VOCATIVE 


silva,  forest. 

SINGULAR. 

silva 
silvae 
silvae 
silvam 

silva 
(silva) 

PLURAL. 


(a)  forest  (13,  b) 
of  (a)  fores  I 
to  or  for  (a)  fore  si 
(a)  forest 


forests 

of  forests 

to  or  for  forests 
forests 


NOMINATIVE  silvae 

GENITIVE  silvarum 

DATIVE  silvis 

ACCUSATIVE  silvas 

ABLATIVE  silvis 

VOCATIVE  (silvae) 

a.  What  is  the  difference  between  the  nominative  and 
ablative  singular  ? 

b.  The  meanings  of  the  ablative  will  be  given  later. 

c.  The  vocative  is  the  case  of  address. 


12  LESSON  III. 

d.  The  base   is   that  part   of  a  word  which  remains    un- 
changed throughout  the  declension,      (silv-  above.) 

What  are  the  bases  of  the  following  words? 
copiis,  vias,  reglnae,  filia,  mensarum,  puellls,  terram. 

The  stem  is  the  body  of  a  word,  to  which  the  endings  are 
attached.  The  stem  of  the  first  declension  ends  in  a,  which 
is  called  the  Stem  vowel.  This  a,  however,  has  united  by 
contraction  with  the  vowel  of  the  ending,  leaving  the  base. 

e.  To  learn  the  meaning  of  a  word,  notice  the  base.    To 
learn  in  what  case  a  word  is,  notice  the  ending.      The  pupil 
who  trains  himself  to  divide  Latin  words  into  their  bases  and 
endings  has  mastered  one  of  the  points  necessary  for  easy 
reading. 

f.   DECLENSION  BY  ENDINGS. 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

Base  silv     NQM.  -a  NOM.  -ae 

GEN.  -ae  GEN.  -arum 

DAT.   -ae  DAT.  -is 

Ace.    -am  Ace.  -as 

ABL.    -a  ABL.  -is 

Voc.   -a  Voc.  -ae 

2O.  THE     INDIRECT    OBJECT." 

Regina  pueUae  rosam  dat,  The  queen  gives  a  rose  to  the  girl. 
Rosa  puellae  est  grata,        The  rose  is  acceptable  to  the  girl. 

a.  What  is  the  case  of  puellae  in  the  first 

Indirect  Object. 

sentence  ? 

This  use  of  the  Dative  is  called  the  Dative  of  the  Indirect 
Object,  and  is  the  same  in  meaning  and  use  as  the  indirect 
obje-t  in  English. 

b.  Notice  the  difference  between  the  direct  and  the  indi- 
rect objects  in  the  first  sentence.     Be  careful  not  to  confuse 
these  two  "  objects/' 

c.  The  second  sentence  illustrates  one  use  of  the  dative 
with  adjectives. 


LESSON  III.  13 

21.  RULE. — The  nominative  is  the  case  of  the  subject. 

22.  RULE.— The  direct  object  of  a  verb  is  put  in  the -ac- 
cusative. 

23.  RULE. — The  indirect  object  of  a  verb  is  put  in  the 
dative. 

24. 

1 .  Silvae  multae  Galliae  sunt  magnae. 

2.  Filia  puellae  rosam  magnam  dat. 

3.  Regina  filiae  longam  mensam  dat. 

4.  Estne  rosa  magna  puellae  bonae  grata  ? 

5.  Regina  copias  magnas  habet. 

6.  Regina  terrae   puellis   rosas  multas  dat.     Rosae 

puellis  sunt  gratae. 

7.  Puella  bonae  reginae  longam  mensam  dat. 

8.  Habetne  reglna  latam  mensam? 

9.  Viae  Galliae  sunt  longae. 

o.  Terrae  Galliae  silvas  multas  habent. 
ii.  Regina  puellas  laudat. 

12.  Regina  Galbae  terrae  praedam  dat.   Praeda  reginae 

Galbae  grata  est. 

13.  Regina  puellas  multas  amat. 

14.  Puellae  reginae  bonae  rosas  multas  et  magnas  dant. 

15.  Ubi  sunt  mensae  altae  et  latae  ? 

25.      (See  15.  )     Place  the  verb  at  the  end,  except  in  the 
two  last  sentences. 

1.  The  good  girls  give  a  large  table  to  the  queen. 
The  table  is  acceptable  to  the  queen. 

2.  The  daughter  of  the  queen  has  many  large  roses. 
The  queen  gives  the  roses  of  the  daughter  to  the  girls. 

3.  The  countries  of  Gaul  have  many  large  forests 
and  long  roads. 

4.  The  queen  gives  the  plunder  of  the  land  to  the 
troops. 

5.  Where  are  the  countries  of  Gaul  ? 

6.  Are  the  forests  of  the  country  large  ? 


.LESSON   IV. 

26.  EXAMPLES. 

The  queen  gives  a  rose  to  the  girl. 

In  this  sentence  notice  that  we  recognize  the  word 
"  queen  "  as  the  subject,  and  «•  rose  "  as  the  direct  object 

of  the  verb  "  gives"  because  the  one  precedes  and  the  other 
follows  the  verb. 

Thus  the  words  in  an  English  sentence  follow  a  fixed 
order  :  subject,  verb,  object. 

The  same  sentence  in  Latin  reads:  Order  of 

Words. 

Regina  puellae  rosam  dat. 

Notice  that  we  recognize  the  word  rosam  as  direct  object 
because  of  its  ending  -m,  and  puellae  as  the  indirect  object 
because  of  its  ending  -ae. 

If  the  words  be  rearranged, 

Regina  rosam  puellae  dat, 
Rosam  regina  puellae  dat, 

the  meaning  remains  unchanged,  for  rosam,  so  long  as  it 
keeps  the  ending  -m,  cannot  be  anything  but  the  direct 
object,  and  puellae,  so  long  as  it  keeps  the  ending  -ae, 
will  in  this  sentence  remain  the  indirect  object. 

a.  In  a  declarative  Latin  sentence  the  subject  is  usually 
placed  first. 

b.  The  verb  (excepting  est  and  sunt)  nearly  always  comes 
last. 

14 


LESSON  IV.  15 

27.  EXAMPLES. 

Regina  Corneliam,  filiam  Galbae,  laudat,  The  queen 
praises  Cornelia,  the  daughter  of  Galba.  Apposition. 

Regina  Corneliae,  puellae,  tubam  dat,  The  queen  gives 
a  trumpet  to  Cornelia,  the  girl. 

a.  Notice  that  filiam  and  Corneliam  both   refer  to   the 
same    person    and   are  in  the  same  case.     This  is   also 
true  of  Corneliae  and  puellae. 

b.  When  a  noun  is  joined  to  another  noun  as  filiam  is 
to  Corneliam,  or  puellae  to  Corneliae,  it  is  said  to  be  in 
apposition  with  it. 

28  RULE. — Appositives  agree  in  case  with  the  nouns 
which  they  limit. 

a.  An  appositive  may  often  be  best  translated  into  Eng- 
lish by  a  noun  introduced  by  "as"  or  "  of."  For  example  : 

Terra  Gallia  erat  magna,  The  land  of  Gaul  was  large. 

Galba  ad  Galliam  legatus  Gallis  properat,  Galba  hastens 
to  Gaul  as  an  envoy  to  the  Gauls. 

29.  EXAMPLES. 

Cornelia,  puella,  erat  filia  reginae,  Cornelia,  the  girl, 
was  the  daughter _pf  the  queen. 

a.  In  this  sentence  filia,  which  is  in  the  predicate  of  the 
sentence,  denotes  the  same  person  as  Cornelia,  the  subject. 
Nouns  used  in  this  way  are  called  predicate          Predicate 
nouns.  Nouns- 

b.  How  does   a  predicate    nominative   differ  from  an 
appositive  ? 

Which  is  the  predicate  nominative,  and  which  the  ap- 
positive, in  the  following  sentence? 

Cornelia,  filia  Galbae,  erat  bona  puella,  Cornelia,  the 
daughter  of  Galba,  was  a  good  girl. 

30.  RULE. — A  predicate  noun  agrees  with  the  subject 
in  case. 


1  6  LESSON  7K. 


31.  EXAMPLE. 

Multae  silvae  sunt  in  terra  Gallia,  Many  forests  are  in 
the  land  Gaul. 

a.  Notice  that  the  preposition  in  is  followed  by  the  Ab- 
lative case.  in  with 

Ablative. 

32. 

1.  Puella  est  filia  reginae. 

2.  Magna  silva  erat  in  terra. 

3.  In  terns  Galliae  erant  longae  et  latae  viae. 

4.  Ubi  est  puella,  filia  Corneliae?     In  silva  est  filia 
Corneliae. 

5.  Cornelia,  puella,  filiae  reginae  aquam  dat. 

6.  Estne  rosa  in  mensa  ? 

7.  Habetne  terra  Helvetia  silvas?    In  Helvetia,  terra 
Galliae,  sunt  multae  et  magnae  silvae. 

8.  Corneliae  tuba  erat  in  alta  mensa. 

9.  Erantne  silvae  Galliae  multae  et  magnae? 

10.  Gallia  est  magna  et  lata  terra. 

11.  Puellae  Corneliam,  Galbae  bonam  filiam,  amant. 

12.  Filiae   Galbae   Corneliae  puellae  rosam  magnam 
dant. 

13.  Gratae  sunt  reginae  rosae. 

14.  Copiae  terrae  erant  magnae. 

15.  In  magnis  silvis  erant  longae  viae. 
1  6.  Praeda  terrae  est  magna. 

17.  Bonae  puellae  filiae  Galbae  tubas  dant. 

33.  (Words  in  parentheses  are  to  be  omitted  in  the 
Latin.) 

I  .    Is  Gaul  a  large  land  ? 

2.  In  the  countries  of  Gaul  are  many  troops. 

3.  In  Helvetia,  a  land  of  Gaul,  are  large  forests. 


LESSON  IV.  17 

4.  In  the  land  of  Gaul 1  is  a  large  and  wide  forest. 

5.  The  good  girls  give  large  roses  to  Cornelia,  the 
daughter  of  the  queen. 

6.  The  roses  are  acceptable  to  Cornelia. 

7.  The  queen  praises  the  girls. 

8.  The  troops  of  the  queen  are  in  the  forest. 

9.  Are  the  roses  upon  the  table  ? 

10.  Where  is  the  daughter  of  Galba  ? 

1 1 .  Galba  loves  (his)  daughter. 

1  Not  genitive.     (28.) 


LESSON  V. 

THE    DATIVE    OF    THE    POSSESSOR. 
34.  EXAMPLE. 

Terrae  est  magna  silva,  There  is  a  large  forest  for  the 
land,  that  is,  the  land  has  a  large  forest. 

Observe  that  this  sentence  has  the  same  meaning  as  if  it 
were  Terra  magnam  silvam  habet.  The  dative  thus  used  is 
called  the  Dative  of  the  Possessor. 

35.   RULE. — The  dative  is  used  with  sum        Daiive  of  the 

Possessor. 

to  denote  the  possessor,   the  thing  pos- 
sessed being  the  subject. 

36. 

1.  Regma  magnam  rosam  habet. 

2.  Reginae  est  rosa  magna. 

3.  Reginae  sunt  rosae  multae. 

4.  Tuba  est  puellae.     Tuba  puellae  est  grata. 

5.  Corneliae,  Galbae  filiae,  sunt  rosae  multae. 

6.  Aqua  magna  est  in  via. 

7.  Suntne  multae  reglnae  bonae  ? 

8.  Corneliae  filiae  bonae  sunt  tubae  longae. 

9.  Galliae  terns  sunt  silvae  multae. 

10.  Ubi  erat  puella,  Galbae  fllia  bona  ? 

11.  Praeda  in  silva  erat. 

12.  Cornelia  filias  bonas  habet.     Corneliae  sunt  filiae 
multae. 

13.  Galliae  terrae  magnae  et  latae  erant  silvae  multae. 

14.  Rosa  Corneliae  est  in  aqua. 

15.  Galba  reglnae  longam  mensam  dat. 

18 


LESSON   V.  19 

1 6.  Estne  aqua  alta  ? 

17.  Amatne  Galba  filias  ? 

1 8.  Cornelia,  filia  Galbae,  magnam  rosam  reginae  dat. 
Grata  reginae  est  rosa  Corneliae.  Corneliae  tubam  longam 
regma  dat.    Corneliae  est  tuba  longa. 

19.  Reginae  copiae  erant  niagnae. 

37.    (When  possible,  translate  the  following  sentences  in 
two  or  three  ways.) 

1.  A  large  forest  is  in  the  country  of  Helvetia  (33. 
n.  I). 

2.  Cornelia  has  a  rose. 

3.  Is  Cornelia  a  good  girl  ? 

4.  Where  was  the  plunder  of  the  land  of  Helvetia  ? 

5.  Has  the  queen  a  table  ? 

6.  Has  the  girl,   the  daughter  of  the  queen,  many 
roses  ? 

7.  The  water  in  the  road  is  deep. 


LESSON  VI. 

38.       .  EXAMPLE. 

Galba  in  silvam  hastam  portat,  Galba  carries  a  spear 
inio  the  forest. 

a.   Notice    that    the   preposition   in    here         -fwwith 

.       ,,  Accusative. 

means   "into,     and  is  followed  by  the  ac= 

cusative  silvam,  which  is  not  a  direct  object;  as  is  hastam. 

39.  EXAMPLES. 

In   silvam  hastas  portant,  They  are  carrying  spears  into 
the  forest. 

In   silvam  properat,  He  (or  she)  hurries       Omission  of 

.   ,      .,        -         ,  Subject. 

into  the  forest. 

a.  Notice  that  there  is  no  subject  expressed  in  these  sen- 
tences, but  that  the  subjects  "  they"  and  "  he  "are  included 
in  the  verbs  and  expressed  in  the  endings. 

b.  The  general  sense  of  the  sentence  determines  whether 
the   subject   expressed   in  the  singular  by  the   ending   be 
••he,"  ••she,"  or  "it." 

40. 

1.  Galba  in  terram  Galliam  properat. 

2.  In  silvas  properant. 

3.  In  terram  multas  hastas  portant. 

4.  In  terras  praedam  magnam  portat. 

5.  Roma  multas  et  latas  vias  habet. 

.6.  In  terra  Gallia  sunt  multae  viae.  Terns  Galliae 
sunt  longae  viae.  Galliae  suntne  multae  silvae?  Viae 
in  silvis  terrae  Galliae  sunt  longae  sed  nOn  latae. 


LESSON   VL  21 

7.  Galba  in  silvam  longas  hastas  portat. 

8.  Tuba  filiae  Galbae  erat  in  alta  mensa. 

9.  Galbae  filias  laudant. 

TO.   Puellae  hastam  dat.     Non  grata  puellae  est  hasta. 

11.  Puellae,  filiae  Corneliae,  sunt  in  Roma. 

12.  In    Romam    magnam    praedam    multarum   terrarum 
Galliae  portant. 

13.  In  porta  erat  regma  bona. 

14.  In  terra  Helvetia  copias  habet.     In  Galliam  copiae 
properant. 

15.  In  silvas  terrarum  Galliae  properant. 

1 6.  Hasta  longa  est  in  via. 

17.  Filia  bona  est  reginae. 

1 8.  Romae  viae  sunt  latae. 

19.  Copiae  magnae  sunt  in  terra  Gallia. 

20.  Ubi  est  aqua? 

21.  Copias  magnas  in  Helvetia  non  habent. 

41.  WORD-LIST. 

copia,    copiae,  a   supply   (of  -ne,  sign  of  a  question  (8.  4). 

anything)  ;      plural     also  est,  is. 

troops.  sunt,  are. 

silva,  silvae,  a  forest.  dat,    he,  she,  or   it  gives,  is 

terra,    terrae,   a  country,  or  giving,  or  does  give. 

land.  habet,  he,  she,   or  it  has,  is 

via,  viae,  a  road.  having,  or  does  have. 
et,  and. 

42.    (When  possible,   translate  the  following  sentences  in 
two  or  three  ways.      Omit  words  in  brackets.) 

1.  He  hurries  into  the  land  of  Helvetia. 

2.  In   Gaul   (there)  are   many   troops.      The   troops 
have   much   plunder.      They   are  carrying  the  plunder 
into  the  forests. 

3.  The  girl,  the  daughter  of  Galba,  is  in  the  road. 


22 


LESSON   VI. 


4.  They  give  the  spear  to  the  good  girl,  the  daugh- 
ter of  Cornelia. 

5.  Has  Galba  a  daughter  ?      He  has  many  daugh- 
ters. 

6.  Where  is  Galba 's  spear  ? 
/.  The  girls  have  trumpets. 

8.  Does  the  queen  praise  the  girls  ? 


VOCABULARY  FOR  THE  FIRST  SIX  LESSONS. 


alta,  high,  deep. 
amat,  loves.     16,  b.  39. 
aqua,  water. 
bona,  good. 
copia,  41. 
Cornelia,  Cornelia. 
dat,  gives.     1 6,  b.  39. 
erat,  was.     16,  b.  39. 
est,  is.     39. 
et,  and. 

fllia,  daughter. 
Galba,  Galba. 
Gallia,  The  land  Gaul. 
grata,  acceptable. 
habet,  has.     16,  b.  39. 
hasta,  spear. 

Helvetia,  The    district    Hel- 
vetia. 

in,  see  31  and  38. 
lata,  wide. 
laudat,  praises.      16,  b.  39. 


longa,  long. 

magna,  large. 

mensa,  table. 

multa,  much.      Plural,  many. 

-ne,  14,  note  i. 

non,  not. 

porta,  gate. 

portat,  carries.      16,  b.  39. 

praeda,  plunder. 

properat,  hastens.    16,  b.  39 

puella,  girl. 

regma,  queen. 

Roma,  Rome. 

rosa,  rose. 

sed,  but. 

silva,  41. 

sunt,  are.     39. 

terra,  41. 

tuba,  trumpet. 

ubi  ?  where?     18,  note  2. 

via,  41. 


LESSON  VII. 


SECOND    DECLENSION. 

43.  The  stem   ends  in   o,   which  usually  disappears  by 

combination  with  the  case-ending. 

44.  Nouns   of  the   second    declension 

ending  in  -um  are  neuter. 

Others  are  masculine.     (But  see  10,  3  and  4.) 

45.  MASCULINE.  NEUTER. 

murus,  wall.  oppidum,  town. 


Stem  and 
Gender. 


NOM.    murus, 
GEN.   murl, 
murO, 
murum, 
murO 


DAT. 

Ace. 
ABL. 


Voc.    (mure) 


SINGULAR. 

(a)  wall 

of  (a)  wall 

to  or  for  (a)  wall 

(a)  wall 


PLURAL. 


oppidum 

oppidl 

oppido 

oppidum 

oppido 

(oppidum) 


NOM.    murl,  walls 

GEN.    murorum,  of  walls 


oppida 
oppidorum 

DAT.    muris,          to  or  for  walls  oppidis 

Ace.    muros,         walls  oppida 

ABL.    muris  oppidis 

Voc.    (murl)  (oppida) 

a.  Nouns  in  -us  of  this  declension  have  a  special  form  in 
e,   which  forms  their  vocative  case,  or  case  of  address. 
Amice,  friend. 

b.  The  vocative  of  other  nouns  in  all  de- 

clensions is  the  same  in  form  as  the  nominative.     But  cp. 
57*  *3 


Vocative  Case. 


24  LESSON   VIL. 

c.  How  many  cases  in  murus  can  you  find  which  have 
the  same  ending  ? 

d.  Which   cases  of  Oppidum   are  alike  in    the   singular? 
which  in  the  plural  ? 

e.  DECLENSION  BY  ENDINGS. 


SINGULAR. 

MASCULINE. 

NEUTER. 

Base  mur     NOM. 

-us               Base  oppid 

NOM. 

-um 

GEN. 

-1 

GEN. 

-1 

DAT. 

-0 

DAT. 

-0 

Ace. 

-um 

Ace. 

-um 

ABL. 

-5 

ABL. 

-6 

Voc. 

-e 

Voc. 

-um 

PLURAL. 

NOM. 

-1 

NOM. 

-a 

GEN. 

-orum 

GEN. 

-orum 

DAT. 

-is 

DAT. 

-is 

Ace. 

-OS 

Ace. 

-a 

ABL. 

-is 

ABL. 

-is 

Voc. 

-1 

Voc. 

-a 

46.    (See "the  vocabularies  on  pages  259  and  279.) 

1.  Marce,  amice,  quid  est  in  oppido  ?     In  oppido  amici 
legati  tela  et  equos  habent.      Copia  equorum  magna  est  in 
oppido.        Magnam    copiam    telorum    legati    populo    dant. 
Magnus  est  numerus  captivorum  in  oppido.    Copiae  oppidi 
sunt  magnae. 

2.  Estne  Marci  amicus  legatus  ?     Galba,  amicus  Marci 
et  populi,  est  legatus  in  Roma,  Italiae  oppido.    Donasuntne 
tribunis,    populi   legatis  ?     Legatus  telum,    donum  populi, 
habet.     Tela  sunt  Galbae,  legato. 

3.  Magnus  est  numerus  oppidorum.     Legati  oppidorum 
sunt  captivi.     Multl  sunt  captivi.     In  silvis  sunt  equi  cap- 
tivorum.    Captivi  multa  dona  amicis  dant. 

4.  Numerus  magnus  telorum  est  Marco,  tribuno,  legati 


LESSON   Vll.  25 

amlco.  Multa  tela  tribunus  habet  et  populo  oppidi  dat.  In 
oppido  sunt  equi  et  tela,  dona  amicorum.  Magnum  nume- 
rum  equorum  in  silva  tribunus  habet.  Quid  amicls  Marcus 
dat  ?  Equos  et  tela,  dona,  Marcus  amlcis  legatl  dat. 

47.  .    WORD-LIST. 

numerus,  -I,  number.  in,    preposition  ;    with  abla- 

amiCUS,  -1,  friend.  tive,  in  or  on  ;  with  accu- 

captivus,  -1,  prisoner.  sative,  into,  against. 

equus,  -1,  horse.  quid  ?,  what  j>     Neuter  nom- 

legatus,  -I,  an  envoy,  also  an  inative  or  accusative  of  in- 

officer  in  the  Roman  army,  terrogative  pronoun  quis? 

a  "  legate".  (Lesson  XVIII.) 

48.  HINTS    FOR   WRITING    LATIN. 

Every  word  except  proper  names  used  in  the  sentences 
to  be  turned  into  Latin  has  either  been  given  in  the  word- 
lists  or  else  may  be  found  in  the  Latin-English  exercise  for 
the  same  lesson.  For  proper  names  look  in  the  Latin-Eng-< 
lish  vocabulary.  Do  not  look  up  the  words' in  any  English- 
Latin  vocabulary.  To  do  so  may  seem  the  quickest  way  for 
the  first  few  lessons,  but  it  teaches  one  very  little  Latin,  and 
in  the  long  run  is  sure  to  prove  much  the  slowest  method. 

Study  26  again.      Do  not  put  down  your  words  at  random. 

Words  not  to  be  rendered  in  Latin  are  placed  in  parenthe- 
ses.. 

49.  (Omit  words  in  brackets.) 

1.  The  legates  are  friends  of  the  captives. 

2.  They  give   a   large   number  of  horses  to   (their) 
friends. 

3.  Do   they  give   the  horses   to   the   prisoners,    the 
friends  of  the  envoys  ? 

4.  Marcus,  has  the  legate  a  horse  ? 

5.  The  legate's  friend  has  a  horse  in  the  tread, 

6.  Are    (there)   large  forests  in.  *;hs  land  of  Gaul  ? 
(33-  n.  i.) 


LESSON  VIII. 

ADJECTIVES   OF   FIRST   AND   SECOND    DECLEN 
SIONS. 


50. 

MASCULINE. 

Bonus  Galba, 

Good  Galba. 

NOM.  Bonus  Galba 
GEN.  Boni  Galbae 
DAT.  Bono  Galbae 
Ace.    Bonum  Galbam 
ABL.    Bono  Galba 
Voc.    (Bone  Galba) 


EXAMPLES. 

FEMININE. 

Bona  Cornelia, 


NEUTER. 

Bonum  donum, 


Good  Cornelia.  A  good  gift. 


Bona  Cornelia 
Bonae  Corneliae 
Bonae  Corneliae 
Bonam  Corneliam 
Bona  Cornelia 
(Bona  Cornelia) 


Bonum  donum 
Boni  doni 
Bono  dono 
Bonum  donum 
Bono  dono 
(Bonum  donum) 


a.  Observe  that  bonus  agrees  in  gender  with  the  noun 
which  it  limits. 

b.  Adjectives  of  the  first  and  second  declensions  have 
three  sets  of  terminations,  in  order  to  agree  with  any 
noun  in  any  case.     The  masculine  is  declined  like  murus, 
the  feminine  like  silva,  and  the  neuter  like  oppidum. 

51.  Learn  the  declension  of  bonus  (474). 
a.  Decline    equus    defessus,  tired  horse,    and    gratum 
donum,  pleasing  gift. 

96 


LESSON   Vlll.  27 

52.  EXAMPLES. 

Equus  est  magnus,  The  horse  is  large. 
Equi  sunt  magnl,  Horses  are  large.  Predicate 

Oppidum  est  parvum,  The  town  is  small.      Adjectives. 
Oppida  sunt  parva,  The  towns  are  small. 
Galba  est  bonus,  Galba  is  good. 

Adjectives  used  after  est  and  sunt,  as  in  these  sentences, 
are  called  predicate  adjectives. 

How  do  they  differ  from  predicate  nouns  ?     (29.) 

53. 

1.  Dona  multa  bonae  filiae  Marci  sunt. 

2.  Via  Galbae  defessi  filiis  defessis  est  longa. 

3.  Donum  bonl  Marci  Galbae  bono  est  gratum. 

4.  Marcus  Galbae  filius  in  Oppidum  tela  dona  bona  portat. 

5.  Filio  bono  tribuni  equi  sunt  gratl. 

6.  In  terra  sunt  silvae    magnae.      Magnus  est    in    terra 
Gallia  silvarum  numerus.      Longae  viae  sunt  in  silvis.     Non 
grata  est  tribunis  defessis  legato  rum  in  silvam  fuga.     Nonne 
grata  est  populo  terrae  fuga  in  silva  captivorum? 

7.  Murus  altus  est  in  silva.     Magnam  copiam  telorum 
equi   et  captivi   in  silvam  portant.      Filiis   Marci  grata  in 
silva  sunt    tela,    dona  amicorum.      Defessi  sunt  tribunorum 
captivi.       Equi    bonorum    legatorum    in    Oppidum    captivos 
defessos  portant. 

8.  Altum  murum  habetne  magnum  Oppidum  ?     Longus 
et  altus  murus   est  oppido  magno.     Alto   et   longo  muro 
oppidi  sunt  mult'ae  portae. 

54,  WORD-LIST. 

altus,-a,-um,/fo^,/tf//,  deep,  magnus,  -a,  -um,  large. 

defessus,    -a,   -um,    weary,  multus,  -a,  -um,  much;  plu- 

iired.  ral,  many. 

gratus,  -a,  -um,  pleasing  (not  oppidum,  -I,  n.,  town. 

used  of  persons).  non,  not. 

longus,  -a,  -um,  long.  portat,  is  carrying. 


28  LESSON  VllL 

55. 

1 .  The  tall  captive  is  tired. 

2.  What  is  the  horse  carrying  into  the  town  ? 

3.  The  friends  of  the  ambassador  are  in  the  town. 

4.  He  gives  a  horse  to  (his)  tired  friend, 

5.  The  legate  has  a  large  number  of  horses  in  the 
forest. 

6.  Galba,  the  friend  of  the  captive,  is  in  the  road. 

7.  The  road  is  long  and  the  captives  are  tired. 

8.  The  legate,  the  friend  of  the  tribune,  is  not  in 
the  town. 


LESSON   IX. 

56.  SECOND  DECLENSION-CONTINUED. 

Ager,  m.,  field.     Vir,  m.,  man.     Puer,  m.,  boy* 


SINGULAR. 

NOM. 

ager 

vir 

puer 

GEN. 

agrl 

virl 

puerl 

DAT. 

agro 

virO 

puerd 

Ace. 

agrum 

virum 

puerum 

ABL. 

agro 

virO 

puerS 

Voc. 

(ager) 

(vir) 

(puer) 

PLURAL. 

NOM.  agrl  virl  puerl 

GEN.  agrorum  virorum  puerorum 

DAT.  agrls  viris  puerls 

Ace.  agros  virOS  puerOS 

ABL.  agiis  viris  puerls 

Voc.  (agrl)  (virl)  (puerl) 

a.  How  does  the  declension  of  ager  differ  from  that  of 
puer? 

b.  Most  nouns  and  adjectives  in  -er  of  this  declension  are 
declined  like  ager. 

57. 

Nouns  in  -ius  and  -ium  shorten    the  genitive   singular 
ending  -il  to  -1.     The  accent  remains  unchanged. 
consilium,  gen.  consill,     advice,  plan. 
fllius,          gen.  fill,  son. 

Pompeius,  gen.  Pompei,  Pompey. 

The   vocative  singular   of  proper   names  in  -ius   and  of 
fllius  also  ends  in  I.     Antonius,  vocative,  AntonL 

29 


30  LESSON  IX. 

58. 

1.  Captivi  aegri  non  multum  frumentum  habent. 

2.  Liber  populus  liberam  terram  habet. 

3.  Equi  nostri  sunt  in  agris. 

4.  Equi  nigri  aegri  Galbae  frumentum  non  habent. 

5.  Nonne  est  aeger  Marci  equus  niger  ? 

6.  Muri  oppidi  nostri  sunt  alti. 

7.  Amicus    noster  est  aeger. 

8.  Estne  nigro  equo  multum  frumentum  magno  in  agro  ? 
Frumentum  equorum  est  in  agris.      Magna  copia  frumenti 
est  in  agro  aegro  equo. 

9.  In  concilio  viri  consilium  dant.    Non  gratum  in  conci- 
lio   est    consilium    nostrorum   legatorum   llberls  viris.     In 
nostro  concilio  liberorum  virorum  consilium  est  bonum. 

10.  Estne  filia  boni  Galbae  in  agro?    In  muro  est  Corne- 
lia, Galbae  legati  filia. 

11.  Bonorum  virorum   consilium  est   gratum.     Gratum 
consilium  in  oppido  nostro  bonus  legatus  populo  dat. 

12.  Magnam  copiam    frumenti   in  terra  Gallia  nigri  cap- 
tivi  in  oppida  portant.      Multa  tela  in  terram  Gal  Ham  lega- 
tus portat. 

13.  Magnum  est  concilium  virorum  Romae.     NOn  mag- 
num est  concilium  liberae  Galliae. 

59.  WORD-LIST. 

ager,  agrl,  m.,  field;  plural,      consilium,   -1,    advice,  plan, 
the  country  (as  distinguish-          skill,  prudence. 
ed  from  the  town).  concilium,  -i,  council. 

vir,  viri,  m.,  man.  liber,  Hbera,  Hberum,/r^; 

plural,   m.,  often  children. 

60.  474- 

1.  The  man's  children  are  tired. 

2.  The  horses   are   not   in    the   town,    but1    in    the 
country. 


LESSON  IX.  31 

3.  He  gives  advice  to  the  children. 

4.  In  the  council  the  advice  of  (his)  friends  was  not 
acceptable  to  the  envoy. 

5.  The  captive  does  not  have  friends  in  the  council 
of  the  legates. 

6.  Cornelia  is  the*  daughter  (27)  of  Marcus  the  leg- 
ate, the  friend  of  the  captives. 

7.  The  roads  in  the  forest  are  long. 

8.  The   troops  of  the  countries  of  Gaul  are  in  the 
towns. 


LESSON  X. 

61.  Learn  the  present,  imperfect,  *and  future  indicative, 
and  the  present  imperative  and  infinitive  of 

„    /    0,-\  The  Verb  Sum. 

sum  (486). 

O2.  i.  Est,  erat,  erit.  2.  Sunt,  erant,  erunt.  3.  Sumus, 
eramus,  erimus.  4.  Sum,  este,  eras.  5.  Eram,  es,  esse. 
6.  Ero,  eritis.  7.  Estis,  eratis,  eris. 

63.  In  the  preceding  lessons  verb-forms  have  been  used 
in  the  third  person.  The  forms  of  the  verb  sum  show  that 
there  are  endings  to  denote  the  first  and  Agreement  of  Verb 
second  persons  as  well.  with  Subject. 

a.  There  are  a  few  such  endings  in  the  English  language ; 
as,  "  thou  lovest,"  "  he  loveth."  The  English  commonly  uses 
the  pronoun  with  the  verb,  which  is  seldom  done  in  Latin. 

Is  "  thou,"  in  "  thou  lovest,"  really  necessary  to  complete 
the  meaning? 

64. 

1.  Tu,  O  puer,  Galbae  aegri  es  filius. 

2.  Defessi  erunt  tuorum  amicorum  liberf. 

3.  Ibi  nuntius  tela  puero  dat. 

4.  Amicus  eris  puero,  boni  viri  filio. 

5.  In   Gallia  multa  hiberna  Sextius  legatus  habet.     Non 
magna  sunt  hiberna,  sed  legato  erunt  grata. 

6.  Marcus  est  nuntius.     Marco   sunt   multa  tela.     Puer 
erit  boni  Marci   amicus.      Marci  amicus  ero.      Marci  nuntl 
erimus  amici.     Estne  bonum  nostrum  consilium? 

7.  In   Italia  frumentum  habet.      Equi  multi   captivorum 
in  hiberna  Sexti  Marci  lili  arma  portant.     In  hibernls  erant 
mult!  viri,  sed  non  captivi  erant.    Marcus  tribunus  in  hiberna 

32 


LESSON  X.  33 

Sexti  nuntiorum  arma  portat.     Arma    nunti  in  hibernis 

boni  legati  erunt. 

8.  Copia  magna  frumentl  defesso  equo  grata  erit.     Pueri 
boni,  este  amici  aegri  equi. 

9.  Ibi  arma  non  erunt. 

10.  Tu  in  magnis  hibernis  eris,  sed  arma  tua  in  oppido 
enmt. 

11.  Ibi  oppidum  non  erit  magnum. 

65.  WORD -LIST. 

nuntius,  -I,  messenger.  arma,  -orum,  (in  plural  only) 

frumentum,  -I,  grain,  provi-          weapons  (of  all  kinds,  both 

sions.  for  attack  and  defence). 

telum,  -I,  weapon  (especially      ^  {n  that place^     Adyerb< 

adart^-  sed,  but. 

hiberna, -orum, '(plural  only) 

the  winter  quarters  for  an 
army. 

66. 

1.  They  give  a  javelin  to  the  boys,  the  friends  of 
the  messenger. 

2.  There2  is  a  large  supply  of  grain  in  the  town, 
but  there  are  no  darts  there.3 

3.  They  are  carrying  much  grain  and  many  weapons 
into  the  winter  camp.4 

4.  The  winter  camp  of  the  legate  is  in  the  forest. 

5.  The  man  has  a  long  javelin.      Is  he  carrying  the 
javelin  into  the  winter  camp  ? 

6.  The  children  of  the  messenger  are  giving  (his) 
weapons  to  the  captives. 

1  The  full  form  castra  hiberna  is  seldom  used. 

2  Notice  the  two  uses  of  the  word  "  there  "  in  English.     The  first  of 
these  is  not  found  at  all  in  Latin. 

3  For  the  adverb  of  place  use  ibi. 

4  Do  not  forget  that  this  word  is  plural  in  Latin. 


LESSON  XL 

THE  VERB  SUM-CONTINUED. 

67.  Learn  the  perfect,   pluperfect,  and  future  perfect  in- 
dicative of  sum.      (486. ) 

68.  EXAMPLES. 

Frumentum  equis  portatur,  The  grain  is  carried  by  horses. 
Marcus  gladio  Galbam  vulnerat,  Marcus     Ablative  of  Mean8 

WOUnds  Galba  With  a  SWOrd.  or  Instrument. 

a.   Notice  that  the  ablatives  equis  and  gladio  tell  us  with 
what,  or  by  means  of  what,  some  deed  is  accomplished. 

69.  RULE. — The  means  or  instrument  of  an  action  is 
expressed  by  the  ablative. 

70. 

1.  Liber  vir  captivus  fuerat. 

2.  Magna  erit  nova  porta. 

3.  Filius  nostii  amid  gladio  cum  multis  viris  pugnat. 

4.  Multos  Graecos  in  bello  armis  Romam  vulnerant. 

5.  In  terra  Gallia    fuerant    multae    silvae.       Magnus  fuit 
numerus  silvarum  et  agrorum  magna  in  terra  Germania,  sed 
pauca  fuerunt  oppida.      Paucae  et  longae  viae  fuerunt  mag- 
nis  in  silvis  et  agris  Germaniae. 

6.  Oppido  fuerant  muri  et  portae.      Novum  est  oppidum 
et  paucisunt  viri,  sed  altus  est  murus.      Gladios  nuiltos  amici 
novo    tribuno    dant.        In     alto    muro    oppidi     sunt     viri. 

Populo  oppidi  victoria  in  bello  erit  grata. 

7.  HIbernis  muri  alti  fuerant. 

34 


LESSOR    XL  35 

8.  Gladium  novura  filio  Marcus  dat.     Gladio  viros  pau- 
COS  filius  Marci  vulnerat. 

9.  Consilium  novum  legatorum  viris  in  concilio  non  erit 
gratum. 

10.  Portae  multae  erunt  longo  in  muro. 

11.  Equi  magnum  in  oppidum  multum  frumentum  portant. 

12.  Ibi  magnus  numerus  gladiorum  fuit  in  via. 

13.  In  bello  telis  paucos,  sed  gladils  multos,  vulnerant. 

14.  Populo  gratum  donum  dat. 

15.  Multum  frifmentum  equis  in  oppidum  portat,  et  populo 
dat. 

1 6.  Defessi  pueri  arma  tribuni  non  portant. 

17.  In  oppido  frumentum  non  erit.      In  agris  frumentum 
multum  erit,  sed  magnae  sunt  silvae  et  longae  sunt  viae. 

71.  WORD-LIST, 

bellum,  -I,  war.  tribunus,  -1,  tribune,  some- 

t    ,.  ,  times    lieutenant.        There 

gladius.  -1,  sword.  .         .,.  -.. 

were  six   military  tribunes 

populus,  -I,  people.  in  each  legion  (157)  of  the 

paucl,  -ae,  -a,  few.  Roman .  a™y •  u  Their  dlj- 

ties  varied  as  the  general- 

pugnat,  is  fighting.  in-chief  saw  fit. 

72.  Words  will  sometimes  occur  in  these  exercises  which 
are  not  given  as  definitions  in  the  vocabularies,  but  the  pupil 
will  always  be  able  to  find  suitable  words  or  expressions  in 
the  Latin  vocabulary  at  his  command. 

I .  In  the  forests  and  open  country  1  of  Gaul  Caesar 
and  the  Romans  are  fighting.  The  Romans  are 
wounding  many  men  with2  (their)  weapons.  The 
Gauls  are  wounding  a  few  Romans  by  means  of  (their) 
swords  and  javelins.  This  3  will  be  acceptable  to  the 
men  in  the  council,  but  nut  to  the  people  in  the  town. 
Many  men  in  town  are  friends  of  the  Gauls. 

1  ager.  2  69.  3  hoc  (neuter  singular). 


36  LESSON  XL 

2.  The  Romans  are  fighting  in  the  woods.  The 
arms  of  the  Romans  are  swords  and  javelins.  The 
Gauls  are  wounding  many  Romans  by  means  of  (their) 
long  javelins.  They  wound  the  horse  of  the  tribune. 
But  the  legate  is  in  the  winter  camp,  and  has  many 
men  and  horses,  and  large  supplies  of  grain.  He 
hastens  (39)  with  (his)  troops  into  the  woods.  There 
(66,  n.  2)  they  wound  many  of  the  Gauls  by  means  of 
(their)  javelins  and  swords. 


LESSON  XII. 

FIRST    CONJUGATION.    A   VERBS. 

amo  (stem  ama),  love. 
Principal  parts :    amo,  amare,  amavl,  amatus. 

73.  Learn  the  present,  imperfect,  and  future  indicative, 
and  the  present  imperative  and  infinitive,  active  and  passive, 
of  amo.     (480.) 

a.  A  verb  in  the  Active  Voice  represents  its  subject  as 
active  (that  is,  usually,  as  doing  something);   for  instance, 

The  man  hits  the  boy. 

b.  A  verb  in  the  Passive  Voice  represents  its  subject  as 
being  acted  upon ;  for  instance, 

The  man  is  hit  by  the  boy. 

74.  i.   Amat,  amabat,   amabit.      2.    Amatur,  amabatur, 
amabitur.      3.    Amant,    amantur,    amabam.       4.    Amabant, 
amabuntur,    amabar.       5.    Amabunt,    amabantur,    ama.      6. 
Amo,  amare,   amari.      7.    /\mor,  amabamur,  amabamus.     8. 
Amabo,  amabor,  amamur.     9.  Amamus,  amabimur,  amamini. 
10.   Amabimus,  amare. 

75.  Inflect,   that  ii,  repeat  the  tenses  of,   these  verbs  as 
you  have  inflected  amo  I 

nuntio,  nuntiare,  nuntiavl,  nuntiatus,  to  report  or  telL 
porto,  portare,  portavi,  portatus,  to  carry, 
a.  To  find  the  stem,  drop  -re  of  the  infinitive. 

37 


38  LESSON  XII. 


76. 

-5  or  -m 

-mus 

-r 

-mur 

-s 

-tis 

-ris 

-mini 

Personal 

-t 

-nt 

-tur 

-ntur 

Endings. 

These  are  called  the  Personal  Endings.  In  what  tenses 
are  they  to  be  found?  What  tenses  and  moods  do  not  have 
them  ?  Are  they  found  in  the  tenses  of  sum  as  well  as  of 
amo?  What  do  they  mean? 

77.  EXAMPLES. 

Galba  gladium  portat,  Galba  is  carrying      Ablative  of 
a  sword.  A9ent- 

Gladius  a  Galba  portatur,  A  sword  is  being  carried  by  Galba. 

Marcus  gladio  vulneratur,  Marcus  is  wounded  by  means  ojf 
a  sword. 

Virl  a  legato  tuba  vocabantur,  The  men  were  called 'by  the 
legate  by  means  of  a  trumpet. 

a.  Notice  that  the  object  of  the  active  verb  in  both  Latin 
and  English  becomes  the  subject  of  the  passive,  while  the 
subject  (the  doer  or  agent)  of  the  active  is  in  Latin  ex- 
pressed with  the  passive  by  the  ablative  with  a  or  ab,  which 
corresponds  to  the  preposition  <4by." 

b.  The  last  two  sentences  illustrate  the  difference  between 
the  Ablative  of  Agent  and  the  Ablative  of  Means.     The 
Ablative  of  Agent  is  used  regarding  persons,  the  Abla- 
tive of  Means  regarding  animals  or  things. 

78.  RULE. — The  agent  with  a  passive  verb  is  expressed 
by  the  ablative  with  a  or  ab. 

79. 

1.  Vir  telum  in  hiberna  portabit. 

2.  Telum  in  oppidum  a  viro  portabitur. 

3.  Galba  Marcum  amlcum  amabat. 

4.  Marcus  a  Galba  amabatur. 

5.  Liberi,  nostrum  amlcum  amabitis. 


LESSON  Xll  39 

6.  Noster  amlcus  a  Hberis  ncgris  amabitur. 

7.  Quid  populo  ab  amico  noslro  nuntiabitur? 

8.  Frumentum  et  tela  in  oppidum  a  captivo  bono  porta- 
buntur.     In  hiberna  captmis  properat. 

9.  A  multis  amamur. 

10.  Consilium  nunti  a  Galba  nuntiabitur. 

11.  Nuntiabitne  Galba  in  concilio  nunti  consilium? 

12.  Galbae  telum  a  filio  in  oppidum  portabatur. 

13.  Filius  Galbae  arma  in  oppidum  portabat, 

14.  Victoria  populo  a  puero  nuntiabitur. 

15.  A  liberis  amabimini. 

1 6.  Tribunus    cum    viris    pugnabit.      Telis    et    gladiis 
pugnant.     Tribunus  gladio  et  telis  vulnerabitur. 

17.  In  hibernis  telis,  sed   in  agro   gladiis,  tribunus  cum 
viris  pugnabat. 

1 8.  Romanorum    armis  Graeci    vulnerabantur.      Graeci 
Romanos  non  amabant. 

19.  Arma  tribunorum  a  defessis  viris  non  portabantur. 

20.  Quis    frumentum   in  oppidum    portabit  ?     Aeger  est 
tribunus,   sed  quid  filius  nuntiat ?     Nuntiat,   "A  captivis 
frumentum  in  oppidum  portabit ur." 

8O.  WORD-LIST. 

amo,  -are,  -avl,  -atum,  to     vulnero,  -are,  -avl,  -atum, 

like  or  love.  to  wound. 

nuntio,  -are,  -avl,  -atum,     a   (before  a  consonant),   ab 

to  report  or  tell.  (before  a  vowel),  preposi- 

porto,    -are,    -avl,    -atum,         tion  followed  by  ablative, 

to  carry.  by,  from. 

pugno,   -are,  -avl,  -atum,     cum,  preposition  followed  by 

to  fight.    Followed  by  cum,          ablative,      together      with, 

with.  sometimes  with.      Denotes 

accompaniment. 

81.    (See  72.) 

The  children  of  the  town  are  carrying  the  weapons 
of  the  lieutenant  into  the  woods.      This  (72,  n.  3)  will 


40  LESSON  XII. 

be  told  to  the  lieutenant  by  a  boy  and  will  not  be 
pleasing  (to  him).  He  will  tell  the  children,1  "  Boys, 
carry  the  weapons  back  again."2  But  the  children 
do  not  like  the  lieutenant,  and  do  not  carry  back  8  the 
weapons,  but  hasten  (39)  into  the  winter  camp  and 
tell  the  captives,  "The  lieutenant  has  no  weapons." 
But  the  lieutenant  tells  the  boy  Marcus,  the  son  J  of 
Galba,  "  Marcus,  hasten  into  the  woods  and  carry  (my) 
javelins  into  the  winter  camp. ' '  Marcus  will  carry  the 
javelins  to  *  the  lieutenant. 

1  Dative.  8  rursus.  3  filius.  4  ad  (not  dative). 


LESSON  XIII. 

FIRST    CONJUGATION.-CONTINUED. 

82.  Learn  the  perfect,  pluperfect  and  future  perfect  indic- 
ative, active  and  passive,  of  amo.      (480.) 

a.  The  participle  amatus,  used  in  the  compound  forms  of 
the  passive,  is  declined  like  bonus,  and  is  treated  in  all  re- 
spects like  an  adjective.  (50.  474.) 

Cornelia  amata  est,  Cornelia  was  loved. 

Marcus  amatus  est. 

Frumentum  portatum  est,  Grain  was  carried. 

Galba  amatus  est. 

Amat!  sunt,  They  were  loved. 

83.  Verbs  have  three  stems,  which  are  given  in   the 
Principal  Parts  :     Porto,    portare,    portavi,  u«e  of  Principal 
portatus  ;  Do,  dare,  dedi,  datus.  Pari«- 

The  first  gives  the  stem  of  the  Present,  Imperfect,  and 
Future  tenses  :  AM6,  Do.  The  second  gives  the  Present 
Infinitive,  by  which  the  conjugation  is  distinguished  : 
amARE,  dARE.  The  third  gives  the  stem  of  the  Perfect, 
Pluperfect,  and  Future  Perfect  Active  :  AMAVI,  DEDI. 
The  fourth  gives  the  stem  of  the  Perfect,  Pluperfect  and 
Future  Perfect  Passive  :  AMATus,  DATus. 

84.  Look  in  a  vocabulary  as  seldom  as  possible. 

First  translate  the  Latin  as  nearly  in  the  order  in  which  it 
comes  as  you  can,  giving  to  each  word  the 

Hints  for  Reading. 

meaning  its  ending  requires.      Do  not  try  to 
make  good  English,  but  only  to  get  the  sense  and  to  find  the 
construction  of  each  Latin  word.     Then  go  over  the  sentence 

4* 


4*  LESSON  xtn. 

again,  and  turn  it  into  good  English.     This  is  especially  nec- 
essary in  a  long  sentence. 

85. 

1.  Amice,  esne  aeger? 

2.  Copia  magna  frumenti    defessis  equis  fuerat  in  agro. 

3.  Cum  studio  oppugnati  sumus. 

4.  In  hiberna  tribuni  arma  et  frumentum  multum  a  cap- 
tivis  portata  erant.       Barbari   viri    pugnis    multis    hiberna 
oppugnaverunt.      Portas  hibernorum  cum  studio  barbari 
viri  oppugnaverunt,  et  multus  amicos  tribuni  telis  vulnera- 
verunt.     Multos  viros  tribunus  paucis  cum  amicis  in  pugna 
vulneravit. 

5.  Pauci  viri  cum  magno  studio  laborant.     Barbari  viri 
non  laborant.     Bonus  vir  cum  consilio  et  studio   laborat. 
Laborabisne,  puer? 

6.  Cum  magno  studio  populi  barbari  terram  legatus  OCCU- 
pavit.       Magno  cum  studio  oppida  oppugnabat.     Magnis 
pugnis   paucae    terrae    occupatae    sunt.     Magnae    pugnae 
erant,  et  viri  multi  telis  vulnerati  sunt,  sed  pauca  oppida  Op- 
pugnata  sunt. 

7.  Magno  cum  consilio  a  Romanis  in  bello  oppida  Oppug- 
nabantur.      Multis  pugnis  in  Gallia  a  Romanis  oppida  oc- 
cupata  sunt.       Oppida    multa    in    Gallia   oppugnabuntur. 
Cum  barbarls  viris  pugnis  multis  Caesar  pugnabit. 

8.  Terrae  novae   a  viris  barbarls    in    bello    magno    cum 
studio  occupatae  erant.    Magno  cum  studio  populi  barbari 
terram  occupabunt. 

86.  WORD-LIST. 

occupo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  Iab5ro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to 

lake  possession  of  ,  to  seize.  work.  Sometimes  to  have 

oppugno,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  a  hard  time. 

attack.  barbarus,  -a,  -um,  uncivilized. 

pugna,  -ae,  a  fight.  studium,  -I,  eagerness. 


LESSON  XIII.  43 

87.  (See  72.) 

1.  In  the  woods,  in  a  wide  1  place2  upon  the  road,  the 
messenger  was  attacked.     A  man  wounded  (his)  horse 
with  a  javelin.     The  messenger  fought  with  the  men 
with  (his)  sword.     But  the  men  were  many,  and  he  was 
tired  out  by  the  fight.     He  told  the  men  (81,  n.  i),  "  I 
am  the  messenger  of  the  tribune  Sextius;   why3  are  you 
attacking  me  4  ?     Are  you  not  (his  5)  friends  ?  "     They 
told  the  messenger,  "We  are  the  friends  of  Sextius. 
We  will  be  your  6  friends." 

2.  The  winter  camp  of  the  legate  was  in  the  forest. 
In  the  winter  camp  there  (66,  n.  2)  were  a  great  num- 
ber of  captives,  and  much  grain,  and  many  weapons 
and   horses.      A  large  number  of  Gauls  attacked  the 
troops  of  the  legate.      In  the  battle  he  was  wounded 
with  a  sword  by  a  man.      The  Gauls  seized  the  winter 
camp   and   carried    the  grain    and    weapons    into    the 
forest. 

1  latus, -a, -um.  2  locus.  3cur. 

*me.  5eius.  6tuus, -a, -um. 


LESSON  XIV, 

THE    ABLATIVE    OF    MANNER 

88.  EXAMPLES. 

Oppidum  cum  studio  oppugnavit,  He  attacked  the  town 
with  eagerness  (or  eagerly). 

Oppidum  magno  cum  studio  oppugnavit, 

Oppidum      magnO      StudiO      Oppugnavit,       Ablative  of  Manner. 

He  attacked  the  town  with  great  eagerness. 

Cum  studio,  magno  cum  studio,  and  magno  studio  ex- 
press the  manner  of  the  action. 

89.  RULE.  —The   manner  of  an  action  is  expressed  by 
the  ablative  with  cum,  unless  an  adjective  is  used  with  the 
ablative,  when  cum  may  be  omitted. 

ROMAN!  ATQUE  GALLI. 

90.  To  aid  the  pupil  to  acquire  the  habit  of  noticing  the 
endings,  they  are   in   this  lesson  printed  in  heavy  faced 
type. 

Roma  fuit  magnum  oppidum  Italiae,  cum  altis  et  longis 
murls.  Altae  portae  erant  muris.  Frumentum  in  oppi- 
dum Romam  equis  a  virls  portabatur,  nam  multus  in  oppido 
erat  populus.  Populus  Romanus  multas  terras  oppidaque 
magna  cum  consilio  et  studio  in  bello  occupavit.  Multl 
Roman!  non  laborabant,  sed  captivl  laborabant.  Magnus 
erat  captivorum  numerus, 

Galll  erant  barbari  virl  qul  (106)  agros  Galliae  terrae  sil- 
vasque  occupaverant.  Olim  bonam  terrain  Ttaliam  occu- 
pare  temptaverunt.  Oppida  oppagnaverunt.  Romani  cum 
Gallis  pugnaverunt,  sed  tandem  superatl  sunt,  nam  multl 

44 


LESSON  XIV.  45 

erant  Galll.  Populus  Romanus  fuga  servatus  est.  Sed 
Galll  celeriter  ex-iverunt,  atque  Roman!  iterum  oppidum 
Romam  aedificaverunt. 

91.  WORD  LIST. 

murus,  -!,  wall.  atque,  and. 

bonus,  -a,  -um,  good.  -que,  and.     (8,  4.) 


92. 

Ill  the  land  (of)  Italy  are  great  supplies  of  grain. 
The  Roman  people  are  skilful  l  in  war.  The  cities 
have  high  walls.  But  we  Gauls  are  many  and  will 
eagerly  attack  the  forces  of  the  Romans.  The  Romans 
will  fight  with  eagerness,  but  we  will  seize  many  towns. 
We  will  seize  the  city  Rome.  We  will  carry  many 
captives  and  weapons  and  much  grain  into  the  country 
(of)  Gaul.  This2  (72,  N.  3)  plan  is  acceptable  to  the 
men  in  the  council  of  the  Gauls. 

1  Cum  consilid  3  Hoc. 


LESSON  XV. 

93.  Hl'C  AND  ILLE. 

hie,  this.  ille,  that. 


SINGULAR. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

NOM. 

hie 

haec 

hoc 

ille 

ilia 

illud 

GEN. 

huius 

huius 

huius 

illius 

illius 

illius 

DAT. 

huic 

huic 

huic 

illi- 

iHi- 

illi 

AGC. 

hunc 

hanc 

hoc 

nium 

il  lam 

illud 

ABL. 

hoc 

hac 

h6c 

ilia 

ilia 

illo 

PLURAL. 

NOM.  hi  hae  haec  illi  illae  ilia 

GEN.  horum  harum  horum  illorum  illarum  illorum 

DAT.   his  his  his  illis  illis  illis 

Ace.   hos  has  haec  illos  illas  ilia 

ABL.    his  his  his  illis  illis  illis 

a.  How  do  these  forms  differ  from  those  of  nouns  of  the 
first  and  second  declensions  ? 

b.  Hie  refers  to  what  is   near  to  the  speaker  in  place, 
time,  or  thought:  hie  gladius,  this  sword. 

c.  Ille    refers   to  what  is  somewhat    remote    from   the 
Speaker  in  place,  time,  or  thought  :   illud  telum,  that  dart. 

d.  Ille,   agreeing    with   a   noun   sometimes   means  "thai 
well-known"  or  "  that renowned '." 

94.  EXAMPLES. 

Hie  puer  est  altus ;  ilia  puella  est  parva,  This  boy  is 
tall ;  that  girl  is  small. 

46 


LESSON  XV.  47 

Legatus  et  captivus  sunt  amici ;  ille  est  Romanus,  hie 
Callus,  The  lieutenant  and  the  captive  are  friends;  the  former 
is  a  Roman,  the  latter  a  Gaul. 

Hoc  donum  puellae  est  gratum,  illud  puero,  This  gift  is 
pleasing  to  the  girl,  that  one  to  the  boy. 

a.  Notice  the  meaning  of  ille,  hie :   "  the  former,"  "the 
latter,1'  in  the  second  sentence. 

b.  An  examination  of  the  above  shows  that  hie  and  ille 
have  two  uses  :   (i)  as  demonstrative  adjectives,  in  agree- 
ment with  nouns,  (2)  as  demonstrative  pronouns,  stand- 
ing alone. 

95. 

1.  Legato  studium  illius  tribum  atque  huius  nunti  gratum 
fuit. 

2.  Hie  murus  paucas  portas,  ille  multas,  habet. 

3.  Illius  Galbae  gladium  portabo. 

4.  Aedui  et  Sequani  in  terra  Gallia  diu  erant.      111!  fue- 
runt  Romanorum  amici,  hi  Germanorum.      Suntne  illi  nostri 
amici  ? 

5.  Secunda  pugna  barbaros  superat,  et  ibi  hiberna  conlo- 
cabit,     Ubi   hiberna  conlocabit?    nam    non  idoneus   locus 
est.     Estne  idoneus  ille  locus?     In  illo  idoneo  loco  hiberna 
legatus  conlocabit.     In  hoc  loco  tribunus   multa  tela,    sed 
paucos   gladios,  habet.       In   his    hibernis    amici    legati    fru- 
mentum  atque  arma  cum  studio  conlocaverint. 

6.  Nonne  tribunus  huic  fllio  Marci  defesso  gratum  donum 
dabit?    nam   cum  studio   laborat.     Illi   hunc   gladium,    huic 
illud  telum  dabit.      In  hoc  loco  a  fllio  tribuni  legatus  gladio 
vulneratus  erit. 

OO.  WORD-LIST. 

locus,  -i,  plural,  loci  or  loca,  idoneus,  -a,  -um,  suitable, 

a  place.  (Refers  to  place.  For  time, 

conloco,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  secundus,  -a,  -um,  favor- 
to  place  or  station.  able,  is  usually  used. ) 

fllius,  -I,  son. 


48  LESSON  XV. 

97. 

1.  The  friends  of  this  man  are  many,    but   of  that 
(one),  few. 

2.  These  men  do  not  fight  with  eagerness,  but  those 
are  wounding  many  Romans  with  their  swords. 

3.  This  legate  has  a  sword,  and  that  (legate)  a  jave- 
lin. 

4.  A  Gaul  gave  this  tired  captive  a  horse. 

5.  This  place  is  not  a  suitable  (one.) 

6.  The  advice  of  this  lieutenant  will  not  be  pleasing 
to  the  legates  in  the  council. 

98. 

1.  COnsilium  nuntl  in  illo  concilio  nuntiatur.      Consilium 
non  tribuni  sed  nuntl  legato  gratum  erit. 

2.  Caesar   cum    Helvetiis   in    illo   idoneo  loco    pugnavit. 
Pugna  magna  fuit  sed  Roman!  Helvetios  superaverunt. 

3.  Frumentum  populo  non  fuerat. 

4.  Hi  gladii  novi  illis  viris  grati  erunt. 

5.  Vir  in  muro  telum  portat.    Puero  telum  dabit. 

6.  Filio  idoneum  telum  dat. 

7.  Tribune,  a  populo  amaberis. 

8.  Legatus  populi  non  fueram. 

9.  Frumentum  in  hiberna   portabit,  sed   arma  in   oppidO 
conlocabit.     Hoc   consilium  legato    novo    non  gratum  est. 
In  oppido  hiberna  conlocabit. 

99. 

This  boy  is  carrying  a  large  sword.  With  the  boy 
there  are  many  children.  He  is  telling  the  children 
(8 1,  n.  i),  "  In  yonder1  woods  there  are  many  Gauls. 
I  will  fight  with  these  men  and  will  wound  a  large 
number  with  this  sword.  Messengers  will  tell  this  to 
the  Roman  legate.  He  will  give  (me)  a  horse  and 
javelin.  Then  2  I  will  be  a  lieutenant.  Is  not  this  a 
good  plan  ? ' ' 

1  ille.  *  turn. 


LESSON  XVI. 


1OO.  THE  DEMONSTRATIVE  IS. 


is,  this,  that ;  also  he,  she,  it. 


SINGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

NOM. 

is 

ea 

id 

ei,  ii 

eae 

ea 

GEN 

ems 

ems 

eius 

eorum 

earum 

eorum 

DAT. 

ei 

el 

ei 

eis,  iis 

eis,  iis 

eis,  iis 

Ace. 

etim 

earn 

id 

eos 

eas 

ea 

ABL. 

eo 

ea 

eo 

eis,  iis 

eis,  iis 

eis,  iis 

a.  Is  as  a  pronoun  means  he,  she,  it.  As  a  demonstrative 
adjective  it  is  an  unemphatic/'/to  or  that  in  meaning,  stand- 
ing between  hie  and  ille,  but  somewhat  nearer  to  the  latter. 


101. 


TABLE  OF  USUAL  MEANINGS. 
is,  he.          ea,  she.          id,  it; 
also  this,  that. 

eius, 

his,  her,  its. 
eorum,  earum,  eorum, 

their, 

eum,  him.         earn,  her.         id,  it; 
also  this,  that. 


102. 


EXAMPLES. 

Is  vir  cum  studio  labdrat,  This  man  labors  with  eagerness. 
Studium  eius  viri  laudamus,   We  praise  the  eagerness  of 
that  man, 

49 


50  LESSON  XVI. 

Amicus  eius  amatur,  His  friend  is  liked. 

103. 

1.  Ei  filiae  Marci  dona  dedistis,  atque  grata  fuerunt  haec 
dona. 

2.  Ei  cum  studio  auxilium  dabunt. 

•  . 

3.  Legatus  in  idoneo  loco  hiberna  conlocaverit.     In  hl- 
berna  equis  multa  tela  et  magnam  copiam  frumentl  portabit. 
Galli  haec  hiberna  oppu^nabunt,  sed  non  occupabunt. 

4.  Nonne  pugnae  signum  dabis  ? 

II.   CAESAR  ET  ARIOVISTUS. 

Ariovistus  erat  Germanus.  Gallos  facile  SUperaverat. 
Caesar  atque  Romani  gladiis  telisque  cum  Ariovisto  pugna- 
verunt,  eumque  in  bello  superaverunt.  Magna  erat  haec 
pugna.  Magnum  studium  pugnae  erat  Ariovisto.  Multos 
viros  atque  equos  habuit  et  Gallos  multis  pugnis  superaverat. 
Caesar  castra  cum  vallo  portisque  in  loco  idoneo  prope  eum 
conlocavit,  et  in  haec  castra  impedimenta  portavit.  Ger- 
manorum  castra  vallum  non  habuerunt,  nam  barbari  erant. 
In  pugna  Germanis  magnum  fuit  studium,  sed  Romanis  con- 
silium  atque  bona  arma  fuerunt.  Deinde  Romani  supera- 
verunt. In  fuga  per  silvas  multi  German!,  viri,  mulieres,  etiain 
li1)  •  i,  inter  ecti  simt.  Ariovistus  ipse  in  Germaniam  fugit. 
Jta  (i-.'rriia  I  a  Romanis  SUperatl  SUnt. 

1O4  WORD-LIST. 

signum,  -I,  standard  or  en-  supero,   -are,   -avi,   -atum, 

sign,  signal.  to    surpass;    hence,    some- 

clo,    dare,   dedi,    datum,   to        times,  to  conquer. 

give.  ita,  adv. ,  thus,  in  this  way. 

1O5.     (See  72  and  129.) 

The  lieutenant  will  give  the  signal  for  battle  and  the 
men  will  attack  the  Gauls  with  great  eagerness. 


LESSON  XVI  51 

There  are  a  few  Gauls  in  the  road,  and  a  great  num- 
ber in  the  woods.  A  few  Romans  will  attack  the 
former  with  javelins,  but  the  latter  will  be  attacked 
with  swords.  In  a  suitable  place  in  the  woods  the 
Gauls  have  placed  (their)  children  and  baggage.  The 
Romans,  who l  will  fight  in  the  road  will  easily  overcome 
the  Gauls  there.  Then  2  they  will  easily  seize  the  bag- 
gage of  the  Gauls.  Next 3  they  will  give  help  to 
•  their)  friends,  who1  will  attack  those  Gauls  who  are 
in  the  woods.  Thus  the  Gauls  will  easily  be  con- 
quered. 

This  is  the  plan  of  the  lieutenant. 

1  qui.  8  turn.  3  deinde. 


LESSON  XVII. 

106.  QU». 

qui,  who,  which. 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

M.  F.  N.    t  M.  F.  N. 

NOM.  qui  quae  quod  qui  quae  quae 

GEN.  cuius  cuius  cuius  quorum    quarum  quorum 

DAT.   cui  cm  cui  quibus      quibus  quibus 

Ace.    quern  quam  quod  quos         quas  quae 

ABL.   quo  qua  quo  quibus     quibus  quibus 

a.  Qui  is  called  the  Relative  Pronoun.         ™e  Relaiive 

Pronoun. 

107.  TABLE  OF  USUAL  MEANINGS  IN  SINGULAR. 

qui,  quae,  who.         quod,  which,  that. 

cuius, 

of  whom,  whose,  of  which. 
CUl,  to  or  for  whom.  CUI,  to  or  for  which. 

quern,  quam,  whom.         quod,  which,  that. 

108.  EXAMPLES. 

Ubi  est  puer  qui  temptavit  ?    Where  is  the  boy  who  tried? 

Copiae  quas  habet  sunt  magnae,  The  supplies  which  he 
has  are  large. 

Puer  cui  donum  dat  est  parvus,  The  boy  to  whom  he  gives 
the  gift  is  small*. 

52 


LESSON  XVII.  53 

Consilium  quod  dat  est  bonum,  The  advice    Agreement  of 

Which  he  gives  IS  good.  Relative  Pronoun. 

a.  Notice  that  the  relative  pronouns  in  these  sentences 
have  the  same  gender  and  number  as  the  nouns  to  which 
they  refer  (called  their  antecedents)  :  qui  as  puer,  quas 
as  copiae,  cui  as  puer,  quod  as  consilium.  But  the 
cases  are  often  different.  Qui  is  the  subject  of  est,  quas 
the  direct  object  of  hab3t,  cui  the  indirect  object  of  dat,  and 
quod  the  direct  object  of  dat. 

1O9.  RULE.  —  A  relative  pronoun  agrees  with  its  ante- 
cedent in  gender  and  number,  but  its  case  depends  upon 
the  construction  of  the  clause  in  which  it  stands. 

11O. 

1.  Vir  bonus,  cuius  films  in  hoc  agro  laborat,  est  in  castris. 

2.  Numerus   equorum,  qui   in  castra  impedimenta  porta- 
bunt,  est  magnus.      In  castris  sunt  multa  signa. 

3.  Viri,  quibus  erant  gladii,  panel  erant. 

4.  Consilium  nimti  populo  non  eritgratum. 

5.  111!  equi,  quibus   Marci  filius  in  via  frumentum  portat, 
sunt  nigri.      Defessus  est  filius  Marci,  qui  in  castra  frumen- 
tum portat.      Aeger  est  vir,  cuius  equi  in  via  sunt. 

6.  Non  grata  filiae  Galbae  sunt  dona  quae  puer  dat.    Aeger 
est  puer,  qui  haec  dona  filiae  dabat. 

7.  Tribunus  est   hie  vir,  cui   multa  arma  sunt,  sed  a  bar- 
baris  captivis,  quos  hi  equi  portabant,  vulneratus  est. 


WORD-LIST. 
castra,  -drum  (in  plural  only),  camp. 
112.      (See  129.) 

1.  The  man  whom  you  wounded  is  a  messenger. 

2.  The  men  to  whom  you  gave  the.  swords  which 
were  on  the  wall  are  Gauls. 


54  LESSON  XVIL 

3.  This  is  the  lieutenant  whose  baggage  was  seized. 

4.  This  is  the  boy  to  whom  you  gave  the  gift. 

5.  These  children  wounded  the  son  of  Marcus  with 
this  javelin,  which  you  gave  to  (your)  friend. 

6.  This  man  to  whom  you  gave  the  long  sword  is 
not  (your)  friend. 

7.  The  tired  captive  to  whom  you  gave  the  horse  is 
not  a  Gaul. 

8.  The  weapons  which  you  gave  to  the  men  are  in 
the  camp. 


113. 


LESSON   XVIII. 

QUIS. 
quis,  whop  which?  what? 


SINGULAR. 


M. 

NOM.  quis 
GEN.  cuius 
DAT.  cui 
Ace.    quern 
ABL.   quo 

114. 


F. 

quae 
cuius 
cui 


N. 

quid 
cuius 
cui 


M. 


PLURAL. 
F. 


N. 


quam     quid 
qua         quo 


qui  quae  quae 

quorum  quarum  quorum 

quibus  quibus  quibus 

quos  quas  quae 

quibus  quibus  quibus 


EXAMPLES. 


Quis  castra  oppugnabit  ?  Who  will  attack  the  camp  ? 
Quis  erit  nuntius  ?      Who  will  be  a  messenger? 
Quid  amantGalli  ?  What  do  the  Gauls  love  ? 
Quae  oppida  a  Romanis  occupata  sunt  ? 
What  towns  have  been  seized  by  the  Romans? 

a.  Notice  thnt  quis  in  the  first  sentence  and  quid  in  the 
third  are  interrogative  pronouns,  while  quis  in  the  second 
sentence  and  quae  in  the  fourth  are  interrogative  adjec- 
tives, and  agree  with  their  nouns  like  other  adjectives. 

b.  Qui  is  used  instead  of  quis  and  quod  instead  of  quid  as 
interrogative  adjectives  : 

Quod  oppidum  a  Romanis  occupatum  est  ? 
115. 

1 .  A  quibus  haec  castra  oppugnabuntur  ? 

2.  Qui  viri  hanc  terram  occupaverint  ? 

55 


56  LESSON  XV III. 

3.  Quid  est  in  illO  muro  ? 

4.  Qui  vir  non  amat  pueros  ? 

5.  Cui  dabit  tribunus  hoc  novum  gladium? 

6.  Quibus  viris  non  erit  auxilium  amicorum  gratum? 

7.  Quos  agios  habet  ille  vir? 

8.  Quern  vulneravisti  ? 

9.  Quid  est  legato  in  hibernis  ? 

TO.    Quam  portam  tribunus  oppugnabit  ? 

11.  A  quo  arma  ilia  ibi  sunt  conlocata? 

12.  Quibus  novis  arrais  ilium  virum  legatus  vulneravit? 

13.  A  quibus  Roman!  superati  sunt  ? 

14.  Cuius  arma  ille  puer  habet  ? 

15.  In  quo  loco   legatus   impedimenta  conlocabit  ?     In 
novis  hibernis  impedimenta  conlocat. 

1 6.  Qui  bonus  vir  auxilium  amicis  non  dat? 

17.  Quos  viros  auxilio  filiorum  tribunns  vulneravit? 

18.  Cuius  tribuni    in  hibernis  sunt   impedimenta?      In 
oppidum  equis  impedimenta  portabuntur. 

19.  Quod  novum  consilium  nuntius  dabit? 

116.  WORD-LIST. 

novus,  -a,  -um,  new.    Hence  impedimentum,   -I,   a    km* 

also,  strange.  drance.       In    plural,      the 

auxilium,  -i,     aid    or    help.  baggage  or  baggage  train 

Plural    usually    auxiliaries,  of  an  army, 
light  armed  troops  (stingers, 
bowmen,  spearmen,  etc.) 

117. 

1 .  Upon  what  road  were  these  wearied  men  attacked 
by  the  forces  of  the  Gauls  ?     With  what  arms  did  the 
Gauls  fight  ?    Whom  did  they  wound  with  the  javelins  ? 
Whose  horse  was  wounded  in  the  fight  ? 

2.  JvBy  whom  will   this   be  told  to  the  men  in   the 
council  ?     Will  the  gate  of  the   winter  camp  be   at- 


LESSON  xvm.  57 

tacked  by  the  Gauls  ?     Is  the  winter  camp  located  in 
a  suitable  place  ? 

3.  Is    that    tall   man    the    lieutenant?     Why1  is  he 
loved  by  the  men  ?     The  men  are  few,  but  they  will 
fight  very  eagerly  (with  great  eagerness). 

4.  What  towns  of  the  Gauls  will  they  attack  ? 

5.  What  is  this  man  carrying  ? 

6.  With  whose  sword  was  that  man  wounded  ? 

7.  To  whom  will  you  give  advice  ? 

8.  In  what  place  shall  we  place  the  camp  ? 


LESSON  XIX. 

READING    LESSON. 

118.  PUER   ET  AMICUS. 

Puer  qui  in  agro  erat  amico  ita  dixit,  "  Quibus  sunt  illi 
equi  qui  in  hoc  agro  erant  ?  ' ' 

"  Equi  sunt  eorum  Romanorum  qui  in  silva  cum  Gallis 
pugnabant."  Ita  amicus  dixit. 

"  Cur  illi  qui  cum  Gallis  pugnaverunt  ex  equis  in  silvam 
non  iverunt  ?" 

11  Olim  ita  iverunt,  sed  Galli  facile  equos  vulnerabant, 
atque  Romani  multi  superati  sunt.  Facile  in  agro  ex  equis 
pugnant,  sed  in  silvis  non  ita  est." 

"  Illud  \ignum  quid  est  ?  M 

"Signum  in  illis  castris  a  tribuno  datur.  Non  pugnae 
signum  dat,  nam  prope  Galli  non  sunt." 

"  Vide  !  Multi  viri  in  porta  murisque  castrorum  sunt. 
Id  signum  aliud,  nonne  in  silva  datur  ?  " 

"  A  Gallis  id  datur.     Prope  Galli  sunt.     Fuge  !  " 

Sed  pueri  amicus  a  Gallis  interfectus  est,  atque  puer  ipse 
vulneratus  est. 

119. 

Ariovistus  was  a  German  who  greatly  enjoyed  a 
fight.1  He  seized  the  fields  of  the  Sequani,  who  were 
Gauls,  and  conquered  the  Haedui  in  a  great  battle. 
The  Haedui,  who  were  friends  of  the  Roman  people, 

1  Compare  103,  II. 

58 


LESSON  XIX. 


59 


told  them,1  "The  Germans,  who  have  conquered  the 
Gauls,  are  seizing  the  land  of  Gaul.  Are  the  Germans 
friends  of  the  Roman  people  ?"  The  Romans  sent 
word2  to  Ariovistus,  4  '  We  are  the  friends  of  the  Haedui." 
This  was  not  pleasing  to  Ariovistus.  He  sent  word 
to  the  Romans,  "  Will  you  fight  the  Germans  ?  They 
have  never  3  been  conquered. ' '  But  Caesar  with  his 
forces  attacked  the  Germans  and  conquered  Ariovistus. 


1  Singular. 


2  nuntiare. 


3  numquam. 


ACIES   ROMANA  BARBAROS  OPPUGNAT. 
(From  a  column  at  Rome,  of  the  second  century  after  Christ.) 


Notice  the  acies,  composed  of  milites,  with  sagittarii  and  other 
auxilia  at  the  ends. 


LESSON  XX. 

12O.      THE  DEMONSTRATIVES  I8TE.  IDEM.  IPSE. 


idem,  the  same. 

SINGULAR. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

NOM.     idem 

eadem 

idem 

GEN.     einsdem 

eiusdem 

eiusdem 

DAT.      eidem 

eidem 

eidem 

Acc.      eundem 

eandem 

idem 

ABL.      eodem 

eadem 

eodem 

PLURAL. 

NOM.    j?^° 

eaedem 

eadem 

GEN.      eorundem 

earundem 

eorundem 

-p.            j  eisdem 
DA1-     \  iisdem 

eisdem 
iisdem 

eisdem 
iisdem 

Acc.       eosdem 

easdem 

eadem 

A             (  eisdem 
ABL-     \  iisdem 

eisdem 
iisdem 

eisdem 
iisdem 

ipse,  self. 

SINGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

M.                  F. 

N.                M. 

F.                  N. 

NOM.     ipse            ipsa 
GEN.     ipslus         ipslus 
DAT.     ipsl            ipsl 
Acc.       ipsum         ipsam 
ABL.      ipso            ipsa 

ipsum        ipsl 
ipslus         ipsorum 
ipsl             ipsis 
ipsum        ipsos 
ipso            ipsls 

ipsae            ipsa 
ipsarum       ipsorum 
ipsls              ipsls 
ipsas            ipsa 
ipsls             ipsls 

Iste,  ista, 

istud,  that,  that 

of  yours. 

Iste  is  declined  like 

ille.     (93.) 

60 


LESSON  XX.  6 1 

121.  EXAMPLES 

Hie  idem  vir  eum  vulneravit,  This  same  man  wounded 
him. 

Legatus  ipse  eum  vulneravit,  The  legate  himself  wounded 
him. 

Ipse  virum  vulneravisti,  You  wounded  the  man  your  self. 

Istum  gladium  el  dedl,  I  gave  him  that  sword  of  yours. 

a.  Idem  and  iste  can  be  used  as  either  demonstrative 
adjectives  or  demonstrative  pronouns.     (Cp.  94,  3.) 

b.  Iste  is  used  in  speaking  of  that  which  has  some  rela- 
tion   to   the    person    addressed.      It    sometimes    denotes 
contempt. 

Do  "  of  yours,"  "  of  his/'  sometimes  suggest  contempt  in 
English  ? 

c.  Ipse,  strictly  speaking,  like  the  English  "self,"  is  not 
used   alone,  but    in   agreement    with  a  noun    or   pronoun. 
Sometimes  the  noun  or  pronoun  is  understood  from  the  verb 
ending,  as  in  the  third  sentence. 

122. 

1.  Quae  nova  arma  barbari  viri  habent  ? 

2.  In  quod  oppidum  stint  impedimenta  portata? 

3.  Quis  bello  Gallos  superavit? 

4.  Ad  eandem  port  am  properaverunt. 

5.  Hie  est  iste  gladius  quo  ipse  vulneratus  es. 

6.  Telum  atque  equus  sunt  dona  eiusdem  viri.    Isti  puero 
haec  dona  ipse  dedit. 

7.  Tribunus  ipse  legatum  ipstim  vulneravit. 

8.  Cui  legato  grata  erat  nuntiorum  fuga? 

9.  In  qua  terra  sunt  silvae  ? 

10.  In  agris  cum  studio  laborabitis. 

11.  Eadem  castra  cum  copiis  legati  occupaverunt. 

12.  In  concilio  ipso  Gallorum  ille  hoc  consilium  legatis 
ipsis  nuntiavit. 

13.  In    bello    quod    auxilium   a    tribunis    legato    datur  ? 
Gratum  auxilium  gladiis  in  pugna  tribuni  legato  dant. 


62  LESSON  XX. 

123. 

1 .  To  whom  does  that  sword  belong  ? 

2.  Are  these  the  sons  of  the  same  man  ? 

3.  You  yourself  gave   the  signal  of  battle,  and  with 
a  few  men  attacked  the  tribune  himself. 

4.  These    Gauls    attacked    the    gate l   of   the   camp 
itself. 

5.  That  captive  of  yours  is  not  at  work. 

6.  The  legates  placed  the  camps  in  the  same  place. 

7.  The  messenger  himself,  the  friend  of  the  tribune, 
was  wounded  by  the  latter 's  captive. 

8.  What  weapons  do  the  men  have  ? 

1  porta. 


LESSON  XXL 

124.          THE  INDEFINITE   PRONOUNS  AND  IRREGULAR 
ADJECTIVES. 

quidam,  #,  a  certain  {person  or  thing]. 
SINGULAR. 


M. 

NOM.    quidam 
GEN.    cuiusdam 

F. 

quaedam 
cuiusdam 

N. 

quiddam,  quoddam 
cuiusdam 

DAT.    cuidam 

cuidam 

cuidam 

Ace.     quendam 
ABL.    quodam 

quandam 
quadam 

quiddam,  quoddam 
quodam 

PLURAL. 

NOM.  quidam 
GEN.  quorundam 
DAT.   quibusdam 
Ace.    quosdam 
ABL.   quibusdam 

quaedam 
quarundam 
quibusdam 
quasdam 
quibusdam 

quaedam 
quorundam 
quibusdam 
quaedam 
quibusdam 

aliquis, 

some,  any  {person 

or  thing^). 

SINGULAR. 

M. 

NOM.  aliquis 
GEN.  alicuius 

F. 

ali  qua 
alicuius 

N." 

aliquid,  aliquod 
alicuius 

DAT.  alicui 

alicui 

alicui 

Ace.    aliquem 
ABL.    aliquo 

aliquam 
aliqua 

aliquid,  aliquod 
aliquo 

PLURAL. 

NOM.  aliqui 
GEN.  all  quorum 
DAT.  aliqui  bus 
Ace.    aliquos 
ABL.    aliquibus 

aliquae 
ali  qu  arum 
aliquibus 
aliquas 
aliquibus 

aliqua 
aliquorum 
aliquibus 
aliqua 
aliquibus 

LESSON  XXL 


a.  Is  the  quis  of  this  compound  declined  differently  from 
the  interrogative  quis  ? 

b.  Aliquid  is  used  as  a  noun,  aliquod  as  an  adjective. 

125.  I.  The  following  adjectives,  like  the  pronouns,  end 
in  -1US  in  the  genitive  singular  of  all  genders,  and  in  -1  in 
the  dative: 

alius,  alia,  aliud,  another.  totus,  -a,  -um,  whole. 

nullus,     -a,    -um,     no    one,  ullus,  -a,  -um,  any. 

none,  no.  unus,  -a,  -um,  one,  alone. 
solus,  -a,  -um,  alone,  sole. 

alter,  altera,  alterum,  the  other  of  two. 
neuter,  neutra,  neutrum,  neither  of  two. 
uter,  utra,  utrum,  which  of  two  ? 
uterque,  utraque,  utrumque,  each  of  two,  both 


II.   DECLENSION. 


M. 

NOM.  alius 
GEN.  alius 
DAT.  alii 
Ace    alium 
ABL.   alio 
Voc.    (alius 


SINGULAR. 
F. 

alia 
alms 
alii 
ali  am 

alia 
alia 


N. 

aliud 
alms 

alii 
aliud 
alio 
aliud) 


The  plural  is  regular.    (474-) 


126.  TABLE  OF  MEANINGS. 

alius  .  .  .  alius,  one,  .  .  .  another. 

alius  .  .  .  aliud,  one  one  thing  .  .  .  another  another* 

alter  .  .  .  alter,  the  one,  the  other. 


LESSON  XXL  65 

Alius  aliud  portat,  One  carries  one  (thing),  another  (car- 
ries) another. 

127.  i.  Multi  erant  nuntii,  atque  eorum  alius  aliud 
nuntiabat. 

2.  Alii  ad  portam  castrorum,  alii  ad  impedimenta,  pro- 
peraverunt. 

3.  Neutra  hiberna  in  loco  idoneo  a  legatis  conlocata  sunt. 

4.  Alii  telum,  alii  gladium  dabis. 

5.  Alteri  hie  equus,  alteri  ille  datus  est. 

6.  Si  ab  utroque  legato  oppidum  occupation  erit,  neutri 
oppidi  populus  frumentum  dabit. 

7.  Multi  consilia  Galbae  legato  nuntiabant,  sed  consilium 
istius    nunti    solius    fuit    gratum.      Nulli    consilia   bona   alii 
nuntii  nuntiaverunt. 

8.  Toti  concilio  hoc  consilium  est  gratum,  sed  illud  nullis. 

9.  Alia  hiberna  in  aliis  locis  Caesar  habet,  sed  in  his  solis 
sunt  magnae  copiae. 

10.  Aliquis  tribunus  his  viris  quosdam  captivos  dedit. 

11.  Cul  meum  gladium  dedisti?     Cuidam  puero  dedi. 

128. 

1.  Some  attacked  the  gate,1  others  the  wall. 

2.  Some  messengers  announce  one  (thing),   others 
another.      (Express  in  four  words.) 

3.  Certain  (men)  seized  all  the  grain  in  the  city. 

4.  To  neither  of  these  children  has  any  one  given 
any  gift.      (94,  sentence  3.) 

5.  One    attacked    the  camp,   the    other    the    town. 
Both  were  wounded. 

6.  He  gave  javelins  to  many  men,  but  he  gave  a 
sword  to  one  man  only. 

7.  Some  men  attacked  the  winter  camp  in  one  place, 
some  in  another. 

1  porta. 


66 


129. 


LESSON  XXL 


WORD-LIST   FOR   REVIEW. 


cOpia 

auxilium 

am6,     -are,  -avi,  -atus 

pugna 

bellum 

conloco    "       "       " 

silva 

concilium 

laboro      "       "       <s 

terra 

consilium 

nuntio     "       "       " 

via 

frumentum 

occup6     "       "       " 

impedimentum 

oppugno  "       "       " 

amicus 

oppidum 

porto        "       "       « 

captivus 

signum 

pugno       "       4<       " 

equus 

studium 

supero      "      "      « 

fllius 

telum 

vulnerO    "       "       " 

gladius 

legatus 

altus,  -a,  -um 

do,  dare,  dedi,  datus 

locus 

barbarus,  -a,  -um 

murus 

bonus,  -a,  -um 

-ne 

numerus 

defessus,  -a,  -um 

et,  atque,  -que 

nuntius 

gratus,  -a,  -um 

in 

populus 

idoneus,  -a,  -um 

a,  ab 

tribunus 

liber,  -a,  -um 

cum 

longus,  -a,  -um 

non 

ager 

magnus,  -a,  -um 

ibi             arma 

vir 

multus,  -a,  -um 

sed             castra 

novus,  -a,  -um 

hiberna 

pauci  -ae,  -a 

Mark  the  words  whose  meanings  you  do  not  recollect,  and 
pay  especial  attention  to  them. 


LESSON  XXII. 


THIRD    DECLENSION. 

13O.  The  stem  ends  in  a  consonant  (either  a  mute  or  a 
liquid  (2) )  or  in  i. 

MUTE    STEMS. 

Princeps,  M.,       Facultas,  F.,      Dux,  M.,  Caput,  N., 

chief,  resources.  leader.  head. 

Stem  prlncip-       St.  facultat-       St.  due-  (2,  3)   St.  capit- 


NOM.   princepS 
GEN.    principis 
DAT.    principl 
Ace.     principem 
ABL.    principe 
Voc.    (princeps) 

NOM.  principes 
GEN.    principum 
DAT.    principibus 
Ace.    principes 
ABL.    principibus 
Voc.    (principes) 

a.  To   find  the   stem,    drop   the   ending   of  the   genitive 
singular. 

b.  Observe  that  the  last  vowel  in  the  stem  is  sometimes 
changed  in  forming  the  nominative.      No  rule  can  be  given 
for  this  change. 

67 


SINGULAR. 

facultas 

dux 

caput 

facultatis 

ducis 

capitis 

facultatl 

duel 

cap  it! 

facultatem 

ducem 

caput 

facultate 

duce 

capite 

(facultas) 

(dux) 

(caput) 

PLURAL. 

facilitates 

duces 

capita 

facultatum 

ducum 

capitum 

facultatibus 

ducibus 

capitibus 

facultates 

duces 

capita 

facultatibus 

ducibus 

capitibus 

(facultates) 

(duces) 

(capita) 

68  LESSON  XXII. 

c.  Notice  that  neuters  have  the  accusative  and  nomi- 
native alike.      Is  this  true  of  neuter  nouns  in  the  second 
declension  ? 

d.  Decline  also  rex,  regis,  m.,  king-,   lapis,  lapidis,  m., 
stone ;    eques,  equitis,  m.,  horseman-,    comes,  comitis,  m., 
companion-,   pax,  pacis,  f. ,  peace. 

e.  Decline  together  ille  princeps,  miles  bonus,  id  caput. 

131.  ALLIED  WORDS. 

Some  of  the  words  in  the  following  list  have  come  directly 
from  Latin. words.  Some  come  from  the  Latin  through  the 
French  in  the  lists  given  later. 

As  far  as  possible  analyze  the  English  word,  removing 
prefixes  or  endings  and  noting  their  meanings.  Then  find 
the  allied  Latin  word,  which  should  be  one  of  those  already 
memorized.  Then  give  the  meaning,  (i)  of  the  Latin  word, 
(2)  of  the  English  word. 

Agriculture          Bellicose          Territory          Unpopular 
Amicable  Multiform        Studious 

132.  LlCINIUS    ATQUE    CLAUDIUS. 

Olim  Licinius,  qui  magnus  erat  princeps,  oppidum  oppug- 
nabat.  Multi  milites,  pedites  equitesque,  el  erant.  In  eo 
oppido  fuit  Claudius,  rex,  cum  populo, — viris,  mulieribus, 
liberisque.  Diu  hoc  oppidum,  in  quo  Claudius  fuit  rex,  ille 
princeps  cum  militibus  occupare  temptabat,  nam  in  eo  fuit 
magna  praeda,  et  arma  et  frumentum.  Sed  cum  virtute 
milites  oppidi  pro  mulieribus  liberisque  pugnabant.  Por- 
tam  oppidi  magno  studio  peditibus  Licinius  occupare. 
temptavit.  In  muro  tells  rex  atque  milites  oppidi  pugna- 
verunt.  Deinde  signum  datum  est  atque  subito  eos  pedites 
principis  Licini  qui  ad  portam  pugnabant  milites  Claud! 
superare  temptaverunt.  Multos  milites  vulneraverunt,  atque 
pauci  interfecti  sunt.  Multi  pedites  Licini,  defessi,  supera-.; 
bantur.  Id  principi  equitum  nuntiatum  est,  atque  cum 


LESSON  XXII.  69 

equitibus  auxilium  Licinio  dec! it.  Diu  fortiter  cum  Claudio 
pugnabant.  Licini  eqnus  niger  vulneratus  est,  sed  a  prin- 
cipe  equitum  alius  equus  el  datus  est.  Claudium  regem 
Licinius  princeps  vidit,  et  eum  telo  vulnerare  temptavit. 
Claudius  gladio  capnt  Licini  vulneravit.  Turn  victoria  erat 
regi,  nam  Licini  milites  fuga  se  servare  temptaverunt. 
Licinius  ipse  panels  equitibus  in  silvam  portatus  est,  et  ita 
servatus  est. 

133.  WORD-LIST, 

miles,  militis,  m.,  soldier.  princeps,  principis,  m.,  a 
eques,  equitis,  m.,  horse-  leader,  chief. 

man.  tempto,    -are,    -avi   ,-atus, 

pedes,     peditis,    m.,    foot-         to  try. 

soldier. 

134. 

Then  (99,  N.  2)  Claudius,  rejoicing,1  with  a  few 
horsemen  hastily2  tried  to  seize  the  baggage  of  the 
soldiers  of  Licinius.  But  at  the  place  where3  the  bag- 
gage had  been  placed  there  were  a  few  foot-soldiers  of 
Licinius.  Their  leader  saw  Claudius  and  said  to  the 
soldiers,  "  That  man  is  a  chief,  for  he  has  a  good 
horse  and  good  weapons.  I  wrill  give  many  gifts  to 
the  man  who  will  attack  and  wound  him."  He  gave 
the  signal  of  battle.  They  eagerly  attacked  Claudius 
and  his  horsemen. 

1  laetus,  -a,  -um.  2  celeriter.  *  ubi. 


LESSON   XXIII. 


THIRD     DECLENSION. 
135.  MUTE   STEMS. Continued. 

miles,  m.,  soldier.  virtus,  f.,          pes,  m.,foot. 

manliness. 
Stem  milit-  St.  virtut-  St.  ped- 


NOM.  miles 

GEN.  militis 

DAT.  militl 

Ace.  militem 

ABL.  milite 

Voc.  (miles) 


NOM.  milites 

GEN.  militum 

DAT.  militibus 

Ace.  milites 

ABL.  militibus 

Voc.  (milites) 


SINGULAR. 

virtus 

virtutis 

virtutl 

virtutem 

virtute 

(virtus)      - 

PLURAL. 

virtutes 

virtutum 

virtutibus 

virtutes 

virtutibus 

(virtutes) 


pes 

pedis 

pedl 

pedem 

pede 

(pes) 


pedes 

pedum 

pedibus 

pedes 

pedibus 

(pedes) 


a.  Decline  also  obses,  obsidis,  m.,  hostage ;  pedes,  pedi- 
tis,  v\.,  foot-soldier  ;  grex,  gregis,  m.,  flock,  herd ;  clvitas, 
Civitatis,  f.,  state  (body  of  citizens). 

b.  Decline  together  pes  defessus ;  ille  obses ;  haec  virtus, 

70 


LESSON  XX III.  71 

136.  EXAMPLES. 

Homo    Studio    laudatur,  The  man   is  praised  on    account 
of  (because  of}  his  eagerness. 

Eques  a  rege  virtute   laudabitur,  The  horseman  will  be 
praised  by  the  king  for  his  bravery. 

Miles   longo   itinere  est   defessus,    The  Ablative  of  cause. 
soldier  is  tired  with  the  long  march. 

a.  Notice  that  the  ablatives   studio,  virtute,   itinere, 
denote  the  cause. 

b.  Notice  the  number  of  expressions  the  English  has  to 
denote  cause.     Are  there  other  expressions  besides  the  three 
given  here? 

137.  RULE.  Cause  may  be  expressed  by  the  ablative. 

a.   By  what  ?     Why  ?     How  ?     By  whom  ? 

Can  the  ablative  case  answer  all  of  these  questions  ? 

138.  ALLIED  WORDS. 

Copious  Magnify  Novel  Paucity 

Liberate  Multiple  Occupation 

139. 

1.  Quis   ill!    militi   virtute  gladium   dabit?     Gladius    el 
virtute  ab  hoc  principe  dabatur. 

2.  Princeps  virtute  et  magna  fortuna  quern  vulnerabat? 
Equitem  vulneravit,  cuius  equus  frumenti  inopia  laborabat. 

3.  Eis  arnicis  Marci   qui  magna  virtute  pugnant   inopia 
frumenti  est. 

4.  Princeps  bona  fortuna  pugnavit,  nam  virtute  regem 
superavit. 

5.  Milites  qui  erant  in  hac  parte  murl  inopia  gladiorum 
celeriter  interfecti  sunt. 

6.  In    idoneo    loco    magnam   partem    impedimentorum 
conlocaverit. 

7.  Equi  pedem  vulnerare  temptabo. 

8.  Bona  fortuna  gladio  eius  non  vulnerabatur. 


7 2  LLSSON  XX.L. 

9.  Inopia  equorum  in  his  hibernis  magnam  partem  impedi- 
mentorum  conlocaverat. 

10.  Equi   longa  via   erant  defessi  atque  pedes   lapidibus 
vulnerabuntur. 

11.  Magna  fortuna  milites    qui  hanc  partem    castrorum 
oppugnabant  non  vulnerabantur. 

12.  Parti  defessorum  equitum  frumentum  non  erit. 

13.  Huic  puero  non  est  bona  fortuna. 

14.  Virtute  equitum  huius  terrae  magnam  partem  occu- 
paveras. 

15.  Equi  frumenti  et  aquae  inopia  laborant. 

14O.  WORD-LIST. 

virtus,  virtutis,  f.,    manli-     inopia,  inopiae,  lack. 

ness,  bravery.  fortuna,    -ae,   luck,    chance, 

pes,  pedis,  m.,foot.  sometimes  fate. 

pars,  partis,  f.,  part,  hence 

region,      place,     direction. 

Declined  like  hostis,  147. 

141.         LlCINIUS  AND   CLAUDIUS.— Concluded. 

The  footmen  attacked  the  horsemen  of  Claudius. 
They  tried  to  wound  the  horses  with  their  javelins; 
then  1  with  their  swords  attacked  the  men  whose  horses 
had  been  wounded. 

By  a  strange  chance  a  javelin  wounded  both  a  the 
foot  of  Claudius  and  (his)  horse.  The  horsemen  tried 
to  help  him,  but  they  were  few,  and  many  footmen 
eagerly  attacked  them.  Thus  they  were  overcome. 
Then  (99,  N.  2)  the  footmen  assaulted  Claudius. 
"Give  up  (your)  sword,  for3  you  are  a  captive. " 
"  Never, "  4  said  6  Claudius,  "will  I,  who  have  over- 
come Licinius,  be  the  captive  of  his  footmen."  He 
fought  with  great  bravery  with  his  sword,  but  they 
attacked  him  with  javelins.  Thus  he  was  killed.8 

1  deinde.          2  See  et  in  vocabulary.          3  nam.         4  numquam. 
•  toit.  6  interfectus  est. 


LESSON  XXIV. 

142.  THIRD    DECLENSION. 

LIQUID    STEMS. 


homo,  m., 

labor,  m.,    pater,  m., 

exsul,  m. 

man. 

labor.            father. 

exih 

Stem  homin- 

St.  labor-     St.  patr- 

St.  exsul- 

SlNGULAR. 

NOM.  homo 

labor             pater 

exsul 

GEN.  hominis 

laboris          patris 

exsulis 

DAT.   hominl 

labor!            patrl 

exsull    ' 

Ace.   hominem 

laborem       patrem 

exsulem 

ABL.  homine 

labore           patre 

exsule 

Voc.   (homo) 

(labor)         (pater) 

(exsul) 

PLURAL. 

NOM.  homines 

labores          patres 

exsules 

GEN.  hominum 

laborum       patrum 

exsulum 

DAT.  hominibus 

laboribus      patribus 

exsulibus 

Ace.  homines 

labores         patres 

exsules 

ABL.  hominibus 

laboribus     patribus 

exsulibus 

Voc.   (homines) 

(labores)       (patres) 

(exsules) 

litus, 

n.,                 Opus,  n., 

coast.                          work. 

Stem 

lltor-           Stem  oper- 

73 


74    •  LESSON  XXIV. 

SINGULAR. 

NOM.  litus.  opus 

GEN.  litoris  operis 

DAT.  litorl  operl 

Ace.  litus  opus 

ABL.  litore  opere 

Voc.  (litus)  (opus) 

PLURAL. 
i 

NOM.  litora  opera 

GEN.  litorum  operum 

DAT.  litoribus  operibus 

Ace.  litora  opera 

ABL.  litoribus  operibus 

Voc.  (litora)  (opera) 

a.  What  is  the  ending  of  the  Nominative  and  Accusative 
neuter  plural?     What   is   the   ending   in  these  cases   of  the 
neuter  nouns  of  the  second  declension  ? 

b.  Decline  also  flumen,  fluminis,  n.,  river;  agmen,  ag- 
minis,   n. ,  a  marching   body  of  troops;    tempus,   temporis, 
n.,  time;   regio,  regionis,  f.,  region;   f rater,  fratris,  m., 
brother. 


143.  ALLIED  WORDS. 

Hibernate  Portable                   Temptation 

Location  Principal                   Virility 

Impediment  Renovate 

144.  MILES  ET  TRIBUNUS. 


Olim  oppidum  oppugnabatur.  Aliquis  miles  cuius  pes  vu 
neratus  erat  ex  pugna  ab  amico  portabatur.  Eius  caput  lapis 
ex  ballista  quae  in  muro  oppidi  erat  abripuit,  sed  hoc  amicus 
non  vidit.  Ei  tribunus  dixit,  "  Cur  militem  qui  interfectus 
est  portas?"  "  Non  interfectus  est/'  amicus  dixit.  "  Pes 
eius  vulneratus  est."  "  Stultissime.!  "  tribunus  respondit, 
" caput  ei  nun  est."  Turn  amicus  hoc  vidit.  "Tribune,11 


LESSON  XA7K.  75* 

dixit,  lt  verum  nuntias.      Non  stultus  tamen  sum,   nam  hie 
miles  ipse  mihi  nuntiavit,  *  Meum  pedem  telum  vulneravit.'  ' 

HANNIBAL  ET  SCIPIO. — I. 

Diu  Carthago  in  Africa  magnum  oppidum  erat,  atque 
multas  terras  secundis  bellis  occupaverat.  Roma  erat  oppi- 
dum ad  flumen  Tiberim  atque  multos  populos  Italiae  Ro- 
mani  superaverant.  Homines  summo  studio  1  belli  erant. 

In  primo  bello  cum  hominibus  Carthaginis  Romani  paene 
superati  sunt,  sed  summo  studio  consilioque  tandem  victoria 
eis  fuit.  Pater  Hannibalis,  homo  summo  consilio, 1  qui  Ha- 
milcar  appellatus  est,  diu  in  Sicnia  cum  Romanis  pugnabat. 
Deinde  in  Hispania  proelils  secundis  barbaros  homines 
oppugnavit. 

145.  WORD-LIST. 

homo,  hominis,  m.  (and  f.),  summus,  -a,  -um,  greatest, 

man  (sometimes  mankind}.  highest. 

annus,  anni,  m.,year.  ad,   prep,    with   ace.   to,    at. 

proelium,  proell,  battle.  Used    with    the   place    to 

flumen,  fluminis,  n.,  river.  which. 

146.  REGULUS. 

The  people  of  Rome  were  very  skilful  in  war,  and 
fought  with  the  people  of  Carthage  in  many  battles. 
In  the  first  war  with  Carthage,  Regulus,  a  Roman 
chief,  with  (his)  soldiers  was  defeated  in  a  battle  at  a 
place  near2  Carthage.  But  after3  IV  years  the  men 
of  Carthage  were  defeated  by  the  Romans  in  Sicily. 
Then  the  chiefs  of  Carthage  said,4  "  Regulus,  the  cap- 
tive Roman,  shall  be  an  envoy  to  Rome.  Peace  (130, 
d)  will  be  pleasing  to  this  Roman  captive,  for  if5  there 
be  peace  he  will  be  free." 

1  See  149.  2  prope.  8  post.  4  dixerunt.  5  si. 


LESSON  XXV. 


THIRD  DECLENSION.-CONTINUED. 


147. 


STEMS    IN    1. 


collis,  m., 

hostis,  m., 

mare,  n., 

ML 

enemy. 

sea. 

Stem  colli- 

St.  hosti- 

St.  mari- 

"SINGULAR. 

NOM.  collis 

hostis 

mare 

GEN.   collis 

hostis 

maris 

DAT.    colli 

host! 

marl 

Ace.    collem 

hostem 

mare 

ABL.    colli,  -e 

hoste 

marl 

Voc.    (collis) 

(hostis) 

(mare) 

PLURAL. 

NOM.  colles 

hostes 

maria 

GEN.   collium 

hostium 

DAT.    collibus 

hostibus 

maribus 

Ace.    collis,  -es 

hostis,  -es 

maria 

ABL.    collibus 

hostibus 

maribus 

Voc.    (colles) 

(hostes) 

(maria) 

low  do  the   declensions   of  collis 

and        Stems  in  i. 

a. 

hostis   differ?     The  most  common  of  the   nouns  declined 
like  collis  are  finis,  end ;  ignis,  fire  ;  Civis,  citizen. 

b.  Nouns  having  i-stems  are  marked  in  the  vocabulary, 
thus,  finis,  -is  (fini-). 

c.  Decline  also  latus,  lateris,  n.,  side  (cp.  latus,  -a,  -um); 
multitude,  -inis,  f.,  multitude ;  pars,  partis   (parti-),    f., 

76 


LESSON  XX  Y.  •       77 

part;   rapes,   rupis   (rupi-),    f.,  rock,  cliff ;  vallis,  vallis 
(valli-),  valley. 

148.  EXAMPLES. 

Marcus  miles  fuit  magna  virtute,  }  Marcus  was  a  soldier 
Marcus  miles  fuit  magnae  virtutis,  j      of  great  bravery. 
Italia  est  terra  multis  urbibus,       ]  Italy  is   a  land   with 
Italia  est  terra  multarum  urbium,  j      many  cities. 

a.  Notice  that  in  these  sentences  the  ablative  or  genitive 
is  used  with  an  adjective  to  describe  Marcus  or  Italia. 

149.  RULE.  A  person  or  thing  may  be  de- 
scribed by  the  ablative  or  tjie  genitive  of  a  JJJJSJ^ 
noun,  if  an  adjective  be  used  with  the  noun. 

a.  The  noun  must  be  limited  by  an  adjective.  That  is, 
it  is  incorrect  to  say  in  Latin,  as  we  do  in  English,  "a,  man 
of  courage,"  or  "a.  man  of  wealth."  Some  adjective  must 
be  used  :  ' '  a  man  of  great  courage, "  ' '  of  abundant  wealth. ' ' 

150.  ALLIED  WORDS. 

Altitude        Auxiliary         Depopulate       Innumerable 
Armory         Bonus  Filial  Legation 

151.  HANNIBAL  ET  Sclpio. — II. 

Scipio  Romanus  et  Hannibal  pueri  annis1  panels  cum  patri- 
bus  fuenmt  in  proeliis,  ille  in  Italia,  hie  in  Hispania. 
Fuerunt  summae  virtutis.  Scipio,  adulescens  XVII  annorum, 
patrem  in  proelio  ad  Ticinum  flumen  servavit.  Hannibal, 
adulescens  nOn  XX  annis  cum  patre  oppida  in  Hispania 
oppugnavit. 

Multis  cum  hominibus,  peditibus  equitibusque,  per  Galliam, 
terram  magnis  cum  silvis  fluminibusque  altis,  ivit  atque 
Romanos  in  Italia  oppugnavit.  Cum  patre  Scipionis  ad 
flumen  Ticinum  pugnavit.  In  proelio  ad  locum  qui  Cannae 
appellatus  est  LXX  milia  militum  magnusque  numerus  prin- 

1Sce  145- 


?8  LESSON  XXV. 

cipura  Romanorum  interfecti  sunt.      Tamen  R6mam  summa 
virtute  non  siiperati  sunt. 

Hasdrubal,  frater  Hannibalis,  post  annos  VIIII  ei  auxilium 
dare  temptavit,  et  multis  cum  hominibus  per  Galliam  ad 
Italiam  ivit.  In  proelio  prope  flurnen  Metaurum  a  Romanis 
interfectus  est.  Caput  eius  ad  Hannibalem  portatum  est. 
"O  Carthago,  tuam  fortunam  agnosco!"  dixit  Hannibal. 
Turn  el  auxilium  non  erat.  Scipi'6  post  annos  III  Africam 
occupare  temptavit.  Hannibal  snas  copias  ad  Africam  trans- 
portavit,  sed  in  proelio  ad  locum  Zamam  superatus  est. 

152.  REGULUS. — Continued. 

But  Regulus  loved  Rome.  He  told  the  Romans, 
1 '  The  chiefs  of  Carthage  are  weary  of  the  war,  and  are 
in  great  want  of  supplies.  Peace  (130,  d}  will  be  ac- 
ceptable to  them.  Attack  them  zealously.  In  this 
way  they  will  be  conquered."  His  friends  told  him, 
44  We  will  attack  the  enemy  (147).  But  why  (117, 
N.  i)  give  yourself1  to  them?  "  He  told  them,  "This 
advice  of  yours  is  not  good.  I  am  a  captive  and  the 
ambassador  of  the  chiefs  of  Carthage.  I  will  give  my- 
self2 (up)  to  them,  for  (141,  N.  3)  a  man  of  the  great- 
est manliness  will  not  be  false 3  even  4  to  (his)  enemies." 

He  went  back5  to  the  city  (153)  Carthage,  and  was 
killed  (141,  N.  6)  by  the  chiefs  of  Carthage. 

1  te.        2  me.        3  f alsus,  -a,  -um.        4  etiam.        6  iterum. 


MARCUS  ATlLIUS  REGULUS. 


153. 


LESSON   XXVI. 


THIRD     DECLENSION. 


STEMS    IN    1. Continued. 


mons,  m., 

urbs,  f., 

nox,  f., 

mountain. 

city. 

night. 

Stem  monti- 

urbi- 

nocti-  (cp.  2,  3) 

SINGULAR. 

NOM. 

mons 

urbs 

nox 

GEN. 

mentis 

urbis 

noctis  . 

DAT. 

monti 

urbl 

nocti 

Ace. 

montem 

urbem 

noctem 

ABL. 

monte 

urbe 

nocte 

Voc. 

(mons) 

(urbs) 

(nox) 

PLURAL. 

NOM. 

montes 

urbes 

noctes 

GEN. 

montium 

urbium 

noctium 

DAT. 

montibus 

urbibus 

noctibus 

Ace. 

mentis,  -es 

urbis,  -es 

noctis,  -es 

ABL. 

montibus 

urbibus 

noctibus 

Voc. 

(montes) 

(urbes) 

(noctes) 

a.  Decline  cliens,  clientis,  m.,  a  dependent ;  arx,  arcis, 
f. ,  a  citadel. 

b.  Decline  together  parva  urbs,  small  citv  ;  animal  (470) 
magnum,  large  animal;    nigra   nubes   (470),   black   cloud; 
haec  arx,  this  citadel;  illud  mare,  that  sea, 

79 


80  LESSON  XXVI. 

154.  To  i-stems  belong  : 

Nouns  in  -is  and  -es  which  have  the  same  number  of 
syllables  in  the  genitive  as  in  the  nominative,  as  rupes, 
civis. 

Neuters  in  -e,  -al,  -£r,  as  mare,  animal. 

Most   nouns    in   -ns   and  -rs,    as    cliens,         |-stems- 
cohors. 

Many  monosyllables  in  s  or  x  following  a  consonant,  as 
mons,  arx. 

155.  COMPLEMENTARY   INFINITIVE. 

Urbem  oppugnare  temptavit,  He  tried  to  attack  the  city. 

a.  In  this  sentence  the  infinitive  is  used  ?s  in  English. 
This  construction  has  been  freely  used  in  pre- 

ceding  exercises.  ^Z**" 

The  infinitive  used  thus   (as  complement), 
to  complete  the  meaning  of  a  verb,  is  called  the  Comple- 
mentary Infinitive. 

b.  Its  position  is  immediately  before  the  verb.     The 
pupil    should   train    himself  to    group    an    infinitive    which 
immediately  precedes  a  finite  verb  with   the  verb,  treating 
the  two  as  nearly  as  possible  as  though  they  were  a  single 
word. 

156.  ALLIED  WORDS. 

Magnate  Pedestrian  Prince  Viaduct 

Pedal  Pugnacity  Sylvan          Captivity 

157.  PROELIUM  CUM  HELVETIIS. — I. 

Helvetii,  barbari  homines  Galliae,  terrain  Aeduorum  occu- 
pare  temptaverunt.  Quoniam  haec  terra  est  prope  illam 
partem  Galliae  quae  Provincia  appellabatur,  Caesar  qui  Pro- 
vinciae  erat  princeps  cum  Helvetiis  pugnavit. 

Diu  Caesar  eos  non  oppugnavit,  tarnen  alterum  agmen  ab 
altero  numquam  longe  ab-erat.  Tandem  a  Bibracte, 
magno  oppido  Aeduorum,  non  longe  agmina  a-fuerunt. 


LESSON  XXYI.  8 1 

Ad  eum  locum  Caesar  cum  legionibus  properavit,  nam  ibi 
copia  frumenti  erat.  Id  principibus  Helvetiorum  nuntiatum 
est.  DIxerunt,  "  Fuga  nonne  est  ?  In  agmen  legionum 
eius  properabimus.  Facilis  victoria  rmlitibus  nostris  erit." 
Ad  novissimum  agmen  Caesaris  properaverunt  multosque 
vulnerabant.  Pauci  interfecti  simt.  Copias  Caesar  in 
proximo  colle  conlocavit.  In  hoc  loco  legiones  IV,  sed  in 
summo  COlle  II  novas  legiones  atque  ornnia  auxilia  impedi- 
mentaque  conlocavit. 

Helvetii  legiones  quae  in  COlle  erant  celenter  oppugnave- 
runt.  Rornani  e  loco  superiore  telis  Helvetios  perturbave- 
runt  j  deinde  gladiis  milites  legionum  eos  oppugnaverunt. 
Tandem  defessi  Helvetii  ad  altum  collem  q\n  non  longe 
ab-erat  se  receperunt.  Ad  hunc  collem  milites  Caesaris 
properabant. 

158.  WORD-LIST. 

legio,  legionis,  f. ,  a  division  of  the  Roman  army,  containing 

from  jooo  to  6000  men. 

agmen,  agminis,  n.,  army  on  the  march,  a  marching  column. 
collis,  collis,  m.,  hill. — summus  collis,  top  of  a  hill. 
quoniam,  adv.,  because. 

159.  (See  129,  133,  140,  and  145.) 

The  Helvetians  were  a  people  who  were  eager  for 
war,  and  very  brave.  Their  land  was  not  acceptable 
to  them,  because  there  were  many  high  mountains  in 
it.  They  attacked  the  peoples  of  Gaul  and  tried  to 
seize  their  land.  But  the  Haedui  were  friends  of  the 
Roman  people,  and  told  Caesar  by  messenger,  "  If 
(146,  N.  3)  you  do  not  give  (us)  help  we  will  be  over- 
come by  the  Helvetians."  Because  of  this  1  which  the 
Haedui  had  told  him  Caesar  with  (his)  legions  gave 
help  to  the  Gauls  who  were  attacked  by  the  Helve- 
tians. 

'137. 


LESSON  XXVII. 


ADJECTIVES   OF   THE   THIRD   DECLENSION. 


16O.  acer,  eager,  keen. 


NOM. 
GEN. 
DAT. 

Ace. 
ABU 
Voc. 

SINGULAR. 
M.                F. 

ace/     acris 
acris     acris 
acrl       acrl 
acrem   acrem 
acrl       acrl 
(acer)    (acris) 

N. 

acre 
acris 
acrl 
acre 
acrl 
(acre) 

M. 

acres 
acrium 
acribus 
acris,  -es 
acribus 
(acres) 

PLURAL. 
F. 

acres 
acrium 
acribus 
acris,  es 
acribus 
(acres) 

N. 

acria 
acrium 
acribus 

acria 
acribus 

(acria) 

Like  acer  decline  celer,  celeris,  celere,  swift. 

161. 

1.  A  CLAUSE  is  any  part  of  a  sentence  containing  a  sub- 
ject, a  verb,  and  usually  an  object. 

Sometimes    one    or  more  of   these    are  not    expressed    if 
they  can  be  easily  supplied. 

2.  The   MAIN  CLAUSE  or  clauses  of  a  sentence  are  those 
which,  if  used  alone,  would  be  grammatically  complete 
(or  make  complete  sense). 

If  there  are  two  or  more  main  clauses  they  are  united  by 
such  conjunctions  as  et,  atque,  sed,  tamen. 

3.  The  MAIN  VERB  of  a  sentence  is  the  verb  of  its  main 
clause.      Sometimes   there  are  several  main 

vpru~  Principal  and  Sub- 

.      ordlnate  Clauses. 

4.  A   SUBORDINATE    CLAUSE  is  a  clause  in 

its  meaning  modifying  some  other   clause   in  the  same 
sentence. 

82 


LESSON  XXVIL  83 

Such  clauses  are  introduced  by  relative  pronouns  (who, 
which,  etc.),  or  by  subordinate  particles  (when,  since,  etc.). 

a.  These  definitions  are  not  without  exceptions,  but  will 
probably  be  found  exact  enough  for  all  practical  purposes. 

b.  The  Latin  usually  has  only  one  main  clause  in  each 
sentence.      English  usage  is  very  different  from  the  Latin  in 
this  respect. 

c.  In  the  following  example  the  main  clause  is  printed  in 
small  capitals :    SED  INTER  HUNG   COLLEM  ad  quern   legiones 
properahant     ATQUE    LOCUM    in    quo    primum     pugnaverant 

ERANT     MULTI     BO  1 1     ET     TULINGI,     M~ILITES    qill    in     novissimO 

agmine  host  is  fuerant. 

1O2.  ORDER  OF  WORDS. 

1.  Frequently  modifying  words  or  phrases  come  before  the 
word  mod  i  fie  J.      This  is  the  opposite  of  the  English  order, 
except  with  adjectives:   Summae  virtutis  homo,  A  man  of 
the  greatest  courage.     Prope  flumen  Metau- 

rum  a  Romanls   interfectus   est,  He  was  order  of  Words. 
killed  near  the  river  Met  aunts  by  the  Romans. 

2.  The  emphatic  or  important  words  come  toward  the 
first. 

3.  The   verb,   excepting   sum,  comes  at  the  end   of  its 
clause.      Exceptions  to  this  rule  are  very  rare. 

163.  ALLIED  WORDS- 

Devious  Equine  Homicide          Magnitude 

Equestrian          Flume  Liberality  Multiplicand 

164-.  PROELIUM  CUM  HELVETIIS.  — II. 

Sed  inter  hunc  collem  ad  quern  legiones  properabant  atque 
locum  in  quo  primum  pugnaverant,  erant  multi  Boil  et 
Tilling!,  milites  qtii  in  novissimo  agmine  hostis  fuerant.  Hi 
summo  studio  legiones  oppiignaverunt.  Turn  reliqui  hostes, 
qui  in  alto  colle  erant,  rursus  cum  Romanis  pugnare  pro- 
peraverunt.  Cum  his  duae  partes  legionum,  cum  illis 
tertia  pars  pugnavit.  In  hoc  loco  diu  hostis  pugnabat. 


84  LESSON  XXVll. 

Tandem  rnulti  Helvetii  rursus  in  collem,  reliqui  ad  impedi- 
menta, se  receperunt.  Hoc  proelium  ab  hora  septima  ad 
noctem  pugnatum  est.  Ad  multam  noctem  ad  impedimenta 
pugnabant.  Tandem  castra  hostis  a  legionibus  capta  sunt. 

Reliqui  Helvetii  in  fuga  ex-iverunt.  Agmen  eorum  in 
Lingonum  terrain  properavit.  Propter  Caesaris  nuntios 
frumentum  eis  Lingones  non  dabant.  Frumenti  inopia  legati 
ex  hostibus  ad  Caesarem  iverunt ;  obsides  armaque  ei 
dedenmt. 

Sed  ftostquam  obsides  dati  erant,  multi  e  castris  ex-iverunt 
atque  ad  Rhenum  flumen  properaverunt.  Celeriter  hi 
capti  sunt.  Reliqui  Helvetii  et  Tulingi  in  terra m  suam 
rursus  iverunt,  postquam  magnum  numerum  obsidum  dede- 
rant.  Horum  obsidum  multi  filii  principum  erant.  Aedui 
reliquis  Boiis  agros  dederunt. 

1O5.  WORD-LIST. 

nox,  noctis,  f. ,  night.  reliquus,  -a,  -um,  remaining, 

hostis,    hostis,    m.    and   f.,  the  rest  of . 

enemy.  propero,    -are,    -avi,    -atus? 

obses,   obsidis,    m.    and   f.,  to  hasten,  hurry. 

hostage,  a  person  held  as  a 

pledge  for  the  performance 

of  a  treaty* 

166. 

CAESAR'S  FIRST  FIGHT  WITH  THE  HELVETIANS. 

The  river  Arar  flows  *  through  2  the  lands  of  the 
Haedui  and  Sequani.  It  is  told  Caesar,  "Three3 
parts  of  the  forces  of  the  Helvetians  have  crossed4  the 
river."  He  hastens  from  the  camp  with  three  legions 
to  that  portion  of  their  forces  which  has  not  crossed  the 
river.  He  attacks  this  part,  to  which  the  rest  of  the 
Helvetians,  because  they  have  crossed  the  river,  give 
no  help. 

Thus  a  great  number  of  the  Helvetians  are  over- 
come by  the  Roman  soldiers. 

1  influit.        *  per.        3  tres.        4  trans-iverunt. 


85 


n 

fOUTHEASTERN 
GAUL 

.    o. — - — . — : — - — -50 

English  Miles  ^ 


CAESAR'S  CAMP, 

AGAINST  POMP 


English  Miles 


LESSON  XXVIII. 


ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  THIRD  DECLENSION. -CONTINUED 


167. 


facilis  p  easy.     Stem  facilK 


SINGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

M.  and  F. 

N. 

M.  and  Fo 

N. 

NOM. 

facilis 

facile 

faciles 

facilia 

GEN. 

facilis 

facilis 

facilium 

facilium 

DAT. 

facill 

facill 

facilibus 

facilibus 

Ace. 

facilem 

facile 

facilis,  -es 

facilia 

ABL. 

facill 

facill 

facilibus 

facilibus 

Voc. 

(facilis 

facile) 

(faciles 

facilia) 

levis 

,  light,  nimble.      Stem  levi-. 

NOM. 

levis 

leve 

-leves 

levia 

GEN. 

levis 

levis 

levium 

levium 

DAT. 

lev! 

lev! 

levibus 

levibus 

Ace. 

levem 

leve 

levis,  -es 

levia 

ABL. 

lev! 

lev! 

levibus 

levibus 

Voc. 

(levis 

leve) 

(leves 

levia) 

velox, 

swift. 

NOM. 

velox 

velox 

veloces 

velocia 

GEN. 

velocis 

velocis 

velocium 

velocium 

DAT. 

veloci 

veloci 

velocibus 

velocibus 

Ace. 

velocem 

velox 

velocis,  -es 

velocia 

ABL. 

veloci,  -e 

veloci,  -e 

velocibus 

velocibus 

Voc. 

(velox 

velox) 

(veloces 

velocia) 

88 

LESSON  XXV III.  89 

sapiens,  wise. 

NOM.  sapiens  sapiens  sapientes  sapientia 

GEN.  sapientis  sapientis  sapientium  sapientium 

DAT.  sapient!  sapient!  sapientibus  sapientibus 

Ace.   sapientem  sapiens  sapientis,  -es  sapientia 

ABL.   sapient!,  -e  sapient!,  -e  sapientibus  sapientibus 

Voc.   (sapiens  sapiens)  (sapientes  sapientia) 

a.  Adjectives  declined  like  acer  (160)  are  called  adjec- 
tives of  three  terminations;    those  declined  like  facilis  or 
levis,  adjectives   of  two   terminations ;    those   declined   like 
velox  and  sapiens,  adjectives  of  one  termination. 

b.  Notice  that  adjectives  of  three  terminations  (like  acer) 
and  of  two  terminations  (like  facilis)  have  only  -1  in  the 
ablative  singular. 

168.  ALLIED  WORDS. 

Equinox  Omnibus  Reliquary 

Hostile  Partial  Renovation 

Littoral  Popularity  Virtuous 

169.  Learn  to  unite 

A  genitive  with  the  nearest  noun  or  pro-          " '"?• 

tor  neaumg. 

noun. 

A  preposition  with  its  noun.  The  noun  follows  the 
preposition. 

Adjectives  with  words  in  the  same  cases. 

An  infinitive  which  immediately  precedes  a  verb  with 
the  verb. 

a.  Words  composing  such  groups  are  united  by  hyphens 
(  -  )  in  portions  of  this  lesson,  and  of  some  following  lessons, 
as  an  aid  to  the  pupil  in  learning  to  group  the  words. 

17O. 

CAESAR  ATQUE  CLASSIS  POMPEI. 

INTRODUCTION. 

Caesar  first  made  his  reputation  as  a  general  after 


90  LESSON  xxvm. 

he  had  gone  from  Rome  to  govern  the  province  of 
Gaul.  Rome  was  then  ruled  by  a  senate  whose  mem- 
bers came  almost  entirely  from  a  few  families  of  rank. 
When  Caesar  became  governor  he  ruled  little  more 
than  a  strip  of  land  along  the  Mediterranean  and  the 
valley  of  the  Po,  or  Padus,  in  modern  Italy.  In  six 
years  he  had  conquered  all  of  Gaul,  the  land  now 
called  France.  His  "  Gallic  Wars"  (the  4<  Caesar" 
studied  in  schools)  describes  these  campaigns.  By  an 
almost  endless  number  of  battles  and  marches  he 
drilled  and  perfected  an  army  probably  finer  than  any 
the  world  had  thus  far  seen. 

The  senate  at  Rome  at  that  time  ruled  almost  all  of 
the  nations  whom  the  Romans  considered  civilized. 
The  senators  knew  that  Caesar  was  ambitious  to 
destroy  their  power  and  rule  in  their  place.  Cicero, 
some  of  whose  orations  are  usually  studied  after 
4 '  Caesar, ' '  was  one  of  their  leaders.  Now  that  Gaul 
had  been  conquered  they  feared  that  Caesar  would 
attack  them. 

They  turned  to  Pompey,  or  Pompeius,  who  .was 
considered  the  greatest  general  of  the  time,  refused  to 
grant  what  Caesar  wished,  and  began  to  enroll  soldiers 
throughout  Italy.  But  Caesar,  entering  Italy,  burst 
upon  them  so  suddenly  that  the  recruits  had  scarcely 
time  to  gather  before  they  were  compelled  to  surren- 
der to  his  advancing  army.  Pompey  and  his  friends 
went  to  Brundisium,  and  thence-sailed  to  Greece. 

Here  they  were  unmolested  for  a  whole  year,  for 
Caesar  had  no  fleet  and  thought  it  the  best  course  first 
to  invade  Spain  and  subdue  an  army  which  opposed 
him  there.  When  at  last  he  returned  to  fight  with 
Pompey  his  first  difficulty  was  to  transport  his  army 
by  sea  from  Brundisium  to  Epirus  in  the  face  of  Pom- 
pey's  fleet.  The  risks  he  took  in  doing  this  are  told 
in  the  following  account,  adapted  from  his  "  Civil 
Wars." 


LESSON  XX  y  III  91 

I. 

Pompeius,  quoniam  anni  -  spatium  sine  -  bello  -  atque  - 
hoste  el  fuerat,  magnas  -  copias  paraverat.  Ex  -  omni- 
bus -  regionibus  ad  -  litora  magnam  -  classem  paraverat. 
Magna  -  pecunia  ei  ab  -  Asia,1  -  Syria,  -  regibusque  -  omni- 
bus, -  et  -  liberis  -  Graeciae  -  populis  data  -  est  ;  magnam 
homines  -  earum  -  omnium  -  regionum,  quarum  ipse  prin- 
ceps  erat,  ei  dederant.  Legiones  ei  erant  civium  -  Roma- 
norum  VIIII,  una  ex  -  Cilicia  veterana,  una  ex  -  Greta  -  et  - 
Macedonia  ex  -  veterams  -  militibus,  qui  in  -  his  -  regioni- 
bus agros  -  atque  -  pecuniam  habebant  ;  II  ex  -  Asia.  Cum  - 
Scipione  ex  -  Syria  legiones  III  properare  -  parabant. 
Sagittarios  ex  Syria  reliquisque  regionibus  III  milia  habuit, 
equitumque  VII  milia.  Ex  quibus  ad  numerum  D  princeps 
ex  Thracia  dederat  ;  ex  Macedonia  CC  erant,  quorum  princeps 
summa  virtute  fuit  ;  D  ex  Alexandria,  Gallos  Germanosque, 
qui  ibi  ad  regem  fuerant,  Pom  pel  filius  classe  portaverat. 
Frumenti  copiam  magnam  ex  Asia,  Greta,  reliquisque  regi- 
onibus paraverat,  quae  classe  ad  lltus  Epiri  portabatur. 

Pompeius  cum  suis  legionibus  ad  Epirum  venit.  Lltus 
huii  is  regionis  est  contra  Italiam,  ubi  Caesar  is  coj^iae  conlo- 
catae  sunt.  Classem,  quae  in  omnibus  litoribus  parata 
erat,  ad  litora  Epiri  conlocavit.  Princeps  omnis  huius 
classis  erat  Bibulus. 


WORD-LIST. 

classis,  classis,  {..fleet.  lltus,  lltoris,  n.,  coast. 

regio,  regionis,  f.,  direction,     paro,   -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 

region.  prepare. 

omnis,  omne,  all. 

172.  POMPEY. 

Cnaeus  Pompeius    had  fought  in   many   lands.      In 
Italy  (when)  a  young  man  (i.e.  of  few  years)  he  had 

1  See  Map  I  for  the  places  mentioned  in  this  paragraph. 


92 


LESSON  XXyill. 


given  help  to  Sulla,  a  great  Roman  general,1  against2 
the  legions  which  he  was  attacking.  Many  men  were 
killed  (141,  n.  6)  by  Sulla,  who  gave  their  lands 
to  his  soldiers.  But  he  was  the  friend  of  Pompey. 
"You  are,"  he  had  told  him,  "  Pompeius  the  Great." 
In  Africa  Pompey  defeated  the  enemies  of  Sulla.  In 
Spain  he  fought  with  Sertorius  successfully  (in  success- 
ful 3  battles),  a  chief  of  great  skill  and  daring.  In  Italy 
five  thousand  slaves,4  who  had  been  fighting  with  the 
Romans  and  were  hastening  into  Gaul,  were  overcome 
by  him.  Because  of  all  these  successful  wars  he  was 
loved  by  the  Roman  people. 

1  imperator.        2  contra.        3  secundus,  -a,  -um.        4  servus. 


CNAEUS  POMFEIUS   MAGNUS. 


LESSON   XXIX. 

THE    ABLATIVE    OF    TIME. 

173.  EXAMPLES. 

Prima  luce  ad  castra  proper  aver  unt,  At  daybreak  they 
hastened  to  the  camp. 

Nocte  in  fuga  ex-iverunt,  They  departed  inflight  by  night. 

His  decem  annis  multas  terras  oppugnavit,  Within  these 
ten  years  he  has  attacked  many  lands. 

Notice   that   the  ablatives  in  these  sen-    Ablative  of  Tim«. 
tences   answer  the  question  when  ?  or, 
within  what  time? 

174.  RULE. — Time   when,   or  within   which,  is  ex- 
pressed by  the  ablative. 

175.  ALLIED  WORDS. 

Agrarian  Militate  Numerical 

Impugn  Navy  Principality 

Inter  Nocturnal  Reconciliation 

Virile 

176.  CAESAR  ATQUE  CLASSIS  POMPEJ. — II. 

Caesar  ex  -  urbe  ad  -  oppidum  -  Brundisium  hoc  -  tem- 
pore  venit.  Ad  -  hunc  -  locum  legiones  -  XII,  equitesque  - 
;  omnes  iverunt.  Magna  ei  fuit  navium  -  inopia,  tamen  mili- 
tibus  ita  dixit;  "  Quoniam  estis  prope  -  finem  -  laborum 
-  atque  -  periculorum,  in  -  Italia  impedimenta  conlocate, 
omnia  ex .-  victoria  sperate,  atque  cum  -  Pompeio  for- 
titer  pugnare  -  parate."  Hieme,  cum  -  VII  -  legionibus, 

93 


94  LESSON  XXIX. 

naves  solvit,  quarum  longae  -  naves  XII  erant.  Brevi  - 
tempore  ad  -  Httis  -  Epiri  venit,  atque  ad  -  eum  -  locum, 
qui  Palaeste  appellabatur,  ex  -  omnibus  -  navibus  milites 
ex-Iverunt. 

Id  principibus  Pompei  classis  nuntiatum  est.  Magna 
erat  Bibuli  classis,  nam  prope  Palaestem  naves  CXXVIII 
conlocatae  erant.  Acer  erat  Bibulur,  sed  Caesaris  consilio 
superatus  erat.  Celeriter  naves  solvit,  atque  Caesaris  XXX 
naves,  quae  rursus  ad  oppidum  Brundisium  properare  tempt a- 
bant,  omnes  incendit,  atque  hoc  igni  qui  in  navibus  erant 
interfecti  sunt.  Turn  omne  litus  classibus  hieme  occupavit. 

177  WORD-LIST. 

navis,  navis,  f.,  ship. 

178.'  POMPEY. — Continued. 

The  men  of  Cilicia  with  their  fleets  attacked  the  ships 
of  the  Romans  along1  all  parts  of  the  coast.  At  that  time 
grain  was  brought  to  Italy  by  ship  from  Africa  and 
Sicily.  Because  of  these  fleets  there  was  a  great  lack 
of  grain  in  Rome.  The  Roman  people  gave  five  hun- 
dred ships  to  Pompey.  With  this  fleet  he  attacked  the 
enemy,  who  had  a  great  number  of  ships.  But  be- 
cause they  had  not  stationed  all  of  these  ships  in  one 
(125)  place,  many  of  them  in  a  short  time  were  killed. 
The  rest  retreated a  to  Cilicia  and  Crete.  Pompey 
attacked  their  towns  in  Cilicia,  which  were  given  (up) 
to  him. 

1  in.  2  se  receperunt 


LESSON  XXX. 

SECOND   CONJUGATION.     E-VERBS. 

Moneo  (stem  mone-)  advise. 
Principal  pirts,  moneo,  monere,  monul,  monitus. 

179.  Learn  the  present,  imperfect  and  future  Indicative, 
and  the  present  imperative  and  infinitive,  active  and  passive, 
of  moneo  (481). 

a.  Compare  the  forms  of  moneo  with  those  of  amo.      How 
do  they  differ? 

b.  Why  is  it  a  help  in  inflecting  moneo  to  remember  that 
its  stem  ends  in  e? 

180.  i.    Monent,   monebant,    monebunt.       2.    Monetur, 
monebatur,   monebitur.      3.   Monet,  monebat,  monebit.      4. 
Monentur,    monemur,    monemini.       5.    Moneor,    monemus, 
monebimus.       6.    Monebuntur,    mone,    monere.      7.    Mone- 
bimur,    monebantur,     moneri.       8.     Monebo,    monebamur, 
monete.      9.    Monebam,  monebar,  monebamus.      10.    Mone- 
bor,  moneo. 

181.  Like,  moneo  inflect    in   both  voices   habeo,   have; 
teneo,  hold;  prohibeo,  keep  away. 

182.  ALLIED  WORDS. 

Annual  Gladiator  Legacy 

Class  Habit  Tribunal 

Counselor  Itinerary  Urban 

95 


96  LESSON  XXX. 

183.       CAESAR  ATQUE  CLASSIS  POMPE!. — III. 

Eo  tempore  in  Candavia  Pompeius  erat,  iterque  e  Mace- 
donia ad  urbes  Apolloniam  Dyrrhachiumque  habebat.  Quo- 
mam  a  Caesare  Htus  occupabatur  magnls  itineribus  ad  urbem 
Apolloniam  properavit.  Sed  ille,  postquam  cum  mllitibus  e 
navibus  ex-ivit,  ad  oppidum  Oricum  celeriter  iter  habebat, 
cuitis  oppidi  Graecl  se  atque  oppidum  ei  in  deditionem  de- 
derunt.  Celeriter  ad  ,urbem  Apolloniam  iter  haber^t.  Id 
Staberio,  qui  ibi  legatus  Pompei  erat,  nuntiabatur.  Aquam  in 
arcem  portavit  atque  obsides  e  populo  urbis  petivit.  Sed 
quoniam  ii  ei  non  dati  sunt,  fugit  ex  urbe  Staberius.  Ad 
Caesarem  legati  ex  hac  urbe  et  e  regionibus  finitimis  vene- 
runt  atque  omnia  in  deditionem  el  dederunt.  Turn  Caesar 
ad  urbem  Dyrrhachium  properare  temptavit. 

Sed  Pompeius  a  -  nuntiis  monebatur,  atque  ad  -  urbem  - 
Dyrrhachium  etiam  nocte  magnls  -  itineribus  properavit. 
Caesare  milites  -  eius  perterrebantur,  multique  qui  homines  - 
Epiri  erant  e  -  signis  ex-iverunt.  Sed  prope  -  Dyrrhachium 
Labienus  venit  et  Pompeio  iuravit,  "  Fidus  per  -  omnia  ero. " 
Hoc  idem  reliqui  -  legati  -  tribunique  -  mili turn  atque  omnes 
-  milites  iuraverunt. 

Ad  -  urbem  primus  Pompeius  venit,  atque  ita  ab  -  hac  - 
urbe  cum  -  regionibus  -  finitimis  Caesarem  prohibebat. 

184.  WORD-LIST, 

iter,  itineris,  n.,  a  road,  a     habeo,  habere,  habui,  habi- 

march,  journey.  turn,  to  have. 

urbs,  urbis,  f.,  city. 

185.  LABIENUS. 

Labienus  was  a  man  of  great  bravery  and  skill  in 
war.  (As)  lieutenant  of  Caesar  he  had  fought  against 
(172,  n.  2)  the  Helvetians.  In  a  battle  with  the  Ner- 
vii  he  with  two  legions  attacked  and  seized  the  camp 
of  the  enemy,  and  then  quickly  (134,  n.  2)  gave  help 


LESSON  XXX.  97 

to  Caesar,  who  was   with  two  legions  whose  soldiers 
had  become  terrified  and  were  almost1  overcome. 

In  many  battles  he  was  faithful  to  Caesar,  but  after 
the  latter  had  conquered  the  Gauls,  because  he  attacked 
Pompey,  Labienus  fought  against  him  in  four  great 
battles,  and  was  killed  3  in  the  battle  which  was  fought 
at  the  town  Munda,  in  the  country  (of)  Spain. 

2postquam.  3i4i,  N.  6. 


The  four  battles  mentioned  in  185  are  as  follows: 

At  Dyrrhachium  Caesar  tried  to  shut  Pompey  in  by  earthworks. 
Pompey  finally  entered  Caesar's  lines  by  landing  troops  at  a  point 
where  no  entrenchments  faced  the  sea,  and  drove  back  a  counter-attack. 
Caesar  then  marched  rapidly  into  Thessaly.  Here,  at  Pharsalia,  Pom- 
pey confidently  attacked,  but  was  overthrown,  and  soon  after  assassi- 
nated (48  B.C.).  Caesar's  opponents  then  gathered  in  Africa,  but  were 
routed  at  Thapsus.  Some  leaders  fled  to  Spain,  where  the  exactions  of 
Caesar's  officers  and  the  fear  that  Caesar  would  revoke  favors  due  to 
Pompey  aided  them  in  gathering  a  large  army,  led  by  the  sons  of  Pom- 
pey, Cnaeus  and  Sextus.  After  Munda  (45  B.C.),  Cnaeus,  wounded  and 
carried  on  a  litter,  fled  to  the  mountains,  but  was  betrayed  and  killed. 
Sextus  remained  among  the  Pyrenees  until  Caesar's  death.  A  son  of 
Labienus  fled  to  the  east,  and  was  honored  by  the  Great  King  of  the 
Parthians,  who  ruled  over  the  kings  of  Mesopotamia  and  Persia.  This 
Labienus  issued  coins  as  a  Parthian  official,  some  of  which  are  extant. 
He  attacked  Syria  after  Caesar's  death,  but  was  checked  by  Antony's 
lieutenants. 


QUINTUS   LABIENUS   PARTHICUS. 


LESSON  XXXI. 

186.       SECOND  CONJUGATION.-CONTINUED. 

Learn  the  perfect,  pluperfect  and  future  perfect  indicative, 
active  and  passive,  of  moneo.  (481.) 

187. 

i.  Monui,  monitus  sum.  2.  Monuit,  monuerat,  monu- 
erit  3.  Monitus  erit,  monuerint.  4.  Monueram,  monu- 
eris,  monuerunt.  5.  Monuisti,  monueras,  monuisse.  6, 
Monitus  eram,  monitus  est,  monitum  esse.  7.  Monita  erat, 
monita  es. 

188. 

a.  Compare  the  forms  amabas,  portabamus,  nuntiabat, 
tenebam,  monebant.     To  what  tense  do  they  belong,  and  to 
what   conjugations  ?     If  we   remove  the   per- 
sonal endings  (76),  amaba-,  portaba-,  nunti- 
aba-,  teneba-,  moneba-  are  left.     Notice  ba,  found  in  them 
all.      What  does  ba  mean  ?     It  is  called  the  tense  sign  of 
the  imperfect  tense.     Why  is  it  given  this  name? 

b'.    Has  the  future  tense  any  tense  sign  ? 

189.  ALLIED  WORDS. 

Announce     Frumentary     Itinerate     Prohibition      Temporal 
Date  Habitual          Nave  Tenable  Urbane 

190.  CAESAR  ET  CLASSIS  POMPEI. — IV. 

In  order  that  the  pupil  may  acquire  the  habit  of  noting 
the  endings,  they  are  printed  in  heavy-faced  type  in  parts  of 
this  and  the  following  lesson. 

98 


LESSON  XXXI.  99 

Caesar  sua  castra  ad  flumen  Apsum  conlocavit,  et  ibi  reli- 
quas  ex  Italia  legiones  exspectabat  Pompeius  in  castris 
trans  flumen  Apsum  suas  copias  omnes  auxiliaque  tenebat, 
sed  frumentum  Caesaris  prohibere  te-mptabat. 

Interim  CalenUS  legatus  qui  cum  reliquls  legionibus  equi- 
tibusque  in  urbe  Brundisio  erat  naves  qnas  habebat  solvit. 
Bona  fortuna  brevl  tempore  navis  quae  nuntios  ex  Caesare 
portabat  ad  eum  venit.  Nuntil  monebant,  "  Omnia  litora 
classibus  Pompei  tenentur."  Se  in  urbem  omnibus  cum 
suis  navibus  recepit.  Una  ex  bis  navibus,  in  qua  null! 
milites  erant,  non  se  recepit  atque  a  Bibulo  capta  est. 
Omnes  in  ea  ad  unum  interfectl  sunt. 

Legatus  Pompei,  Libo,  ab  oppido  Orico  ex-ivit  cum  classe 
cuius  princeps  erat,  C  navium,'ad  urbem  Brundisium  insu- 
lamque,  quae  contra  urbem  est,  occupavit.  Non  magnum 
numerum  navium  incendit,  et  multos  milites  Caleni  perterre- 
bat.  Nocte  eius  milites  atque  sagittarii  in  terram  e  classe 
ex-iverunt,  et  Caleni  equites  perterrebant.  Pompeio  per 
nuntios  nuntiavit,  "Ipse  mea  classe  auxilia  Caesaris  prohi- 
bebo."  Ab  urbe  a  legionibus  Caleni  copiae  prohibebantur, 
tamen  insulam  tenebant,  sed  ex  aqua  prohibebantur  equiti- 
bus  quos  Antonius,  legatus  summa  virtute,  qui  eo  tempO"*e  in 
urbe  erat,  per  litus  conlocaverat.  Inopiae  causa  aquae  Libo 
ab  insula  brevi  tempore  ex-ivit. 

Tamen  multum  -  tempus  erat  et  hiems  iam  ad-fuerat, 
neque  ab  -  urbe  -  Brundisio  naves  -  legionesque  venerunt 
ad  -  Caesarem,  qui  suas-  copias  in  -  castris  tenebat.  Cale- 
nus  non  suas  -  naves  solvit  quoniam  numero  -  navium  Bibulus 
superabat,  atque  omnia  -  litora  magno  -  studio  -  consilioque 
tenebat.  Ita  auxilium  a  -  Caesare  prohibere  temptabat. 


WORD-LIST. 

ex  (before  a  consonant,  usu-       tempus,  temporis,  n.?  time. 
ally    e),    Preposition    fol-       suus,  sua,  suum,  his,  their, 

lowed  by  Ablative,  from. 

[OVER] 


loo  LESSON  XXXI. 

prohibeo,  prohibere,  prohi-     teneo,  tenere,  tenui,  tentua 
bin,    prohibitus,    to    keep         to  hold,  keep, 
away.      Often  with  ex. 

a.  Suus,  sua,  suum  frequently  refers  to  the  subject  ot  the 
sentence. 

b.  For  "  his"  or  "  their,"  when  the  reference  is  not  to  the 
subject,  "eius,"   "eorum,"   "illius,"   "illorum,"  or  the 

genitive  of  some  similar  pronoun  is  used. 

For  instance :   The  Gauls  attacked  the  troops  of  the  legate,  but 
their  horsemen  were  easily  compelled  by  his  soldiers  to  retire 
Galli    copias   legati    oppugnaverunt,    sed  sui    equites   facile 
a  eius  militibus  se  recipere  coacti  sunt. 

Note  that  sul  agrees  with  equites  in  gender,  number  and 
case,  precisely  as  an  adjective  would. 

192. 

The  island  opposite  the  town  Brundisium  was  seized 
by  Libo,  a  lieutenant  of  Pompey,  with  his  fleet  of  a 
hundred  ships.  Calenus,  Caesar's  lieutenant,  had  at 
this  time  five  legions  in  the  city,  and  kept  Libo  away 
from  it;  still  his  soldiers  were  terrified. 

There  wras  no  water  upon  the  island,  and  for  this 
reason  the  soldiers  of  Libo  attempted  to  carry  water 
from  the  (main)land  to  the  island.  But  Antony,  a 
lieutenant  and  good  friend  of  Caesar,  stationed  horse- 
men along  the  coast,  who  kept  them  from  (securing) 
water.  Because  of  this  Libo  soon  went  away  from  the 
island. 


LESSON  XXXII. 

THE    ABLATIVE    OF    SPECIFICATION. 
193.  EXAMPLES. 

Galli  R5manos  c5nsilio  non  superabant,  The  Gauls  did 
not  surpass  the  Romans  in  skill. 

Haec  terra  ill!  fluminum  numero  est  similis,  This  coun- 
try is  like  that  one  in  the  number  of  its  rivers. 

Galba  nomine  tantum  prlnceps  fult,  Galba  was  leader 
only  in  name. 

Consilio  limits  superabant  in  meaning.     In  the  same  way 
numero  and  nomine  limit  similis  and  prin- 
ceps.     The  ablative   thus   used   is  called  the     0Abla.^ve  ff 

Specification. 

Ablative  of  Specification,  because  it  speci- 
fies in  what  respect  a  statement  is  true. 

194. 

RULE. — The  Ablative  of  Specification  is  used  to  point 
out  in  what  respect  a  statement  is  true. 

195.  ALLIED  WORDS. 

Affiliation    Equinoctial   Insuperable   Multiply       Sum 
Armament   Grateful          Liberation     Numerous    Unfortunate 

196.  CAESAR  ATQUE  CLASSIS  POMPEI. — V. 
Tandem    Caesar   suos   principes   qui  erant   ad  oppidum 

Brundisium  monuit,  "  PrimO  tempore  secundo  ad  litora  Epirl 
properate."  Brevl  tempore  Duster  flabat  atque  naves 
solverunt.  Postquam  ex  terra  Epiro  videbantur,  Coponius, 
classis  princeps  quae  erat  ad  urbem  Dyrrachium,  eas 


102  LESSOR  XXXII. 

oppugnare  temptavit.  Sed  magna  fortuna  Auster  increbuit; 
ita  CalenI  naves  onerariae  servabantur.  Neque  vero  ille  ob 
earn  causam  se  recepit,  sed  labore  nauiarum  tempestatem 
superare  temptabat.  Calenus  Antoniusque  studio  Coponl 
perterritl  sunt;  qua  causa  ad  locum  qui  proximUS  erat  in 
Epirl  litore  properaverunt.  Hie  locus  ab  AfricO,  sed  non 
ab  Austro,  erat  tutus.  Magnum  tempestate  periculum  els 
fuit,  sed  Auster  maxima  fortuna  hoc  ip.-,o  tempore  in  Africum 
se  vertit.  Ita  ex  omnibus  periculis  servatl  sunt. 

Sed  periculum  Coponi  class!  Africo  erat  magnum.  Naves 
eius  ad  unam  numero  XVI  inter-Iverunt,  et  ex  magno  nume'ro 
nautarum  pars  tempestate  interfecta  est ;  pars  a  militibus  Ca- 
leni  servata  est. 

197. 

Calenus,  who  was  at  the,  city  Brundisium,  at  the 
first  opportunity  hastened  with  his  fleet  to  the  coast  of 
Epirus.  Coponius,  the  admiral  of  the  fleet  of  Pompey 
at  the  town  Dyrrhachium,  tried  to  attack  him,  but  was 
kept  off  by  the  heavy  weather.  Nevertheless1  he  ter- 
rified Calenus,  who  went  to  a  place  upon  the  coast, 
Nymphaeum,  unprotected  from  the  south  wind,  which 
was  then  blowing.  He  was  for  this  reason  a  in  great 
peril.  But  the  wind  luckily  changed  to  the  wind  from 
the  west-south-west,  from  which  he  was  protected,  be- 
cause he  was  near3  the  shore,  where  4  there  were  hills. 
Thus  he  disembarked5  his  troops  and  set  them  in 
camp. 

1  tamen.  2  causa.  3  prope.  4  ubi. 

5  See  176,  end  of  first  paragraph. 


LESSON  XXXIII. 


198. 


FOURTH    DECLENSION. 


Nouns  of  this  declension  ending  in  -us  are  masculine; 
those  ending  in  -u  are  neuter.  (But  see  10,  3,  4.) 

a.  But  domus,  house,  and  manus,  hand,  or  band  (of  men}, 
are  feminine. 


199. 


NOM. 

GEN. 

DAT. 

Ace. 

ABL. 

Voc. 


NOM. 
GEN. 
DAT. 
Ace. 
ABL. 
VOC. 


Cursus,  m.,  a  run-     Cornu,  n.,  horn,  wing 
ning,  speed.  (of  an  army). 


SINGULAR. 

Cursus 
Cursus 
CursUl,  -U 
Cursum 

Cursti 
(Cursus) 


PLURAL. 


Cursus 

Cursuum 

Cursibus 

Cursus 

Cursibus 

(Cursus) 


Cornu 

Cornus 

Cornu 

Cornu 

Cornu 

(Cornu) 


Cornua 

Cornuum 

Cornibus 

Cornua 

Cornibus 

(Cornua) 


103 


104  LESSON  XXXIII. 

a.  Domus,  house,  has  also  forms  of  the  Second  Declen- 
sion.    See  472. 

b.  Decline  together  magnus  exercitus,  large  army;  sua 
manus,  his  hand;  parvum  cornu,  small  horn. 

200.  ALLIED  WORDS. 

Habituate      Itinerant     Multiplication     Partiality       Prohibit 
Hostility       Locate         Militia  Populate       Suburb 

20 1.  CAESAR  ATQUE  CLASSIS  POMPEI. — VI. 

Omnes  copias  Antonius  in  castris  conlocavit,  quarum  erat 
summa  legiones  IV,  et  equites  DCCC,  atque  id  nuntiis 
Caesari  nuntiavit.  Sed  Caesari  longum  flumine  erat  iter, 
atque  Pompeius  clam  et  nocte  ex  castris  a  flumine  Apso  ad 
Antonium  magnis  itineribus  contendit.  In  idoneo  loco 
prope  castra  Antoni  copias  conlocavit  suosque  omnes  in 
castris  continuit  ignesque  prohibuit.  "  Quoniam  meos  mill- 
tes  Antonius  non  videt  iter  ad  Caesarem  habebit.  Eura  in 
itinere  oppugnabo."  Ita  dixit.  Tamen  haec  per  Graecos 
Antonio  nuntiata  sunt.  Ille  per  nuntios  Caesarem  monuit, 
et  in  castris  suas  copias  tenebat.  Caesar  celeriter  ad  eum 
venit. 

Pompeius  ex  eo  loco  ex-ivit,  omnibusque  copiis  ad  locum 
Asparigium  venit  atque  ibi  idoneo  loco  castra  conlocavit. 
Caesar  prope  castra  Pompei  sua  castra  conlocavit. 

FINIS. 

202. 

Caesar  was  surpassed  in  number  of  soldiers  by 
Pompey,  still,  because  he  had  legions  which  had 
fought  in  many  battles  against J  the  Gauls,  he  was  not 
attacked  by  the  latter,  very  many  of  whose  legions 
were  new.  The  friends  of  Pompey  were  eager  to 
fight.  (119,  N.  I.)  At  length2  their  counsel  pre- 
vailed, and  a  battle  was  fought  at  the  place  Pharsalia, 
in  Greece. 

1  contra.  2  tandem, 


LESSON  XXXlll.  I 

2O3.  WORD-LIST   FOR  REVIEW. 

fortuna  annus  ad 

inopia  proelium  ex,  e 

quoniam 

paro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus 

propero,  -are,  -avi,  -atus 

tempto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus 

habeo,  habere,  habui,  habitus 

prohibeO,  prohibere,  prohibui,  prohibitus 

teneo,  tenere,  tenui,  tentus 

reliquus,  -a,  -um       summus,  -a,  -um       suus,  -a,  -um 


classis 

nox 

agmen 

collis 

obses 

flumen 

eques 

pars 

iter 

hom6 

pes 

litus 

hostis 

pedes 

tempus 

labor 

princeps 

legio 

regio 

omnis,  omne 

miles 

urbs 

navis 

virtus 

2O4.  Translate 

these  words  : 

obsidum 

hominum 

regionum 

class!  bus 

equites 

labOris 

legiones 

itinere 

principem 

militis 

virtutes 

pede 

parti 

tempore 

peditis 

urbem 

hostis 

agmina 

nocte 

li  tori  bus 

flumine 

LESSON  XXXIV. 

THIRD  CONJUGATION.    E  VERBS. 

Rego  (stem  rege-),  rule. 
Principal  Parts,  rego,  regere,  rexi,  rectus. 

205.  Learn  the  present,  imperfect,  and  future  indicative, 
and  the  present  imperative  and  infinitive,  active  and  passive, 
of  rego.     (482.) 

a.  Compare  the  forms  of  rego  with  those  of  amo  and 
moneo.  Wherein  are  they  alike,  and  wherein  do  they  differ? 
Concentrate  your  attention  upon  the  differences. 

206,  i.   Regunt,  regebant,  regent.      2.    Regis,  regebas, 
reges.       3.    Regitur,    regebatur,    regetur.      4.    Regebantur, 
regebaris,   regebamus,     5.   Regeris,   regimus,  regi.      6.   Re- 
git,    reguntur,    regeris.       7.     Reget,    regimur,    regere.       8. 
Regebat,  regemus,  regite.     9.   Regemur,  regimini,  rege. 


2O7. 

ALLIED  WORDS. 

Data 
Invulnerable 
Liberal 

Magnanimous 
Mult  i  pliable 
Omniscient 

Tempt 
Tenancy 

Locality 

Population 

2O8.  Piso  AQUITANUS. 

An  incident  from  Caesar's  Gallic  campaigns. 

Nostros  equites,  qui  non  parati  erant,  Germanorum  equites 
subito  oppugnaverunt.     Nostri  ad  agmen  legionum  fugerunt. 

106 


LESSON  XXXW.  107 

In  eo  proelio  cum  Germanis  ex  equitibus  nostrls  interfecti 
sunt  LXXII ;  in  his  vir  summa  virtute,  Piso  Aquitanus, 
cuius  avus  in  sua  terra  rex  fuerat  et  amicus  ab  nostro  senatu 
appellatus  erat. 

Hie  in  proelio  fratrl,  qui  ab  hostibus  superabatur,  auxilium 
dedit,  et  eum  servavit ;  sed  ipsius  equus  vulneratus  est. 
Ipse  diu  fortiter  se  defendit,  sed  tandem  graviter  vulneratus 
est  et  ita  interfectus  est.  Id  eius  frater,  quern  ille  serva- 
verat,  procul  vidit :  ex  equo  in  hostes  unus  properavit  atque 
interfectus  est. 

2O9.  I .  These  men  will  bravely  defend  every  one 
who  will  hasten  into  their  camp. 

2.  This  man's  grandfather  was  king,  but  he  himself 
will  not  rule  over  the  people. 

3.  We  shall  defend  the  walls,  and  you  shall  bring 
the  weapons. 

4.  These  Germans   will   hasten  on  horseback  with 
the   messenger  to   tne   winter  camp,   and  will  defend 
him  if1  they  are  attacked. 

5.  The   horsemen   of  Caesar   are  Gauls,  whom   the 
Germans  easily  2  conquer.      If  the  Gauls  shall  dare  3  to 
fight  with  him,  he  will  defend  the  lands  which  he  has 
seized  by  means  of  these  very  Germans  whom  he  is 
now  attacking  with  the  aid  of  the  Gauls. 

6.  If  you  are  ready,  attack  the  men  on  the  wall. 

1  si.  2  facile.  3  audeo. 


LESSON   XXXV. 

THIRD    CONJUGATION-CONTINUED. 

210.  Learn   the  perfect,    pluperfect,   and   future  perfect 
indicative,  active  and  passive,  of  rego.      (482.) 

a.  Compare   these    forms   with    the    forms   of  amo    and 
moneo. 

211.  i.   Rexit,  rexerat,   rexerit.      2.    Rectus  erit,   rectae 
erimus,  rectus  eram.      3.   Recta  sum,  rectum  esse,  rexerint. 
4.    Rectus  est,   recti   sumus,   rexerant.      5.   Rexistis,   rexero, 
rectae  estis.     6.   Rexerimus,  reximus,  rectus  ero.  .   7.   Rexi, 
rexisti. 

212.  a.   Have  all  the  verbs  of  the  first  conjugation  so  far 
learned,    excepting    do    (dedl),    principal    parts    which    are 
alike  ? 

b.  Are  teneo  (tentus)  and  its  compounds  the  only  verbs 
of  the  second  conjugation   so   far  learned   whose   principal 
parts  are  unlike  those  of  moneo  ? 

c.  How  many  verbs  of  the  third  conjugation  can  you  find 
whose  principal  parts  are  like  those  of  rego  ? 

213.  ALLIED   WORDS. 

Belligerent  Missile  Suburban 

Depart  Navigate  Tenacity 

Mediterranean  Nocturn 

Missive  Numeration 

108 


LESSON  xxxy.  109 

214.  A  FIGHT  AROUND  A  HILLOCK. 

Quo  anno  Pompeius  exercitum  classemque  parat  Caesar 
cum  exercitu  in  Hispania  contra  exercittim  Afrani,  legati 
Pompei,  bellum  gerit.  Ad  urbem  Ilerdam  proelia  gerunt. 
Est  inter  hanc  urbem  et  proxinuim  collem  magnum,  ubi 
castra  Afranius  habet,  parvus  coll  is.  Ex  urbe  Afranius 
Irumentum  ad  suum  exercitum  portat. 

Caesar  dicit,  "  Ad  hunc  parvum  collem  cohortes  mittam, 
itaque  a  frumento  exercitus  Afrani  prohibebitur. "  Legi- 
ones  III  ex  castris  mittit,  et  in  idoneis  locis  prope  parvum 
collem  conlocat,  quibus  ex  locis  antesignani  cursu  parvum 
collem  occupare  temptant.  Sed  hoc  quae  pro  castris  sunt 
Afrani  cohortes  vident,  et  brevi  itinere  ad  parvum  collem 
celeriter  mittuntur.  Proelium  geritur,  et  quoniam  primo 
in  parvum  collem  Afrani  cohortes  contendunt  nostri 
superantur.  Auxilium  iis  mittebatur,  sed  tandem  omnes  se 
ad  signa  legionum  receperunt.  Ea  cnusa  legio  qi:ae  in  eo 
cornu  conlocata  erat  locum  non  tenuit  atque  in  proximum 
collem  se  recepit.  Omnes  legiones  III  pcrterrebantur,  atque 
in  eas  milites  Afrani  acriter  contendebant.  Legionem  Caesar 
mlsit,  quae  auxilium  dedit.  Proelium  bene  gesserunt, 
nam  milites  Afrani  se  ad  urbem  receperunt  et  sub  muro  proe- 
lium  gesserunt. 

215.  WORD-LIST, 

exercitus,  -us,  m.,  army.  gero,  gerere,  gessi,  gestus, 

parvus,  -a,  -um,  small.  to    be    engaged    in    doing 

mitto,mittere,misi,  missus,  (something},  to  do,  or  carry 

to  send.  on. 

216.  At  the  time  when  Pompey  was  preparing  an 
army   in  Epirus   the    chiefs   of  the  Roman   armies   in 
Africa  and  Spain  and  the  people  of  Massilia,  a  city  in 
Gaul,   were  all  fighting-    against  Caesar  and  his  gen- 
erals.     Caesar    sent    Curio   with    III    new    legions    to 


no  LESSON  XXXV. 

Sicily  and  Africa,  but  went 1  himself  to  Spain,  because 
his  forces  in  that  land  were  opposed  to  a  large  and 
good  army. 

Curio  went  to  Sicily,  and  from  there  carried  a  part 
of  his  army  across*  by  fleet  to  Africa,  where3  he  fought 
with  Varus,  who  was  one  of  Pompey's  friends. 

1  ivit.  2  Use  trans-portare.  3  ubi. 


LESSON    XXXVI. 

217.  PULLO    ET    VORENUS. 

Erant  in  legione  viri  maxima  virtute,  centuriones,  Titus 
Pullo  et  Lucius  Vorenus,  qui  controversies  continenter  de 
sua  virtute  habebant.  Ex  his  Pullo  cum  Gallis,  qui  hiberna 
legionis  occupare  temptabant,  ex  vallo  acriter  pugnabat. 
"  Quid  dubitas,  Vorene  ?  "  dixit,  "  Hoc  tempus  de  nostris 
controversiis  iudicabit,"  et  statim  extra  vallum  ex-ivit.  Ad 
partem  ubi  hostes  multi  sunt  visi  contendit. 

Non  Vorenus  se  in  vallo  continuit,  sed  quoque  extra  hi- 
berna ex-ivit.  Pullo  telum  in  hostes  misit,  atque  hominem 
ex  Gallis  interfecit.  In  eum  omnes  hostes  tela  miserunt. 
Transfixum  est  scutum  Pulloni  et  telum  in  balteo  defixum 
est.  Avertit  hie  casus  vaginam,  et  gladium  magna  difficul- 
tate  e-duxit.  Eum  turn  hostes  celeriter  oppugnabant,  sed 
Vorenus  venit  et  illi  auxilium  dedit.  Ad  bunc  se  a  Pullone 
omnes  Galli  verterunt.  Gladio  pugnam  bene  gessit  Vorenus 
atque  hominem  eorum  interfecit.  Sed  cum  magno  studio  in 
reliquos  contendit,  atque  in  locum  inferiorem  concidit.  In 
eum  rursus  hostes  celeriter  contendebant,  sed  Pullo  ei  auxi- 
lium dedit. 

Postquam  ita  pugnaverant  summa  cum  virtute  se  intra  hi- 
berna receperunt. 

218.  (Use  whatever  words  you  think  will   best  express 
the   sense    of   the    following    lines,   which   are    taken    from 
Macaulay's  "Battle    of  Lake    Regillus."      Do    not   try    to 
translate  it  word  for  word. ) 

in 


I"  LESSON  XXXVI. 

But  fiercer  l  grew  the  fighting 

Around  2  Valerius  dead, 
For  Titus  dragged  3  him  by  the  feet 

And  Aulus  by  the  head.4 
"  On,  Latins,5  on,"  quoth  Titus; 

"  See  (how)  the  rebels  6  fly.  "  7 
"Romans,  stand  firm,"  quoth  Aulus, 

*  *  And  win  this  fight,  or  s  die. ' ' 9 

1  Nominative  m.  and  f.  acrior,  n.  acrius.  2  circum.  3  trahere. 
4  caput.  b  Latinus,  -I.  e  i.e.  Romans.  7  to  yield,  cedere.  8  aut. 
9  Imperative  of  "  to  die  "  is  morimini. 


LESSON  XXXVII. 

THE    COMPARISON    OF    ADJECTIVES. 

219.  There  are  three  degrees  of  comparison  :  the  posi- 
tive, the  comparative,  and  the  superlative. 

POSITIVE.  COMPARATIVE.  SUPERLATIVE. 

(ending  -ior)     (ending  -issimus) 

latus(lato-)(43),zfl/dfc.  latior,  wider,    latissimus,  widest. 
levis  (levi-)  (167)         levior,  levius  levissimus,  -a, -urn 
velox  (veloci-)  (167)     velocior,  -ius   velocissimus,-a,-um 

a.  How  is  the  comparative  formed  from  the  positive  in 
these  examples?  How  is  the  superlative  formed? 

This  is  the  regular  form  of  comparison  for  all  adjectives 
excepting  those  in  -er. 

22O-  Adjectives  in  -er. 

liber  (Hbero-)  (474),/m?.  llberipr,/r^r.  Hberrimus,  freest. 
acer  (acri-)  (160)  acrior,  -ius       acerrimus,  -a,  -um 

a.   Notice  that  adjectives  in  -er  have  the    comparing  of 
ending  -rimus  in  the  superlative.  Adjectives. 

221.  DECLENSION  OF  COMPARATIVES. 

Paradigm. 
SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 


NOM. 
GF.N 

DAT. 

Ace. 
ABL 
Voc. 

M.   &    F. 

altior 
altioris 
altiorl 
altiorem 
altiore,  -1 
(altior 

N. 

altius 
altioris 
altiorl 
altius 
altiore,  -1 
altius) 

M.   &    F. 

altiores 
altiorum 
altioribus 
altiores,  -Is 
altioribus 
(altiores 

N. 

altiora 
altiorum 
nltioribus 
altiora 
altioribus 
altiora) 

113 


114  LESSON  XXXV1L 

a.  The  comparatives  of  all  adjectives  (except  plus,  229) 
are  declined  like  altior. 

b.  The  superlatives  are  all  declined  like  bonus  (474). 
Compare  and  decline  in  the  comparative  :  longus,  gratUS, 

novus,  miser,  celer,  swift,  atrox,  cruel 

222.  EXAMPLES. 

Mons  est  altior  quam  )  .    .      . 

f  A  mountain  is  higher 
collis,  >      .,         ,7, 

\       than  a  hill. 
Mons  est  altior  colh, 

Observe  that  in  the  first  sentence,  where  quam  is  used, 
collis  is  in  the  same  case  as  mons;  but  in  the  second, 
where  quam  is  omitted,  the  ablative  colli  is  used. 

RULE. — The  ablative  is  used  with  comparative-j  in  the 
sense  of  than  when  quam  is  omitted. 

223.  EXAMPLES. 

Murus  est  altior,  The  wall  is  rather  (or  too)  high. 
Murus  est  altissimus,  The  wall  is  very  high. 

These  sentences  illustrate  meanings  sometimes  given  to 
the  comparative  and  superlative. 

224. 

1.  Quis  murum  longiorem  quam  Romae  vidit? 

2.  Quis  longiorem  murum  quam  murum  Romae  vidit? 

3.  Hostes   in   altissimo   colli   agmine    Caesaris   perterre- 
bantur. 

4.  Quis  nigriorem  equum  eo  habet  ? 

5.  Hoc  iter  ad  hiberna  Caesaris  est  brevissimum. 

6.  Colles   altissimi   cum   labore  ab  acerrimo  hoste  tene- 
bantur. 

7.  Padus  est  flumen  longius  Arno. 

8.  Pedites  quos  dux  in  alto  colli  tenuit  hostium  copias  ab 
eo  prohibebunt. 


LESSON  XXXVll.  US 

9.  Arma    quibus    Roman!    a    muro    prohibebantur    gladii 
longissimi  erant. 

10.  Terra  Gallia  altiora  flumina  quam  Italia  habet. 

11.  Prohibetur  ab  urbe  reliquis  civibus. 

12.  Non  facile  ab  urbibus  pedites  hostium  prohibebat. 

13.  Novissimum  agmen  hostium  in  alto  colle  visum  erat. 

14.  Estne  hie  equus  nigerrimus  ? 

225.  SAVING  THE  STANDARD. 

Ibi  in  silva  Lucius  Cotta  legatus  a  Gallis  interfectus  est 
cum  magna  parte  militimi.  Reliqui  se  ad  hiberna  recepe- 
runt,  ex  quibus  Lucius  Petrosidius,  aquilifer,  magno  numero 
hostium  extra  vallum  premebatur.  Aquilam  intra  vallum 
pro-iecit ;  ipse  maxima  virtute  pro  hibernis  pugnabat  atque 
tandem  interfectus  est. 

226.  WORD-LIST. 

quam,  adverb  used  after  an  adjective  or  adverb  in  the  com- 
parative degree,  than. 

227.  (Translate  these  sentences  in  two  ways,  where  pos- 
sible.) 

1.  The  sword  which  the  hostage  gave  to  the  horse- 
man is  longer  than  this  one. 

2.  Who    are   more    uncivilized   than    the    Romans  ? 
The  Gauls  are  more  uncivilized  than  they,  but  most 
uncivilized  of  all  are  the  Germans. 

3.  Divi.ciacus    was    the   freest   of  the   chiefs   of  the 
Haedui,  because    he    had    not   given    his    children    as 
hostages  to  their  enemies. 

4.  The   men    upon  the   wall   are   fewer  than   those 
who  are  in  this  gate. 

5.  He    placed    his    camp  upon  the    highest   of  the 
hills. 

6.  Is  this  road  to  the  camp  shorter  than  that  (one)  ? 

7.  The  deepest  river  in  Italy  is  the  Padus. 

8.  Galba  has  a  blacker  horse  than  this  horse, 


LESSON   XXXVIII. 

COMPARISON   OF  ADJECTIVES-CONTINUED, 

228.  The    following   adjectives  form   the   comparative 
and  superlative  irregularly : 

POSITIVE.  COMPARATIVE.  SUPERLATIVE. 

bonus,  -a,  -um,  good  melior,  melius  optimus,  -a,  -um 
malus, -a, -um,  bad  peior,  peius  pessimus,-a,-um 
magnus,  -a,  -um,  large  maior,  maius  maximus,  -a,  -um 

multus,  -a,  -um,  much  \  piurimus,  -a,-um 

multi,  -ae,  -a,      many  [  * 

parvus,  -a,  -um,  small    minor,  minus      minimus,  -a,-um 

229. 

DECLENSION  OF  plus,  more  (plural  more  or  many). 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

M.  &    F.  N.  M.  &    F.  N. 

plus  plures  plura 

pluris  plurium  plurium 

pluribus  pluribus 

Ace.  plus  pluris,  -es  plura 

ABL.      plure  pluribus  pluribus 


23O.   Some  adjectives  are  compared  by  means  of  adverbs  : 
Idoneus,  suitable.     Magis  idoneus,  more  suitable.     Maxi- 
me  idoneus,  most  suitable. 

116 


LESSON  XXX  IS  III.  117 


231.  ALLIED  WORDS. 

Castle          Habitue        Navigable     Pertinent       Subterranean 
Collocate     Multifold     Numeral       Primeval        Tenacious 

232. 

1.  Romani  hiberna  maiora  quam  Galli  conlocaverant. 

2.  Certum  numerum   militum  in  hibernis   tenuit   atque 
equites,  quorum  erat  magnus  numerus  in  Gallia,  ex  his  regi- 
onibus  obtinebat. 

3.  Caesar  minor  natu  erat  quam  Pompeius. 

4.  Optimi   milites    saepe    fuerunt    pessimi    homines,  sed 
Caesar  vir  melior  erat  atque  acerrimus  princeps. 

5.  Optimos  amamus  atque  perterremur  a  pessimis. 

6.  Melius  est  amari  quam  perterrere,  et  non  difficilius. 

7.  Quis  horum  puerorum  est  aegerrimus  ?     Hie  est  ae- 
grior  illo. 

8.  Horum  omnium  fortissimi  sunt  Belgae. 

9.  Helvetii  hac  ex  parte  monte  altissimo  continentur. 

10.  Hoc  in  colll  pedites  continebantur. 

11.  Reliquam  partern  copiarum  in  hoc  loco  continet. 

12.  Haec  silva  ab  Helvetiorum  regione  ad  terras  Dacorum 
pertinet. 

13.  Marcus  est  maior  natu  et  altior  Sexto. 

14.  Muri   horurn  hibernorum   sunt  longiores  quam   muri 
erant  superiore  anno. 

233,  WORD-LIST. 

ob-tineo,  obtinere,  obtinui,  obtentus,  to  possess,  obtain. 
con-tineo,   etc.,  to  hold  together.     Passive  also,  is  bounded 

(geographical  term). 
per-tineo,  etc.,  to  extend. 
mons,  mentis,  m.,  mountain, 


n8  LESSON  XXXyilL 

234. 

1.  Because  the  Helvetians  possessed  a  land  which 
was  bounded  by  very  high  mountains,  which  extended 
in  all  directions,   they  tried  to  seize    a  new  country 
more  suitable  to  a  people  who  were  very  brave. 

2.  The  largest  city  of  Italy  is  Rome. 

3.  Because  his   men  were  fewer  than  those  of  the 
enemy    he    hastened    by    very    long    marches    to    the 
mountains  and  placed  a  camp  in  a  suitable  place  upon 
a  rather  high  hill. 

4.  Most  men  have  more  courage  than  skill. 


LESSON   XXXIX. 

COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES.-CONTINUED. 
235,   Six  adjectives  in  -lis  are  compared  as  follows  : 

POSITIVE.  COMPARATIVE.  SUPERLATIVE. 

facilis,  -e,          facilior,  facilius  facillimus,  -a,  -um 

easy. 

difficilis,  -e,       difficilior,  difficilius        difficillimus,  -a,  -um 

hard. 
similis,  -e,         similior,  similius  simillimus,  -a,  -um 

like. 
dissimilis,  -e,     dissimilior,dissimilius     dissimillimus,-a,-um 

unlike. 
humilis,  -e,        humilior,  humilius          humillimus,  a,  -um 

low. 
gracilis,  -e,        gracilior,  gracilius  gracillimus,  -a,  -um 

slender. 


236.  The 

following  form  their 

superlative  i 

rregularly  : 

exterus,1 
outward. 

exterior, 

outer. 

extremus, 
extimus, 

|  outermost, 
\      last. 

inferus,1 
below. 

Inferior, 
lower. 

infimus, 
Imus, 

t  lowest. 

posterus,1 
following. 

superus,1 
above. 

posterior, 
later. 

superior, 
higher. 

postremus,  )  & 
postumus,    [ 

suPremus,v)  h   h 
summus,      [ 

1  Not  used  in  the  Nominative  Singular  Masculine. 

119 


120  LESSON  XXXIX 

237.  The    following    have    no    positive,    and   form   the 
comparative  and  superlative  from  other  parts  of  speech  : 

citerior,  hither.  citimus,       hither  most. 

interior,   inner.  intimus,      inmost. 

prior,      former.  primus,       first. 

propior,  nearer.  proximus,   next. 

ulterior,  further.  ultimus,     furthest,  last. 

a.   Do  you  remember  any  prepositions   or  adverbs   from 
which  these  might  be  derived  ? 

238.  ALLIED  WORDS. 

Barbarity  Laborious  Omnipresence 

Content  Major  (i,  a)  Summit 

Enumerate  Navigation 

External  Obtainable 

239.  i.     Has  urbes  in  region  i  bus   trans  flumen    primas 
obtinuerat. 

2.  Extremum   oppidum   Allobrogum    est    proximumque 
Helvetiorum  terris  Genava. 

3.  Erat  in  Gallia  ulteriore  una  legio. 

4.  Prima  nocte  summus  collis  obtinebatur. 

5.  Complures    ex    gladiis    qui    in    muris    sunt    obtinere 
temptabat. 

6.  Belgae  pertinent  ad  inferiorem  partem  fluminis. 

7.  Aquitania    a    Garumna    flumine    ad    montes    et    earn 
partem  Oceani  quae  est  ad  Hispaniam  pertinet. 

8.  Galliam  citeriorem  montes  Alpes  continuerunt. 

9.  Facile  est  tela  gladiosque  obtinere. 

10.  Illud  iter,  quod  inter  altissimos  montes  atque  flumen 
erat,  obtinuit. 

11.  Ex  ea  urbe  silva  ad  Helvetios  pertinuit. 

12.  Urbem  litus  continebat. 

13.  Ab  hoc  loco  collis  pertinuit  ad  proximum  montem. 

14.  Multi    pueri    magnis    capitibus    nun    sunt    superiores 
consilio. 


LESSON  XXXIX. 


121 


24O.  WORD-LIST. 

bonus,  -a,  -um,  good;    melior,  melius,  better;    optimus, 

-a,  -um,  best. 

magnus,  maior,  maximus,  large,  larger,  largest. 
multus,  plus,  plurimus,  much,  more,  most. 
exterus,  exterior,  extremus  or  extimus,  outward,  outer, 

outermost. 

Inferus,  inferior,  infimus  or  lmus,*t>etow,  lower,  lowest. 
posterus,  posterior,  postremus,  follow  ing,  later,  last. 
superus,   superior,   summus   or   supremus,  above,  higher, 

highest 
-----  prior,  former;  primus,/™/. 

-   propior,  nearer;  proximus,  nearest,  next. 

241. 

1.  Pompey's   fleet,  whose   chief  was  a   man   of  the 
greatest  courage,  was  larger  than  Caesar's.      Pompey 
had  more  soldiers  than  Caesar,  but  the  majority  of  the 
latter's  soldiers  were  better  than  even  1  the  best  soldiers 
in  Pompey's  legions. 

2.  On  the   following  night   he  placed   his  baggage 
upon  the  top  of  the  hill. 

3.  The  Romans  had  a  more  difficult  march  than  they 
had   last   year,    because  the   enemy  were   holding  the 
hills  which  were  next  to  the  shortest'4  of  the  roads. 

4.  The  last  hill  held  by  the  enemy  was  the  highest. 


1  etiam. 


2  brevis,  -e,  short. 


©Go 


GLADlT  ROMANI. 


LESSON  XL 

FORMATION    OF    ADVERBS. 

242.  Many  Latin  adverbs  are  formed  from  adjectives. 

0  STEMS  (43). 

(ADJECTIVES    OF   THE   FIRST    AND    SECOND    DECLENSIONS.) 
ADJECTIVE.  STEM.  ADVERB. 

longus,  long.  longo-  \oi\gQ,  far. 

miser,  wretched.         misero-  mi  sere,  wretchedly. 

These  change  the  0  of  the  stem  to  e. 
i  STEMS. 

(ADJECTIVES   OF   THE   THIRD   DECLENSION.) 

brevis,  short.  brevi-  breviter,  briefly. 

acer,  eager.  acri-  acrtter,  eagerly. 

sapiens,  wise.  sapienti-          sapienter,  wisely. 

These  add  ter  to  the  stem. 

a.   But  notice  that  stems  in  -nti  (sapienti-)  drop  ti. 

243.  The  accusative  and  the  ablative  neuter  of  the 
adjective  are  also  sometimes  used  as  adverbs. 

multtis,  much.  multum,  much. 

facilis,  easy.  facile,  easily. 

primus,  first.  primo,  at  first. 

subitus,  sudden.  subito,  suddenly. 

244.  ALLIED  WORDS. 
Ameliorate  Optimist              Superiority 
Extremity  Plurality              Supremacy 
Majority  Primitive 
Omniscience  Priority 

122 


LESSON  XL.  123 

245.  PUGNA  PHARSALICA. 

The  battle  of  Pharsalia  was  probably  the  decisive 
Dattle  in  the  struggle  between  Caesar  and  the  Senate 
(170),  although  it  did  not  seem  so  at  the  time  to  the 
enemies  of  the  former,  and  was  not  so  fiercely  con- 
tested as  the  later  battles  in  Africa  and  Spain.  It 
thus  probably  ranks  as  one  of  the  decisive  battles  of 
the  world.  (See  also  467.) 

246.  I. 

Pompeius,  qui  castra  in  -  colle  habebat,  ad  -  Infimas  - 
partes  -  mentis  legiones  conlocabat.  "  In  -hoc  -  loco  facile 
victoriam  obtinebo,"  dixit.  Caesar,  quoniam  numero  muP 
tls  -  partibus  erat  inferior,  suos  -  milites  continebat,  et  in  - 
idoneo  -  loco  legiones  conlocabat. 

Pompei  -  amicis,  legatis  -  tribumsque,  magnum  proeli  - 
studium  erat,  sed  id  ei  non  gratum  erat.  Tandem  studio  - 
amicorum  superatus  -  est,  pugnareque  -  paravit. 

Interim  Caesar  castra  movere  -  constituit,  atque  signum 
dedit,  iamque  ill!  quos  primos  in  -  agmine  conlocaverat  in  - 
portis  -  castrorum  erant.  Sed  eo  -  ipso  -  tempore  legiones  - 
Pompei  ab  -  infimis  -  montis  -  partibus  in  -  campum  move- 
bant  et  pugnare  -  parare  -  videbantur.  Id  Caesar  vidit  atque 
oppugnare  -  paravit. 

Pompeius  in  -  sinistro  -  cornu  legiones  -  II  conlocaverat: 
in  -  eo  -  loco  ipse  erat.  Medium  -  locum  Scipio  cum  -  legi- 
onibus  -  Syriacis  tenebat.  Una  -  legio  cum  -  cohortibus  - 
Hispanis  in  -  dextro  -  cornu  erat  -  conlocata.  Numero  CO- 
hortes  CX  erant.  Hae  erant  milia  XLV.  Reliquas  cohortes 
VII  in  castris  castellisque  conlocaverat.  Omnes  equites, 
qui  optima  arma  habebant,  sagittarii  funditoresque,  in  sinis- 
tra  parte  erant. 

Caesar  unam  legionem  in  dextro  cornu  conlocavit.  Co- 
hortes  LXXX  habebat,  quae  summa  erat  milia  XXII.  Co- 
hortes  II  in  castris  erant.  Ipse  contra  Pompeium  erat. 


124  LESSON  XL. 

247.  WORD-LIST, 

cohors,  cohortis,  f.,  cohort,  the  tenth  part  of  a  legion. 
longe,/</r/  bene,  we/I;  facile,  easily. 
multum,  or  multo,  much;  subito,  suddenly,  unexpectedly. 
celeriter,  quickly. 

248. 

The  last  hill  which  the  enemy  were  holding  was 
suddenly  attacked  by  the  Romans  at  night.  This  hill 
was  rather  high,  and  the  most  of  those  soldiers  who 
first  attacked,  because  they  were  in  a  lower  position 
than  the  enemy,  were  wounded  by  the  latter,  whose 
swords  were  much  longer  than  theirs.  But  the  tri- 
bune greatly  surpassed  the  enemy  in  skill.  He  easily 
seized  the  next *  hill,  which  was  not  far  distant 2  and 
much  higher  than  that  which  the  enemy  were  holding. 
Because  of  this  the  enemy  quickly  retreated  3  to  a  place 
near  their  (own)  camp. 

1  237.  2  To  be  distant,  ab-esse.  3  178,  N.  2. 


LESSON  XLI. 

249.  COMPARING  OF  ADVERBS. 

MODELS. 

POSITIVE.  COMPARATIVE.  SUPERLATIVE. 

acriter,  eagerly.  acrius.  acerrime. 

misere,  wretchedly.       miserius.  miserrime. 

bene,  well.  melius.  optime. 

male,  badly.  peius.  pessime. 

multum,  much.  plus.  plurime. 

minus,  less.  minime. 

magis,  more.  maxime. 

a.  What  case-ending  of  the  adjective  is  used  to  form  the 
comparative  of  the  adverb  ? 

b.  How  is  the  superlative  formed  from  the  superlative 
of  the  adjective  ?    (Cp.  219.) 

c.  Form  adverbs  from  these  adjectives,  and  compare  them  : 
aeger    (aegro-),   sick;    prudens   (prudent!-),   wise;    liber 
(libero-);  similis  (simili-),  like;  levis  (levi-),  light. 

250.  ALLIED  WORDS. 

Benefit  Mountain  Primer 

Celerity  Optimistic  Omnivorous 

Extreme  Pertain 

Facile  Plural 

PUGNA  PHARSALICA. — II. 

251.  Quoniam  equites  -  Pompei  contra  -  dextrum  -  cornu 
complures    ernnt,    celeriter    cohortes  -  VI    Caesar    monuit, 
"  Cum  -  equitibus   pugnatote.       Capita  -  eorum  tells  vulne- 
rare  -  temptatote;   ita  celeriter  perterrebuntur. "      Ex  -  his  - 
equitibus  multi  erant  adulescentes  pulcherrimis  -  comis,  elves 
-  Roman! . 

Pugnae  -  signum  ab  -  utroque  datum  -  est.     Nostri  -  milites 

125 


126  LESSON  XLl. 

in  -  legiones  -  Pompei  properaverunt.  Primum  tells,  deinde 
gladiis,  pugnare  -  contenderunt.  Equites  -  Pompei  a  -  sinistra  ; 
parte  eo  -  tempore  in  -  nostros  -  equites  contendebant.  Nos- 
tri  se  receperunt.  Equites  Pompei,  hoc  acriores,  a  parte  aperta 
nostros  milites  superare  temptaverunt.  Turn  Caesar  suis  VI 
cohortibus  signum  dedit.  Hae  equites  subito  oppugnaverunt. 

Hac  causa  Pompei  equites  perterriti  sunt,  atque  fuga  montes 
altissimos  petebant.  Omnes  sagittarii  funditoresque  interfecti 
sunt.  Turn  nostrae  VI  cohortes  Pompei  milites  qui  in  sinistro 
cornu  pugnabant  circumierunt.  Illi  fuga  se  servare  contende- 
runt, quoniam  ex  duabus(297)partibus  anostrisoppugnabantur. 

252.  WORD-LIST. 

bene,  melius,  optime,  well,  better,  best. 

celeriter,  celerius,  celerrime,  quickly,  more  quickly,  most 
quickly. 

facile,  facilius,  facillime,  easily,  more  easily,  most  easily. 

longe,  longius,  longissime  far,  farther,  farthest. 
magis,  maxime,  more,  most. 

multum,  ) 

-  .        >  plus,  plunmum,  much,  more,  most,  mostly. 

minus,  mini  me,  less,  ieast. 
253 

POMPEY'S  PLAN  OF  ATTACK  AT  PHARSALUS. 

Pompey  said1  to  the  leaders  of  his  horsemen,  "You 
will2  of  a  sudden  attack  the  horsemen  who  are  oppo- 
site our  left  wing.  Because  you  are  more  numerous  and 
have  better  arms  than  they  you  will  easily  terrify  them. 
Then  (99,  N.  2)  you  will  quickly  attack  the  foot- 
soldiers  on  their  exposed  flank.3  They  will  at  that 
time  be  fighting  with  our  legions. 

Because  they  will  thus  be  attacked  from  two  direc- 
tions at  one    (125)  time,  they  will  become   frightened 
and  will  hasten  to  save  themselves  by  flight." 
1  dlxit.  3  Imperative  mood.  5  pars. 


LESSON  XLII. 

254.  ALLIED    WORDS. 

Contention  Inferiority  Omnipotent 

Contentment  Malcontent  Petition 

Defense  Mountainous 

Facility  Nostrum 

255.  PUGNA   PHARSALICA. — III. 

Turn  Pompeius  in  -  sua  -  castra  ex  -  equo  contendit,  atque 
iis  quos  ad  -  portam  conlocaverat  dicit,  "  Castra  defendite 
diligenter. "  Castra  a  -  cohortibus,  quae  ibi  conlocatae  -  erant, 
vero  diligenter  defenduntur  ;  multo  acrius  a  -  Thracibtis  - 
barbarisque  -  auxiliis.  Nam  qui  ex  -  proelio  ad  -  castra  mili- 
tes  coatendunt  magis  reliqua  -  fuga  se  servare  quam  castra 
defendere  -  petunt.  Tandem  omnes  tells  s;iperantur,  atque 
cum  -  ducibus  centurionibus  -  tribunisque  -  militum  altissi- 
mum  -  montem  qui  ad  -  castra  pertinet  occupare  -  petunt. 
Quoniam  is  -  rnons  est  sine  -  aqua,  locum  qui  prope  -  flumen 
est  turn  occupare  -  petunt. 

Caesar  partem  suarum  copiarum  in  castris  Pompei,  partem- 
que  in  suis  castris  conlocat,  atque  cum  legionibus  IIII  ad 
hunc  locum  properat.  Nostri {  labore  sunt  defessi,  et  nox 
ad-est,  tamen  milites  Pompei  nocte  aquam  petere  prohi- 
bent.  Panel  nocte  fuga  se  servare  petunt ;  reliqui  in  dedi- 
tionem  se  Caesari  dant. 

Signa  ex  proelio  ad  eum  portantur  CLXXX  et  aquilae 
VIII. 

Interim  Pompeius    ad  litus    contendebat  et  nave  terram 
Aegyptum  petebat  atque  ad  urbem  Alexandriam  venit.     Ibi 
1  I.e.  Caesar's. 

127 


128  LESSON  XLll. 

rex  erat  Ptolemaens,  puer  qui  magnis  copiis  sororem  Cleopa- 
tram  in  bello  superare  temptabat.      Amici  huius  regis  illis  qui 
a  Pompeio  venerunt  gratissime  responderunt;  tamen  Pom- 
peium   interficere  petebant.     Ille  ignorans  ex  nave   ex-Ivit. 
cum  paucis  suis  et  interfectus  est. 

FINIS. 

25O.  WORD-LIST, 

noster,  nostra,  nostrum,  our. 
contendo,  contendere,   contend!,   contentum,   to  strive,   to 

hasten,  sometimes,  to  fight. 

peto,  peter e,  petlvl,  petitum,  to  seek,  beg,  demand. 
defendo,  defendere,  defend!,  defensum,  to  defend. 

257. 

How  CAESAR  THWARTED   POMPEY'S  PLAN  AT 
PHARSALUS. 

Caesar  saw  the  liorsemen  of  Pompey  opposite  his 
own  right  end  (251).  He  quickly  said  to  the  lead- 
ers of  VI  cohorts,  "If  (146,  N.  5)  yonder  horsemen 
shall  get  the  best  of  the  horsemen  who  will  be  defend- 
ing our  left  end,  you  will  defend  the  rest  of  our  sol- 
diers/1 

Pompey's  horsemen  easily  terrify  Caesar's  horsemen, 
and  then 1  eagerly  hasten  against  the  exposed  flank 2  of 
the  legion.  Those  VI  cohorts  suddenly  attack  them 
with  their  swords,  and  greatly  terrify  them.  They 
then  attack  the  legions  of  Pompey  upon  their  unpro- 
tected end.  Thus  Caesar's  soldiers  overcame  Pompey 
by  means  of  the  very  plan  by  which  Pompey  tried  to 
overcome  them. 

1  turn.  *  See  251,   second  paragraph. 


LESSON  XLIII. 

THIRD   CONJUGATION    VERBS    IN    IO. 

capio,  facio,  fugio,  iacio  and  their  Compounds.1 

258.  Learn   all  the  tenses   of  the  Indicative,  the  Present 
Imperative,  and  the  Present  Infinitive,  Active  and  Passive,  of 
capio  (484). 

Compare  these  tenses  of  capio  with  the  tenses  of  rego,  and 
note  the  differences. 

259.  i.   Capiebatis,    capiebamini.      2.   Capit,    capiebat, 
capiet.      3.   Capiunt,  capiebant,  capient.      4,    Capior,  capis, 
caperis.     5.   Capiebar,  capimur,  cepi.     6.    Capiar,    capimus, 
capere.     7.  Cape,  captae  eramus,  captus  sum.    8.  Ceperamus, 
ceperis. 

a.  Inflect  in  the  same  way  facio,  make,  and  fugio,  flee. 

26O.  EXAMPLES. 

Quinque  annos  bellum  gerebatur.     War  was  carried  on/ot 
jive  years. 

Collis  centum  pedes  ab-est.      The  hill  is  a  hundred  feet  dis- 
tant, 
a.   The  accusative  annds  expresses  duration  of  time,  the 

accusative  pedes  extent  of  space.    They  answer 

the  questions  how  long  ?  and  how  far?         Accusative  of  Time 

and  Space. 

261.  RULE. — Duration  of  Time  and  Ex- 
tent of  Space  are  expressed  by  the  Accusative. 

1  These  are  the  most  common  of  the  verbs  of  this  class. 

1 29 


13°  LESSON  XLIII. 

262. 

CAESAR  ET  AFRANIUS. 

The  following  is  the  account  of  the  closing  opera- 
tions of  Caesar's  first  campaign  in  Spain  (compare  170), 
before  the  battle  of  Pharsalia  (245).  The  incident 
given  in  214  occurred  during  this  campaign. 

Afranius,  the  general  who  is  opposing  Caesar,  has 
decided  to  leave  the  region  of  Ilerda,  since  his  supplies 
are  almost  exhausted,  and  marching  southward  to  make 
a  fresh  stand  in  a  more  favorable  region.  If  Caesar 
can  gain  possession  of  a  pass  over  the  mountains  which 
Afranius  must  cross,  he  can  prevent  this  movement 
and  perhaps  starve  his  foes  into  a  surrender.  The  camp 
of  Afranius  is  situated  between  Caesar's  camp  and  the 
pass.  The  two  camps  are  in  sight  of  each  other,  and 
it  seems  impossible  for  Caesar  to  seize  the  pass  in  ad- 
vance of  Afranius. 

263.  I. 

Caesar  cum  omnibus  copils  ex  castris  ex-ivit,  magnoque  cir- 
cuitu  sine  certo  itinere  exercitum  duxit.  Hoc  Afrani  milites 
viderunt  et  laetissimi  erant.  "  Vide,"  dixerunt,  "  inopia  fru- 
menti  Caesar  fugit  atque  adurbem  Ilerdam  rursus  suos  milites 
ducit."  Sed  paulatim  ad  dextram  agmen  Caesar  ducebat  et 
brevi  tempore  primi  superaverant  regionem  eorum  castrorum 
et  iam  prope  montem  fuerant.  Turn  vero  celeriter  omnes 
copias  ex  castris  Afranius  duxit,  rectoque  ad  montes  itinere 
contendit. 

Exercitum  Caesaris  viarum  difficultates,  Afrani  copias  equi- 
tatus  Caesaris  tardabant.  Ad  irontem  prius  agmen  Caesaris 
venit  atque  ibi  contra  exercitum  Afrani  milites  conlocati  sunt. 
Turn  vero  et  ab  equitatu  novissimnm  agmen  Afrani  exercitus 
premebatur,  et  ante  se  legiones  Caesaris  videbat.  Ad  collem 
Afranius  exercitum  duxit  atque  ibi  legiones  suas  conlocavit. 


LESSON  XLlll.  131 

264.  WORD-LIST, 

equitatus,  -us,  m.,  cavalry. 
duco,  ducere,  duxi,  ductus,  to  lead. 
dico,  dicere,  dixi,  dictus,  to  say. 

265. 

The  enemy  tried  to  seize  the  gate  !  by  night,  and 
thus  to  lead  their  forces  into  the  city,  but  the  leader  of 
the  men  who  were  in  the  city  quickly  hastened  to  the 
gate.  He  wounded  a  few  of  the  enemy,  and  thus 
frightened  the  rest.  They  did  not  attack  him  during 
the  remainder  of  the  night.  During  the  whole  of  the 
next  day,2  with  a  few  men,  he  was  keeping  tne  enemy 
away  from  the  gate.  At  length,3  by  night,  the  enemy, 
wearied,  retreated.4 

1  porta.  2  268.  3  tandem.  *  se  recepit. 


LESSON  XLIV. 

FIFTH   DECLENSION. 

266.  Nouns  of  this  declension  are  feminine,  except  dies, 
which  is  masculine. 

a.  Dies  is  sometimes  feminine  in  the  singular. 

267.  Very  few  nouns  belong  to  this  declension,  but  some 
of  those  which  do  are  frequently  used,  especially  acies,  dies, 
and  res. 


268. 


dies,  day. 
stem  die* 


SINGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

NOM. 

dies 

NOM. 

dies 

GEN. 

die! 

GEN. 

dierum 

DAT. 

die!  ' 

DAT. 

diebus 

Ace. 

diem 

Ace. 

dies 

ABL. 

die 

ABL. 

diebus 

Voc. 

(dies) 

Voc. 

(dies) 

269. 

ALLIED  WORDS. 

Abduct 

Conductor 

Dictum 

Amiable 

Continue 

Prediction 

Conduce 

Defender 

Conduct 

Diction 

27O.  CAESAR  ET  AFRANIUS. — II. 

Ex  eo  loco,  ubi  suum  exercitum  conlocaverat,  IV  cohor 
tes  in  eum  montem  qui  ibi  erat  altissimus  Afranius  misit. 
Hunc  magno  citrsu  harum  cohortium  occupare  petivit.  Has 

132 


LESSON  XLIV.  133 

cohortes  equitatus  Caesaris  ex  omnibus  partibus  oppugnavit. 
Qiiarum  milites  in  conspectu  utrorumque  exercituum  inter- 
fecti  sunt. 

Quoniam  equitatus  ita  proelium  commiserat,  atque  rem 
ita  bene  gesserat,  ad  Caesarem  celeriter  legati,  centuriones, 
tribunique  militura  venerunt.  Dixerunt,  "  In  conspectu 
totius  exercitus  A'frani  hae  cohortes  interfectae  sunt.  Perter- 
retur  eius  exercitus;  proelium  cum  tuis  legionibus  non  sustine- 
bit.  Cur  dubitas  proelium  committere  ?  Celeriter  victoria 
nobis  erit." 

Hoc  consilium  suorum  tamen  Caesar i  non  gratum  fuit. 
Proelium  non  commisit.  ^Proelium  non  committam," 
dixit,  4<nam  in  pugna  mei  milites  vulnerabuntur.  Sine 
pugna  hanc  rem  bene  geram,  nam  a  frumento  Afranium  pro- 
hibui." 

Consilium  Caesaris  militibus  non  gratum  fuit,  tamen  paulum 
ex  eo  loco  ex-ivit. 

Turn  Afranius  in  castris  suos  conlocavit. 

271.  WORD  LIST, 

res,  rel,  f.,  thing,  state  of  affairs. 

committo,  committere,  commisi,  commissum,  to  bring  to- 
gether. With  proelium,  to  begin  the  battle. 

272. 

After  *  the  whole  of  Gaul  had  been  overcome  by 
Caesar,  the  Gauls  again  (81,  N.  2)  fought  with  him. 
They  harassed  2  him  for  a  long  time,  and  kept  him  from 
(securing)  grain.  At  length  3  he  attempted  to  retreat 
(cp.  178,  N.  2)  into  the  province.4  The  Gauls  had  very 
many  horsemen,  and  did  not  hesitate  to  begin  battle  with 
Caesar.  But  Caesar  had  already  5  sent  secretly  6  to  the 
Germans,7  who  sent  him  a  great  number  of  horsemen. 
After  the  Gauls  had  begun  the  battle  the  German  cav- 
alry was  sent  against  them,  and  quickly  brought  the 
matter  to  a  successful  issue. 

1  185,  N.  2.        2  289.        a  2<55?  N>  3> 

6  clam.         7  Not  dative. 


LESSON   XLV. 

SUBJUNCTIVE    OF    PURPOSE. 

273.  Learn  the  present  and  imperfect  subjunctive  of  sum 
(486)  and  of  the  active  and  passive  of  amo  (480),  moneo 
(481),  rego  (482),  and  capio  (484). 

a.   In  the  same  way  inflect  these  tenses  of  paid,  pugno, 
video,  perterreo,  duco  and  mitto. 

274.  THE  SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

1.  This  Mood  is  used  chiefly  in  Subordinate  clauses. 

a.  All  subordinate  clauses,  however,  do  not  take  the  Sub- 
junctive. 

b.  The  Latin  Subjunctive  has  no  relation  to  the  English 
Subjunctive,  nor  should  it  be  thought  of  as  being  generally 
similar  to  the  English  Potential  ("  might,"  "  would  "). 

2.  The   so-called   Present  and  Imperfect  tenses  have  ex- 
actly the  same  meaning  in  nearly  all  subordinate  clauses. 
They  denote  incompleted  action,  past,  present,  or  future. 

275.  Incompleted  action  represents  the  action   of  the 
verb  in  the  subordinate  clause  as  still   going 

,  .  1-1,1  r  Incompleted 

on  at  the  time  to  which  the  sentence  refers.      Action. 

The  "time  to  which  the  sentence  refers"  is 

the  time  denoted  by  the  main  verb  of  the  sentence. 

a.  The   English   and  Latin  indicative   tenses  of  incom- 
pleted action  are  : 

I  was  carrying,  Portabam  (Latin  Imperfect). 

I  am  carrying,  PortO  (Latin  Present). 

I  shall  be  carrying,  Portabo  (Latin  Future). 


LESSON  XLV.  135 

276.  Never  think  of  the  Present  Subjunctive  as  denoting 
incompleted    action    in    present    time    only,    like  the    Pres- 
ent Indicative,  or  of  the  Imperfect  Subjunctive  as  denoting 
incompleted   action    in    past   time   only,  like   the   Imperfect 
Indicative.      The   names  "Present"   and  "Imperfect"   are 
very  misleading  in  this  respect. 

RULE    FOR    USE    OF    THE    SUBJUNCTIVE. 

277.  If  the  main  verb  of  the  sentence  denotes  pres- 
ent or  future  time,  use  the  present  subjunctive. 

If  the  main  verb  of  the  sentence  denotes  past  time, 
use  the  imperfect  subjunctive. 

2.78.  EXAMPLES, 

,Se  parant  ut  pugnent,  They  prepare  themselves  that  they 
may  fight  (so  that  they  may  fight,  so  as  to  fight,  in  order  that 
they  may  fight,  in  order  to  fight,  to  fight,  for  the  purpose  of 
fighting}. 

Se  parabant  ut  pugnarent,  They  prepared  themselves  that 
they  might  fight,  etc. 

Legates  mittunt  ne  oppidum  oppugnetur,  They  send 
envoys  in  order  that  the  town  may  not  be  attacked,  that  the  town 
may  not  be  attacked,  lest  the  town  be  attacked. 

Legates  miserunt  ne  oppidum  oppugnare-     clauses 
tur,    They  sent  envoys  in  order  that  the  town      pUPpOSe. 
should  not  be  attacked. 

a.  Notice  that  the  clauses  introduced  by  ut  or  ne  express 
the  purpose  or  intention  of  the  subjects  of  the  principal 
clauses. 

b.  Notice  that  ut  introduces  a  positive,  ne  a  negative, 
purpose. 

c.  Notice  that  the  verbs  in  the  clauses  expressing  purpose 
are  in  the  subjunctive,  and  conform  to  the  rule.      (277.) 

d.  Notice  the  various  expressions  by  which  ut  and  ne  may 
be  translated. 


I3&  LESSON  XLV. 

279.  RULE. — Purpose  is  expressed  by  ut  and  ne  with 
the  subjunctive. 

a.   The  infinitive  is  never  to  be  used  in  Latin  to  express 
purpose  as  it  is  in  English.1 

280.  ALLIED  WORDS. 

Adduce  Induce  Reduce 

Deduce  Introduce  Traduce 

Deduct  Introduction 

Educe  Produce 

281. 

1.  Ad  silvam  properabit  ut  victoriam  obtineat. 

2.  Defessi  principes  laboraverunt  ut  urbs  defenderetur. 

3.  Ut  via  defenderetur  ad  portam  urbis  properavimus. 

4.  Boni  principes  bene  "pugnaverunt  ut  victoriam  habe- 
rent. 

5.  Porta  a  paucis  hominibus  defendetur  ut  murus  a  plu- 
ribus  teneatur. 

6.  Ne  pater  defessus  sit,  pueri  ei  celeriter  auxilium  da- 
bunt. 

7.  Ne  pedites  vulnerentur  equitatus  ut  eos  defendat  pro- 
perat. 

8.  Multas  cohortes  ducet  ut  murum  oppugnet. 

9.  Ne  nocte  laborenius  contendemus. 

10.  Ex  urbe  copias  ducere  temptat  ut  eis  auxilium  mittat. 

11.  Ex  castris  principem  prohibet  ut  ipse  tutus  sit. 

12.  Hoc  locum  occupat  ut  celeriter  ad  suos  contendat. 

13.  Multas  copias  habet  et  bellum  geret. 

14.  Legatos  mittam  ut  auxilium  petam. 

15.  Copias  in  castris  tenet,  sed  brevi  tempore  pedites  ad 
montem  ducet,  et  hostem  oppugnabit. 

1 6.  Pugnatis  ut  liberos  defendatis. 

1  In  classical  Latin  exceptions  to  this  rule  are  very  rare,  and  are  con- 
fined almost  entirely  to  the  works  of  Vergil  and  other  poets. 


LESSON  XLV. 


282. 


I.  He  will  lead  these  troops  into  the  winter  camp, 
so  that  he  may  defend  it  easily. 

2.,  He  led  a  cohort  into  the  winter  camp,  in  order 
that  he  might  defend  it  easily. 

3.  He  sent  help  to  the  cohort,  in  order  that  it  might 
quickly  seize  the  hill. 

4.  He  is   preparing    great  forces,    lest  he  be  over- 
come. 

5.  He  will  hasten  to  the  town,  lest  he  be  wounded. 

6.  He  left l  his  baggage  in  the  winter  camp,  so  that 
his   soldiers   should  not  have  a  hard   time    (86)   from 
want  of  horses. 


ROMAE  URBIS  PORTA  OSTIENSIS. 


LESSON   XLVI. 

283.      PERSONAL  AND   REFLEXIVE   PRONOUNS. 

FIRST  PERSON. 
Ego,  7. 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

NOM.  ego  nos 

GEN.  mei  nostrum  or  nostri 

DAT.  mi  hi  nobis 

Ace.  me  nos 

ABL.  me  nobis 

SECOND  PERSON. 

Tu,  thou. 

NOM.  tu  vos 

GEN.  tin  vestrum  or  vestri 

DAT.  tibi  vobis 

Ace.  te  vos 

ABL.  te  vobis 

THIRD  PERSON. 
Sui,  of  himself  ,  herself,  itself. 


GEN. 

sui 

sui 

DAT. 

sibi 

sibi 

Ace. 

se  or  sese 

se  or  sese 

ABL. 

se  or  sese 

se  or  sese 

138 


LESSON  XLVl.  139 

a.  Notice  that  sul  is  reflexive;  that  is,  like  suus  (191),  it 
refers  only  to  the  subject  of  the  sentence,  or  (sometimes) 
of  the  clause. 

b.  Is,  ea,  id  (100)  and  sometimes  hie  and  ille  (93)  are  used 
for  the  personal  pronoun  of  the  third  person  when  not 
reflexive. 

284.  EXAMPLES. 

Ego  sum  altus,  tu  es  parvus,  I  am  tall, you  are  small. 
Omnes  se  (or  sese)  laudant,  They  are  all  praising  them- 
selves. 

Amicus  mecum  manebit,  My  friend  will  stay  with  me. 
Quis  vestrum  se  non  recepit  ?    Who  of  you  did not retreat  j> 

a.  Notice  in  the  first  sentence  that  the  subjects  ego  and  tu 
are  expressed.    They  are  usually  omitted  except  for  empha- 
sis or  contrast. 

b.  The  personal  pronouns  of  the  first  and  second  persons 
often  have  a  reflexive  sense :    Tu  te  laudas,  Thou  praisest 
thyself.     Omnes  nos  laudamus,   We  are  all  praising  ourselves. 

285.  POSSESSIVE  ADJECTIVES. 

meus,  -a,  -um,  my,  mine. 

tUUS,  -a,  -um,  thy,  thine,  your  (sing.  ),  yours. 

SUUS,  -a,  -um,  his,  hers,  its,  their,  theirs.    (Reflexive  191.) 

noster,  -tra,  -trum,  our,  ours. 

vester,  -tra,  -trum,jwr  (plu.) yours. 

a.  Tuus  refers  to  one  person  : 

Marce,  tuum  amicum  vidi,  et  tuos  equos  habuit,  Mar- 
cus, I  saw  your  friend,  and  he  had  your  horses. 

Vester  refers  to  more  than  one  person  : 

Milites,  vestros  tribunes  video,  sed  ubi  est  vester 
legatus  ?  Soldiers,  I  see  your  lieutenants,  but  where  is  your 
general  />  % 

b.  Notice  that  the  word  "your"  translates  both  tuus  and 
vester. 


140  LESSON  XLI/L 

286.  EXAMPLES, 

Nos  qui  milites  sumus  eum  laudamus,  sed  vos,  qui  le- 
gatl  CStis,  CUlpatis,  We,  who  are  soldiers,  praise  him,  but 
you,  who  are  generals,  blame  him. 

a.  Notice  that  the  first  qui,  because  it  refers  to  nos,  is  the 
subject  of  a  verb  in  the  first  person,  sumus  ;  and  that  the 
second  qui,  which  refers  to  vos,  is  the  subject  of  estis,  a  verb 
in  the  second  person. 


287.  ALLIED  WORDS. 


Aqueduct 

Dictionary 

Captor 

Express 

Commit 

Impress 

Compress 

Repress 

Predicate 
Predictive 


288.  CAESAR  ET  AFRANTUS. — III. 

Caesar  milites  in  montibus  inter  Afrani  castra  castraque  sua 
conlocavit.  Postero  die  principes  exercitus  Afrani,  quoniam 
in  compluribus  partibus  premebantur,perturbati  sunt,  atque  de 
his  rebus  consilium  ceperunt.  In  concilio  eis  nuntiatur,  "  Qui 
aquam  petunt  ab  equitatu  Caesaris  prementur."  Quam  ob 
rem  in  via  quae  ad  aquam  pertinuit  equites  legionariasque 
cohortes  conlocaverunt,  et  posterum  diem  vallum  ex  castris 
ad  aquam  ducere  temptaverunt  ut  intra  vallum  aquam  pete- 
rent  atqne  ne  ab  equitatu  premerentur.  Hos  dies  tamen 
inopia  frumenti  premebantur  ;  aquam  aegre  petebant.  Fru- 
menti  copiam  parvam  legionaril  milites  habebant,  sed  auxi- 
liis  non  fuit,  et  ea  causa  magnus  eorum  numerus  omne  hoc 
tempus  ad  Caesarem  veniebant,  atque  se  ei  dabant.  Tandem 
Afranius  ad  oppidum  Ilerdam  rursus  pro pe rare  temptavit,  et 
ex  castris  ex-ivit.  Caesar  equitatum  misit,  ut  novissimum 
agmen  premeretur ;  ipse  ex  castris  legionaries  milites  duxit, 
ut  equitatui  auxilium  daret. 


289. 


LESSON  XLVL 
WORD-LIST. 


141 


aqua,  aquae,  water,     dies,  diel,  m.  and  f.,  day. 
legionarius,  -a,  -um,  belonging  to  a  legion,  legionary. 
premo,  premere,  press! ,  pressus,  to  press  to  harass. 
capio,  capere,  cepi,  captus,  to  take. 

29O. 

(Use  whatever  words  you  think  will  express  the  sense 
of  the  following  lines,  which  are  taken  from  Macaulay's 
< '  Battle  of  Lake  Regillus. ' ') 

THE  CHALLENGE. 

Mamilius  spied  Herminius 
And  dashed  across  *  the  way ; 
"  Herminius,  I  have  sought  thee 
Through  many  a  bloody  day. 
One  of  us  two,  Herminius, 
Shall  never  2  more  go  home.3 
I  will  lay  on  for  4  Tusculum, 
And  lay  thou  on  for  Rome." 


291. 


REVIEW  WORD-LIST. 


POSITIVE. 

bonus,  -a,  -um 
exterus,  -a,  -um 
inferus,  -a,  -um 
magnus,  -a,  -um 
multus,  -a,  -um 
parvus,  -a,  -um 
posterus,  -a,  -um 
superus,  -a,  -um 

COMPARATIVE. 

melior,  -ius 
exterior,  -ius 
inferior,  -ius 
maior,  -ius 

fllilC! 

SUPERLATIVE. 

optirnus,  -a,  -um 
extremus,  -a,  -um 
infimus,  -a,  -um 
maximus,  -a,  -um 
plurimus,  -a,  -um 
minimus,  -a,  -um 
postremus,  -a,   -um 
summus,  -a,  -um 
(supremus,  -a,  -um) 
primus,  -a,  -um 
proximus,  -a,  -um 

IJi  HO 

minor,  minus 
posterior,  -ius 
superior,  -ius 

prior,  -ius 
propior,  -ius 

1  Crossed,  trans-Ivit.     5  119,  N.  4.     'Perhaps  these  two  lines  might 
rased,  "Hit  city  shall  never  more  s*#  en*  0f  u».      4pIO» 


142 


LESSON  XLY1. 


obtineC 

obtinere 

obtinul 

obtentus 

contineo 

continere 

continui 

contentus 

pertineo 

pertinere 

pertinui 

capio 

capere 

cepi 

captus 

committo 

committere 

commisi 

com  missus 

contendo 

contendere 

contend! 

contentus 

defendo 

defendere 

defend! 

defensus 

dico 

dicere 

dixi 

dictus 

duco 

ducere 

duxi 

ductus 

gero 

gerere 

gessi 

gestus 

mitto 

mittere 

misi 

missus 

peto 

petere 

petivi 

petltus 

premo 

premere 

press! 

pressus 

aqua,  aquae 

bene 

celeriter 

cohors,  cohortis 

facile 

mOns,  montis 

longe 

equitatus, 

-us 

multum,  multd 

exercitus, 

-us 

subito 

r6s,  rei 

legionarius,  -a, 

-um 

noster,  nostra, 

nostrum 

contra 

suus,  -a,  -urn 

LESSON  XLVII. 

READING  LESSON. 


292. 

ALLIED  WORDS. 

Aquarium 
Capture 
Deduction 

Fact 
Impetuous 
Induction 

Position 
Postern 

Diurnal 

Inexpressible 

293.  CAESAR  ET  AFRANIUS. — IV. 

Equitatus  noster  in  novissimum  agmen  exercitus  Afrani  im- 
petus faciebat.  Non  multum  spatium  Afranius  eo  die  iter 
fecit,  atque  quoniam  impetibus  equitatus  premebatur  mon- 
tem  altum  cepit  ibique  castra  ponere  videbatur.  Postquam 
Caesar  castra  posuerat  equites  in  agros  iverunt  ut  frumen- 
tuin  caperent  atque  equis  suis  darent.  Afranius  rursus  su- 
bito  iter  facere  temptavit.  Sed  Caesar  cum  legionariis  e 
castris  in  eum  properavit ;  in  castris  impedimenta  atque  pau- 
cas  cohortes  reliquit.  Celeriter  equitatus  quoque  venit. 
Acriter  impetum  in  novissimum  agmen  fecit.  Coinplures 
legionarii  milites,  etiam  centuriones,  interfecti  sunt. 

Turn  vero  exercitus  Afrani  rursus  castra  posuit.  Haec 
castra  in  loco  qui  longe  ab  aqua  a-fuit  posita  sunt.  Caesar 
impetum  non  faciebat,  sed  eo  die  tabernacula  in  suis  castris 
non  posuit,  ut  celeriter  in  eos  impetum  facere  paratus 
esset.  Postern m  diem  in  castris  suos  Afranius  tenebat.  Prima 
nocte  ut  aquam  peteret  non  ex-ivit,  sed  proximo  die  paucas 
cohortes  in  castris  reliquit  atque  omnes  reliquas  copias  ad 


J44  LESSON  XLVIL 

aquam  duxit.     Tamen  earn  diem  frumentum  ex  agris  ut  equis 
darent  capere  non  temptavit. 

294.  WORD-LIST, 

impetus,  impetus,  m.,  an  attack. 
facio,  facere,  feel,  factus,  to  make,  do. 
pono,  ponere,  posul,  positus,  to  place. 

295. 

1.  For  many  days  he  tried  to  take  the  town. 

2.  He   takes  the  sons  of  the  chiefs  as  hostages,  in 
order  that  they  may  not  wage  war  upon  him. 

3.  He  placed  his  camp  upon  the  highest  hill,  in  order 
not  to  be  attacked. 

4.  Caesar  hurries  to  Spain  to  attack  Afranius  (279). 

5.  The  cavalry  attacked  the  rear  rank  of  the  army, 
in  order  that  it  should  not  march  a  great  distance  upon 
that  day. 

6.  He   went   out  of  the   camp  in  order  to  lead  his 
forces  to  water. 

7.  He  kept  his  men  in  the  winter  quarters  for  many 
days,  lest  the  enemy  should  see  them  (279). 

8.  At  what  time  will  you  see  him  ? 


LESSON  XLVIII. 


NUMERALS. 


296.  Learn  the  cardinals  (479). 


297. 

Unus,  one. 

MASC.          FEM.         NEUT. 

NOM.   unus  una      unum 

GEN.   unlus  unlus  unius 

DAT.    uni  unl        unl 

Ace.    unum  unam  ununr 

ABL.    uno  una      unO 

Voc.    (unus  una      unum) 


Duo,  two. 

MASC.  FEM.  NEUT. 

duo  duae  duo 

duorum  duarum  duorum 

duobus  ^duabus  duobus 

duos,  duo  duas  duo 

duobus  duabus  duqbus 

(duo  duae  duo) 

Plural  of  Mllle,  thousand. 

milia 

milium 

milibus 

milia 

milibus 

(milia) 

a.  The  declension  of  unus  has  been  referred  to   before 
("5)- 

298.  The  cardinals  from  quattuor  to  centum  are  in  de- 
clinable. 

The  hundreds   (excepting  centum)   are  declined  like   the 
plural  of  bonus. 

Centum  and  mflle  in  the  singular  are  indeclinable. 

145 


Tres,  three, 

M.   AND  F. 

NOM.     tres 

NEUT. 

tria 

GEN. 

trium 

trium 

DAT. 

tribus 

tribus 

Ace. 

tres 

tria 

ABL. 

tribus 

tribus 

Voc. 

(tres 

tria) 

*46  LESSON  XLYIIL 

299.  EXAMPLES. 

Sex  milites  sunt  in  castris,  $ix  soldiers  are  in  the 
camp. 

A  sex  militibus  oppugnatus  est,  He  was     !^8e  of  . 

N  umerals. 

assailed  by  six  soldiers. 

Trlginta  tribus  militibus  dona  dedit,  He  gave  gifts  to 
thirty-three  soldiers. 

Mille  equites  ad  eum  contendunt,  A  thousand  horsemen 
hasten  to  him. 

Quinque  mllia  equitum  ad  eum  contendunt,  Five  thou- 
sand horsemen  hasten  to  him. 

a.  Notice  in  the  fourth  sentence  that  mllle   (the  singular) 
takes  the  same  construction  as  the  other  cardinals  (like  sex 
in  the  first),  but  that  milia  (the  plural)  in  the  fifth  sentence 
is  a  (neuter)  noun,  followed  by  the  genitive. 

b.  This  is  called  a  partitive  genitive,  because  it  denotes 
the   whole  of  which  a  part  is  taken.     Other 

examples  of  this  genitive,  which  has  been  fre-      oenltl've 
quently  used  in  preceding  exercises,  are  pars 
frumenti,  pauci  militum. 

c.  Notice  in  the  third  sentence  that  a  declinable  cardinal 
is  inflected  even  when  it  stands  with  an  indeclinable  one. 

300.  ALLIED   WORDS. 

Century  Dual  Trio 

Circumnavigate  Factor  Unit 

Co-operation  Repression 

Deposit  September 

301.  CAESAR  ET  AFRANIUS. — V. 

Caesar  interim  vallum  circum  castra  exercitus  Afrani  du- 
cere  temptabat.  Dies  duos  haec  Opera  consiliaque  geruntur  ; 
tertio  die  magna  pars  operis  perfecta  erat.  Illi  ut  Caesarem 
ex  opere  prohibeant  signum  dant  aciemque  instruunt.  Cae- 
sar ex  opere  legionaries  milites  re-vocat  aciemque  instruit. 


LESSON  XLVIII.  147 

Acies  quam  Afranius  Instruxerat  legionum  quinque  erat; 
Caesaris  primam  aciem  cohortes  ex  quinque  legionibus 
tenebant. 

Non  amplius  pedum  milibus  duobus  ab  illorum  castris 
castra  Caesaris  ab-sunt,  cuius  spati  partes  duas  acies  quae 
instructae  sunt  tenent;  tertia  ad  impetum  militum  relinqui- 
tur.  Facilis  fuga  militibus  Afrani  est.  Hac  causa  Caesar 
pugnare  non  temptat.  Afranius  quoque  nun  pugnare  sed  ex 
opere  legionarios  Caesaris  prohibere  temptat.  Ad  noctem 
acies  ita  continentur. 

302.  WORD-LIST. 

acies,  aciel,  f.,  line  of  battle.  Instruo,  instruere,  mstruxi, 

opus,  operis,  n.,  work.  instructum,   to   construct. 

ab-sum,    ab-esse,    a-fui,  to  Of  troops,  to  draw  up. 
be  distant  or  absent. 

303.  The   Gauls   were   attacking   the   winter  camp 
for  ten  days.      There  were  only  1  three  cohorts  in  it, 
and    the    gate  which  was  the  nearest2  to  the  enemy 
was  defended  by  not  more  than  two  hundred  soldiers. 
Thirty  of  these  were  killed,  and  a  hundred   and  five 
wounded.      The  legate  himself  hastened  to   the    gate 
with   twenty-two   more    soldiers,    of  whom    five   were 
wounded  in  a  short  time.      Nevertheless  3  he  defended 
the    gate    with    much    bravery.      The  enemy  retreated 
(178,  N.  2)  by  night.      During  this  day  five  hundred 
Romans  and   two   thousand    of  the  enemy  were  killed 
(141,  N.  6). 

1  tantum.  2  237.  5  tamen. 


LESSON  XLIX. 

304.  Learn  the  first  twenty-one  ordinals  (479). 

305.  ALLIED  WORDS. 

Cent  Minority  Summit 

December  Mural  Unify 

Duel  Pugnacious 

Decimal  Quart 

306.  CAESAR  ET  AFRANIUS. — VI. 

Postero  die  Caesar  vallum  ducere  rursus  paravit ;  ill!  trans 
flumen  quod  non  longe  a-fuit  copias  ducere  temptabant. 
Celeriter  Caesar  Germanos  equitumque  partem  trans  flumen 
misit,  ut  ab  hac  re  eos  prohiberet. 

Tandem,  quoniam  ita  ab  omnibus  rebus  prohibebantur, 
atque  magna  aquae  frumentlque  inopia  erat,  tarn  premebantur 
ut l  conloquium  |  eterent.  Datus  est  obsidis  loco  Caesari  iilius 
Afrani. 

In  hoc  conloquio  Afranius  se  suumque  exercitum  in  dedi- 
tionem  Caesari  dedit. 

307. 

Pompey  led  one  hundred  and  ten  cohorts  and  seven 
thousand  horsemen  from  his  camp  to  wage  battle  with 
Caesar  at  the  place  Pharsalia.  He  had  forty  five  thou- 
.sand  men.  He  himself  with  two  legions  held  one  wing 
(199).  Caesar  led  eighty  cohorts  from  his  camp,  and 
had  twenty  five  thousand  men.  He  himself,  with  the 
soldiers  of  one  legion,  was  opposite2  Pompey.  In  this 
battle  two  hundred  of  Caesar's  soldiers,  with  thirty  cen- 
turions,3 were  killed  (141,  N.  5).  Of  Pompey's  soldiers 
more  than  ten  thousand  were  killed, 

I3o8,  8  contra,  Bj2i 

Ml 


LESSON  L 

3O8.  EXAMPLES. 

Milites  ita  fortes  sunt  ut  impetum  faciant,  The  soldiers 
are  so  brave  that  they  make  an  attack. 

Milites  ita  fortes  fuerunt  ut  impetum  facerent,   The 

soldiers  were  so  brave  that  they  made  an  attack. 

Is  miles  a  tribus  Gallls  oppugnatus  est,  ut  vulneraretur, 

This  soldier  was  attacked  by  three  Gauls,  so  that 

he  was  wounded.  ^i""0*™ 

of  Result. 

Hie  miles  tarn  fortis  est  ut  non  a  Gallls 
perterreatur,    This  soldier  is  so  brave  that  he  is  not  frightened 
by  the  Gauls. 

a.  Notice  that  the  clauses  introduced  by  ut  and  ut  non  all 
express  a  result. 

b.  Notice  that  a  negative  result  is  introduced  by  utnon. 
How  is  a  negative  purpose  introduced? 

309. 

RULE. — The  result  of  an  action  is  expressed  by  the  sub- 
junctive with  ut  and  ut  non. 

31O.  ALLIED  WORDS. 

Aquatic  Inductive  Operate 

Caption  Instruction  Press 

Exposition  Interdiction 

Factory  Impetuosity 

311. 

1.  Miles  defessus  erat  ut  ad  urbem  Ilerdam  non  mitteretur. 

2.  Quis  nostrorum  perterretur  ut  non  acieni  instruat  ? 

3.  Contendit  ad  silvas  ut  non  rib  hostibus  caperetur. 

4.  Contendit  ad  urbem  ne  ab  hostibus  capiatur. 

'49 


150  LESSON  L. 

5.  Nos  urbem  tarn  diligenter  defendimus  ut  non  capiatur. 

6.  Flumen  viginti  pedes  altum  fuit. 

7.  Caesar  quinquaginta  sex  annos  vixit. 

8.  Mons  decem  milia  pedum  altus  est. 

9.  Quis  natus  est  centesimo  anno  ante  Christum  natum  ? 
Nonne  Caesar  est  ? 

10.  Ut  in  Caesarem  bellum  gerant  hominum  milia  centum 
Bellovaci  habent,  atque  ex  eo  numero  sexaginta  dabunt.    Sues- 
siones  oppida  habent  duodecim,  et  hominum  quinquaginta 
dabunt,   quindecim  milia  Atrebates,   Arabian!  decem  milia, 
Morini  viginti  et  quinque  milia,  Menapii  septem  milia,  Velo- 
cassi  decem  milia,  Caeroesi  cum  reliquis  ad  quadraginta  milia. 

SUMMA  HELVETIORUM. 

1 1.  Omnium  rerum  summa  erat  capitum  Helvetiorum  milia 
duo  centum   et    sexaginta    tres ;    Tulingorum    milia   triginta 
sex ;     Latovicorum   quattuordecim  ;    Rauracorum  tres  et  vi- 
ginti ;   Boiorum  duo  et  triginta ;   ex  his  qui  arma  habebant 
ad  milia  nonaginta  duo. 

312. 

1.  He  worked  all  the  time,  so  as  to  have  plenty  of 
grain. 

2.  He  works  with  eagerness,  so  that  he  has  a  supply 
of  grain. 

3.  He  defended  himself  with  the  greatest  bravery,  so 
that  he  was  not  captured. 

4.  He  sent  help  to  the  town,  so  that  it  was  not  taken. 

5.  He  will  send  footmen  to  the  camp,  so  that  it  may 
not  be  taken. 

6.  He  sent  a  legion  to  the  winter  camp,  so  that  it 
should  not  be  taken. 

7.  He  sent  a  cohort  to  the  hill,  so  that  it  was  not 
taken  by  the  enemy. 

8.  The  legions  are  so  many  that  the  legate  placed 
some  cf  fiem  in  one  camp,  and  some  in  another  (126). 


LESSON   LI. 

313.  Learn  the  indicative,  the  present  infinitive,  and  the 
present  and  imperfect  subjunctive  of  possum  (486). 

a  To  inflect  the  present,  imperfect  and  future  of  possum 
prefix  pot-  to  the  forms  of  sum,  remembering  that  pot  be- 
comes pos  before  s,  and  that  the  es  of  essem  is  dropped  in 
the  imperfect  subjunctive. 

b.  The  perfect,  pluperfect  and  future  perfect  drop  the  f  of 
fui,  etc. 

314.  ALLIED  WORDS. 

Barbarian  Military  Sign 

Cogent  October  Unite 

Decimate  Relinquish 

Impossible  Republic 

315.  BACULUS  CENTURIO. 

During  Caesar's  wars  in  Gaul  (170)  the  Eburones,  a 
tribe  living  next  to  the  Rhine,  treacherously  ambushed 
a  Roman  force  of  about  six  thousand  men,  which  was 
wintering  among  them,  and  totally  destroyed  it.  The 
incident  described  in  225  occurred  during  the  fight. 

The  following  summer  Caesar  attacked  the  Eburones 
with  an  overwhelming  force.  They  did  not  attempt  to 
resist,  but  took  refuge  in  the  woods  and  swamps.  Cae- 
sar left  his  baggage  in  a  camp  at  Aduatuca,  and  scat- 
tered his  troops  in  small  divisions  over  the  country. 
But  the  Roman  soldiers  found  it  hard  and  dangerous 
work  to  hunt  the  Eburones  from  their  hiding-places; 

151 


I52  LESSON  LI. 

consequently  Caesar  announced  that  any  of  the  neigh- 
boring Gauls  or  Germans  who  desired  were  free  to  aid 
him.  He  offered  as  inducement  the  slaves  (or  prison- 
ers of  war)  and  plunder  (or  herds  and  other  property) 
which  they  might  secure.  The  following  narrative 
relates  how  this  invitation  to  all  the  marauders  of  these 
wild  regions  almost  brought  disaster  upon  himself. 

316.  I. 

Trans  flumen  Rhenum  ad  Germanos  venit  rumor,  "Om- 
nes qui  bellum  gerere  possunt  ad  praedam  Eburonum  a  Cae- 
sare  e-vocantur. "  Cogunt  equitum  duo  milia  Sugambri,  qui 
sunt  Germanorum  proximi  Rheno.  Trans-iverunt  Rhenum 
navibus  triginta  milibus  passmim  Infra  eum  locum  ubi  pauci 
legionarii  a  Caesare  relict!.  Eburonum  mult 6s  quos  exerci- 
tus  Caesaris  fuga  se  servare  COgebat  magnamque  praedam 
ceperunt. 

Sed  unus  ex  captivis,  "Quidvos";  dixit,  "hancmiseram 
capitis  praedam?  Fortunatissimi  esse  poteritis,  nam  cele- 
riter  contendere  ad  castra  Aduatucam  potestis,  quo  in  loco 
omnes  suas  fortunas  exercitus  Romanorum  coegit,  ut  ibi  mag- 
nam  praedam  capere  possitis.  Milites  tarn  panel  sunt,  ut  in 
castris  omnes  se  tenere  COgantur,  et  centuriones  suos  ducere 
extra  muros  non  audeant." 

Laetissime  Sugambri  suam  praedam  relinquunt,  captivum 
esse  ducem  cogunt,  et  ad  castra  Aduatucam  contendunt. 

317.  WORD-LIST. 

possum,  posse,  potui,  to  be  able,  can. 
cogo,  cogere,  coegi,  coactus,  to  collect,  to  compel. 
relinquo,  relinquere,  reliqui,  relictus,  to  leave  behind. 
praeda.  praedae,  plunder. 

318. 

i .  He  hastens  with  a  small  force  to  the  winter  camp 
to  defend  it  (279), 


LESSOR    LL  153 

2.  Because    of  the   lack   of  grain  he  was  unable  to 
keep  together  the  troops  which  he  had  collected  from 
all  regions  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  on  war. 

3.  They  were   greatly  disturbed  (321),  so   that  they 
left  their  booty  and  hurried  into  the  woods  (309). 

4.  Is  your  foot  or  (218,  N.  8)  mine  the  smaller? 

5.  We  will  send  the  foot-soldiers  to  the  hills,  in  order 
that  they  may  not  be  harassed  by  the  horsemen. 

6.  Are  you  able  to  collect  the  men  who  are  in  the 
fields  ? 

7.  I  was  compelled  to  hasten  to  your  camp  because 
I  was  unable  to  defend  my  own. 

8.  He  sent  five  hundred   soldiers  with  me,1  so  that 
I  might  be  able  to  take  the  town  (279). 

1  mecum. 


LESSON   LII. 

READING    LESSON. 

319.  ALLIED   WORDS. 

Instructor  Posse  Terrestrial 

Impetus  Perturbation      Unification 

Manufactory  Predatory 

Opulent  (cp.  inopia)  Proposal 

320.  BACULUS  CENTURIO. — II. 

Cicero,  qui  princeps  in  castris  erat,  eo  tempore  quinque 
cohortes  frumenti  causa  in  proximos  agros  miserat,  quos  inter 
et  castra  unus  collis  erat,  ut  vero  pauci  in  castris  essent, 
quorum  multi  erant  ex  legionibus  a  Caesare  aegri  relicti. 

Hoc  ipso  tempore  Sugambrorum  equites  venerunt,  atque 
subito  a  decumana  porta  in  castra  contendere  temptant. 
Nostri  re  nova  perturbantur,  ac  vix  primum  impettim  cohors 
in  statione  sustinere  poterat.  Aegre  portas  nostri  defende- 
bant ;  reliqua  loca  murus  ipse  per  se  defendit, 

Tota  castra  perturbantur,  atque  alius  ex  alio  causam  rei 
petebat.  Alius  dicebat,  "lam  castra  capta  sunt !  "  alius, 
"  Caesar  interfectus  est  atque  barbari,  victoria  laeti,  vene- 
runt." 

Erat  aeger  in  castris  relictus  Publius  Sextius  Baculus,  ac 
diem  icim  quintum  cibum  edere  non  poterat.  Hie  sine 
armis  ex  tabernaculo  ex-ivit ;  vidit  hostes  qui  in  porta  cum 
paucis  nostrorum  pugnabant,  cepit  arma  a  proximis  militibus 
atque  ad  portam  contendit.  Cum  eo  iverunt  centuriones 
eius  cohortis  quae  in  statione  erat. 

154 


LESSON  LI/.  155 

Parvum  tempus  proelium  sustinere  poterant.  Rtliquit 
animus  Sextium,  qui  graviter  vulneratus  est :  aegre  ab  aliis 
centurionibus  servatus  est  atque  intra  portam  portatus  est. 
Quoniam  hoc  spatium  temporis  virtute  Baculi  inter- positum 
erat,  reliqui  tandem  in  muro  et  ad  portam  iverunt  ut  castra 
defenderent. 

Interim  cohortes  quinque  qui  in  agris  fuerant  ad  castra 
venerunt.  German  I  tandem  ex-iverunt  et  cum  ea  praeda 
quam  in  silvis  reliquerant  trans  flumen  Rhenum  se  recepe- 
runt. 

FINIS. 

321.  WORD-LIST. 

centurio,  centurionis,  m.,  centurion.  Each  cohort  was  di- 
vided into  three  "maniples,"  and  each  maniple  into 
two  "centuries  "  Each  century  was  commanded  by 
a  centurion.  The  centurions  were  all  men  who  had 
•been  ordinary  soldiers  ( mill tes)  and  had  been  promoted 
because  of  bravery  or  efficiency.  Each  legion  had  60 
centuries,  and  each  century  contained  from  60  to  100 
men. 

inter-ficio,  inter-ficere,  inter -fed,  inter -fectus,  to  ML 

re-cipio,  re-cipere,  re-cepi,  re-ceptus,  to  take  back,  to  receive; 
se  recipere,  to  retreat. 

alius,  alia,  aliud,  another  (125,  126). 

perturbo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  disturb  greatly,  throw  into 
confusion. 

322. 

1.  With  much  difficulty  (217,  line  12)  he  leads  the 
men  through  (166,  N.  2)  the   woods  to  the  top  of  the 
mountain,  in  order  that  they  may  be  able  to  see  the 
cities,  rivers,  hills,  and  roads  of  all  this  region. 

2.  For  three  years  he  had  been  preparing  to  wage 
war,  so  that  his  cities  should  not  be  captured. 

3.  Caesar  led  the  line   of  march  to  the  nearest  hill, 


I56  LESSON  LIII. 

ill    order   that   there    he    might   draw    up    the    line    of 
battle. 

4.  Because  he  has  fewer  soldiers  than  the  Gauls  he 
keeps  them  in  camp,  lest  they  be  killed  (279). 

5.  The  leader  said  to  his  soldiers:  "  You  are  men 
who  have  fought  well  in  many  battles  in  Gaul,  so  that 
you  are  easily  able  to  take  yonder  camp  (309).     I  my- 
self will  lead  you. " 

6.  They  are  in  difficulty  from  want   of  javelins,  so 
that  they  are  unable  either  1  to  make  an  attack  or  l  to 
retreat  (309). 

7.  Cannot  you  yourself  give  me  the  horse  ? 

8.  Some  gave  him  a  hundred,  some  fifty,  hostages. 

LESSON   LIII. 

FOURTH   CONJUGATION.    f-VERBS. 

Audio  (stem  audl-),  hear. 
Principal  parts,  audio,  audire,  audivl,  auditus. 

323.  Learn  all    the    tenses,  active   and   passive,  of  audio 
(485).     How  do  the  forms  of  audio  differ  from  those  of  rego 
and  capio  ? 

324.  i.   Audit,    audiebat,   audiet.      2.    Audi,  audire.      3. 
Audiunt,   audiuntur.       4.    Auditis,    audiebatis,   audietis.      5. 
Audiebam,  ne  audires,   audite.      6.   Audiam,  auditur,  audie- 
bamur.    7.   Audiar,  audimur,  audiri.     8.   Ut  audirent,  audie- 
batur.      9.   Ut  audias,  audietur. 

325.  Inflect  munio,  fortify,  and  venio,  come,  like  audio. 

326.  PROELIUM  MUNDAE.S 

Ad  proelium  Mundae,  quod  postquam  Pompeius  interfectus 
erat  in  Hispania  gestum  est,  Caesar  cum  eius  filiis  pugnavit. 

1  See  aut  in  vocabulary. 

2  This  anecdote  is  related  by  Plutarch,   in  his  Life  of  Caesar.     Its 
truth  has  been  doubted. 


LESSON  LIII.  157 

Tarn  acriter  pugnattim  est  lit  de  hoc  proelio  amicis  Caesar 
diceret,  "  De  victoria  saepe  pugnavi,  sed  de  vita  hoc  uno 
tempore." 

327.  GALL!  ET  GERMAN!, 

Olim  Germanos  Galli  virtute  tarn  superaverunt  ut  ultro  cum 
eis  bella  gererent,  et  propter  homimmi  magnum  numerum 
agrique  inopiam  trans  Rhenum  colonias  mitterent,  Itaque 
ea,  quae  fertilissima  Germaniae  sunt,  loca  circum  Hercyniam 
silvam,  Volcae  Tectosages,  qui  Galli  sunt,  occupaverunt.  HI 
ad  hoc  tempus  1  his  locis  sese  continent.  Nunc  a  Germanis 
tarn  rnultis  proeliis  Galli  sunt  superati  ut  non  se  ipsi  illis  vir- 
tute pares  existimare  possent. 

328. 

1.  He  hastens  from  camp  to  make  an  attack  (279). 

2.  He  hastened  to  the  winter  camp,  in  order  not  to 
be  attacked. 

3.  He  tried  to   capture  the   baggage   of  the  whole 
legion,  so  that  he  might  be  able  to  prevent  the  march 
by  the  lack  of  food.2     He  seized  the  baggage  of  eight 
cohorts,  so  that  very  many  soldiers  are  in  want  of  food. 
But  our  legate  will  send  the  cavalry  to  the  fields,  that 
he  may  thus  obtain  grain. 

4.  The  Gauls  once    sent    colonies    across  the  river 
Rhine  into  Germany,  so  that  they  have  held  the  most 
fertile    parts    of  this    country  until  the    present  time. 
Nevertheless  (303,  N.  3)  they  are  not  the  equals  of  the 
Germans  in  number,  or3  in  other  respects,4  so  that  the 
latter  now  wage  war  upon  them  of  their  own  accord. 

1  That  is,  the  time  of  Caesar.         2  cibus,  -I.         3  aut.         4  res. 


IS8  .     LESSON  LIV. 

LESSON    LIV. 

REVIEW   OF   THE    FOUR    CONJUGATIONS. 

329.  Learn  the  perfect  and   pluperfect  subjunctives  and 
the  perfect  and  future  infinitives  of  all  the  model  verbs. 

Review  the  Use  of  Principal  Parts  (83). 
Review  carefully  the   Personal   Endings  (76)   and  Tense 
Signs  (188). 

330.  Each  verb   has  three  stems ;  one  for  the  Present, 
Imperfect   and   Future  tenses ;  one  for  the  Perfect,  Plu- 
perfect and   Future  Perfect  tenses,  Active ;  and  one  for 
the  same  tenses  in  the  Passive.     This  is  why  the  "  Prin- 
cipal Parts"  must  be  learned. 

a.  Do  you  see  any  reason,  in  the  meanings  of  the  tenses, 
why  the  stem  of  the  Present,  Imperfect  and  Future  is  different 
from  that  of  the  Perfect,  Pluperfect  and  Future  Perfect  tenses? 
(Cp.  275,  a.) 

33 1.  Every  verb  form  in  the  Present,  Imperfect  and  Future 
tenses  contains  some  or  all  of  these  divisions  :    Stenl,  Ending, 
Conjugation    (or  Connecting)  vowel,  Tense  sign  ;    nunti-a- 
ba-t,  hab-e-bi-mus,  pet-e-nt. 

332.  Conjugation  Vowel :  First  Conjugation,  A  :  nunti- 
At,  nuntiAbat;  nuntiAbit,  nuntiAret,  except  in  the  Present 
Subjunctive,  nuntiEt.     Second  Conjugation,  E:  habEt,  ha- 
bEbat,    habEbit,  habEat,   habEret.     Third   Conjugation, 
variable.     Fourth  Conjugation,  I,  audit,  audlebat,  audlet, 
audlat,  audlret. 

a.  Notice  that  verbs  in  io  of  the  third  conjugation  have 
some  forms  like  the  fourth.  Which  are  they? 

333.  Tense  signs  :  Imperfect  Indicative,  BA  :  nuntia- 
BAt,  habeBAt,  peteBAt,  capieBAt,  audieBAt. 


LESSON  LV.  159 

Future  Indicative :  First  and  Second  Conjugation,  bo, 
bi,  bu-nt. 

The  Third  and  Fourth  Conjugations  have  the  vowel  A  in 
the  First  person  singular,  and  E  in  the  other  persons:  regAm, 
regEs,  audiAm,  audiEs. 

Present  Subjunctive  :  First  Conjugation,  vowel  E  :  nun- 
tiEm,  Oiher  Conjugations,  vowel  A :  habeAm,  petAm, 
capi  Am,  audiAm. 

imperfect  Subjunctive,  RE :  nuntiaREs,  habeREs, 
pateREs,  capeREs,  audlREs, 

334.  Personal  Endings:  Active,  0  or  m  (/),  s  (thou), 
t  (he*,  mus  (we),  tis  (you},  nt  (they). 

Passive,  r  (/),  ris  (ihou),  tur  (he),  mur  (we),  mini 
(you),  ntur  (they). 

335. 

a.  What  unexplained  peculiarity  is  there  in  the  imperfect 
indicative  of  the  fourth  conjugation? 

b.  Notice  that  the  imperative  and  infinitive  do  not  conform 
to  these  rules. 

LESSON   LV. 

THE    INFINITIVE. 

33G.  We  are  accustomed  to  think  of  the  infinitive  as 

meaning  "  to  make,"  "to  do,"  etc.,  and  nothing  else,  but 
the  Latin  infinitive  really  has  two  meanings  in  Eng- 
lish. The  words  eum  mittere,  for  instance,  in  one  con- 
struction mean  "to  send  him,"  and  in  another,  "that  he  is 
sending. ' ' 

337.  The  infinitive  has  two  main  uses  : 

I.   It  completes  the  meaning  of  a  verb,  as  in  English. 

Vult  venire,  He  wishes  to  come. 

Me  interficere  temptat,  He  is  trying  to  kill  me. 


160  LESSON  LV. 

I,  a.  j't  has  been  very  frequently  used  thus  in  the  preceding 
lessons.  This  construction  is  easily  understood  (155). 

The  perfect  and  future  infinitive  are  rarely  used  in  this 
construction. 

I,  b.  CAUTION. — The  infinitive  by  a  similar  usage  in  English 
expresses  purpose. 

Venit  ut  me  videat,  He  comes  to  see  me. 

The  idea  of  purpose  is  expressed  in  Latin  by  the  sub- 
junctive with  ut  or  ne  (279). 

II.  USE  OF  INFINITIVE  IN  INDIRECT  STATEMENTS. 
EXAMPLES. 

Tu  oppugnas,  You  are  at-         Dicit  te   oppugnare,   He 

tacking.  says  that  you  are  attacking. 

Urbs  oppugnata  est,  The  Existimamus  urbem  op- 
cily  has  been  attacked.  pugnatam  esse,  We  suppose 

that  the  city  has  been  attacked. 

Tu  oppugnabis,  You  will  Cognosce  te  oppugnatu- 
attack.  rum  esse,  /  know  that  you 

will  attack. 

II,  a.   Compare  the  sentences  in  these  two  columns.     The 
sentences  in  the  second   column   contain    indirect   state- 
ments.    What  is  an  indirect  statement? 

II,  b.  Now  compare  each  sentence  in  the  second  column 
with  its  translation.  Notice  that  te  oppugnare  is  translated 
"  that  you  are  attacking" ;  urbem  oppugnatam  esse,  "that 
the  city  has  been  attacked";  te  oppugnaturum  esse,  "that 
you  will  attack. ' ' 

II }  c.  Notice  that  there  is  no  word  in  the  Latin  to  corre- 
spond to  the  English  word  "that."  The  English  word 
that,  when  used  to  introduce  an  indirect  statement,  cannot 
be  translated  into  Latin. 

It  is  very  important  that  the  pupil  remember  this  fact. 


LESSON  IV.  161 

338.  Thus,  after  a  verb  denoting  mental  action   ("to 
say,"  "think,"  "notice,"  "learn,"  etc.)  the  English  usually 
uses  the  particle    "that,"   followed   by  a    finite    verb;     for 
instance,  "  He  knows  that  you  are  the  person." 

The  verb  or  verbs  introduced  by  the  English  "  that '» 
are  in  Latin  put  in  the  infinitive. 

These  infinitives  are  called  infinitives  in  Indirect 
Statements. 

339.  In  the  model  sentences  in  337  notice  that  not  only 
are  the  verbs  of  the  direct  statement  changed  to  infini- 
tives in  the  indirect  statement,  but  that  the  nominatives 
tu  and  urbs  are  changed  to  accusatives,  te  and  urbem, 

although   in   the  English  translation   each  still   remains  the 
subject  of  the  same  verb  as  in  the  Direct  Statement. 

These  accusatives  are  said  to  be  the  subjects  of  the 
infinitives  which  follow  them. 

340.  RULE. — The  subject  of  the  infinitive  is  in  the 
accusative. 

341.  RULE. — Statements  after  verbs   and   other  expres- 
sions of  saying,  thinking    knowing,  and  perceiving  are 
called    Indirect   Statements,    and   are    expressed   by   the 
infinitive  with  subject  accusative. 

342. 

1.  Dicit  se  tribimum  futurum  esse, 

2.  Dicit  fugere  Romanos. 

3.  Ei  niintiant  eos  arma  capere. 

4.  E  castris  equitatum  e-duci  cognoscunt. 

5.  Existimat  Caium  Fabium  legatum  cum  legiombus  dua- 
bus  in  castris  relictum  esse. 

6.  Cognoscit  eorum  fugk  reliquum  equitatum  esse  perter- 
ritum. 


1 62  LESSON  LV. 

7.  Ad   Aeduos  principes   duos,  quos   illi   interfectos  esse 
existimant,  cum  equitibus  mittit. 

8.  Caesar  cognoscit  summis  copiis  castra  oppugnata  esse ; 
et  multos  tells  vulneratos  esse.      Summo  studio  militum  brevi 
tempore  ad  castra  per-venit. 

9.  Ubii,  qui  obsides  dederunt,  dicunt  nulla  auxilia  ex  sua 
civitate  in  Treveros  missa  esse.      Treveii  trans  flumen  Rhe- 
num    legatos    mittunt.       Legati    Germanis    dicunt    magnam 
partem  exercitus  nostri  interfectam  esse,  atque  multo  mino- 
rem   super-esse   partem.      Sed  German!    eis   dicunt   se   non 
bello  amplius  fortunam  temptaturos  esse. 

10.  Dicunt  se  per  bane  terram  iter  facturos  esse.      Legatus 
dicit  se   eos    prohibiturum    esse.      Illi   dicunt  se   aliud   iter 
habere  nullum. 

11.  Dicis    magnum    numerum  militum   ad   te   celeriter  a 
tribune  ad-duci. 

12.  Dicunt  omnes  equites  Aeduorum  interfectos  esse,   et 
ipsos  fugisse. 

343.  Turn  the  indirect  statements  in  the  first  six  sen- 
tences of  342  back  into  direct  statements.  If  the  perfect 
infinitive  is  used  in  the  indirect  statement,  a  tense  denoting 
past  time  should  be  used  in  the  direct  statement;  if  a  present 
infinitive,  a  tense  denoting  present  time ;  if  a  future  infini- 
tive, a  tense  denoting  future  time. 


LESSON  LVl.  163 


LESSON   LVI. 

344.     THE  TENSES  OF  THE  INFINITIVE  IN  INDIRECT 
STATEMENTS. 


rl*    /  te  oppugna-  (  **?  say*        \  that    you      attacked 

He  will  say  V       f  ,  •* 


Dixit  ) 


V1SSC'  He  said 


oppugna-  \  ^  *a»       }  ihaif  ,  the  ,cii\  was, 
*a«»  •{/feH»ftr*«'V       (^J     *c«i)     a/- 

Dlxit  SC'       .    (  He  mid        }       tacked. 

Dicit    }  (  He  says        \  that  you  are  attack- 

Dicet   r  te  oppugnare,      }  He  will  say  f      ing. 

Dixit   )  (  He  said  that  you  were  attacking. 


. 

Dixit   )       g  c  (  /fc    w^  /*«/   /^^  C//K  was  being 

attacked. 


te       oppugnatu-  (  ^?  ^        i  that  you  will  attack. 

lce     f      rum  esse          1  ^  w///  "?v  ' 
Dixit   )  (  ^^  jtf/i/  that  you  would  attack. 


gcit,  )  urbem  oppugna-  (  ^  ^ 

Dicet    ,       f        -f^j  &        -<  ^  ici//  jfly  j       attacked. 

Dixit  J  jft   jc«i/  ///^/  Me   «$/  would  be 


attacked. 

a.  Notice  the  change  in  the  English  translation  from  are  to 
were  under  the  present  infinitive,  and  wi'ttto  would  under  the 
future  infinitive. 

b.  Notice   that  these  changes  occur  because  the  English 
takes  the  point  of  view,  as  to-time,  of  the  man  who  quotes 
the  original  speaker;   that  is,  the  point  of  view  of  the   one 
who  speaks  or  writes  the  completed  sentence. 

1  More  commonly  fore  ut  urbs  oppugnetur  (oppugnaretur,  after  Dixit). 
Fore  is  equivalent  to  futurum  esse  (486). 


1 64  LESSON  LVI. 

A  little  reflection  will  show  that  this  is  always  the  point  of 
view  of  the  present,  or  present  time. 

c.  The  Latin,  unlike  the  English,  retains  the  point  of 
view,  as  to  time,  of  the  person  whose  words  are  quoted, 

that  is,  the  point  of  view  of  the  person  denoted  in  the  Eng- 
lish sentences  above  by  "  He." 

345.  The  time   denoted  by  the   infinitive,  then,  is  the 
same  as  the  time  which  was  denoted  by  the  verb  of  the 
direct  statement  whose  place  the  infinitive  has  taken. 

a.  The  direct  statement,  for  instance,  "Venerat,"  "He 
had  gone,"  always  takes  a  perfect  infinitive  when  it  is  turned 
into  an  indirect  statement ;  "  Venio,"  "  I  am  going,"  a  pres- 
ent infinitive;  "  Venies,"  "  You  will  go,"  i\  future  infinitive. 

346.  RULE. — The  tenses  of  the   infinitive   in  indirect 
statements  denote  past,  present,  or  future,  relatively  to  the 
time  denoted  by  the  verb  of  saying. 

a.  The  tenses  of  English  verbs  in  indirect  statements  are 
past,  present,  or  future,  relatively  to  present  time. 

347. 

1.  Eo  tempore  murum  defendebat. 

2.  Dixit  se  murum  defendie-se. 

3.  Eo  tempore  dixit  se  murum  defendere. 

4.  Dicit  eum  eo  tempore  murum  defendisse. 

5.  Caesar  dixit  se  saepe  proelium  commisisse. 

6.  Caesar  dicit  se  saepe  proelium  committurum  esse. 

7.  Caesar  dixit  se  proelium  committere. 

8.  Caesar  dicit  eum  proelium  committurum  esse. 

9.  Nuntiatum  est  iter  facile  eum  facturum  esse. 

10.  Caesarem  certiorem  facient  sese  non  facile  ab  oppidis 
hostes  prohibere  posse. 

11.  Haedui  ad  Caesarem  legatum  mittunt  ut  eum  certiorem 
faciant  paene  in  cOnspectu  exercitus  nostr*  agros   Helvetios 
occupavisse. 


LESSON  LVll.  165 

12.  Considius  elicit  niontem  ab  hostibus  teneri  ;    id  se  a 
Gallorum  armis  COgnovisse.     Sed  multo  die  Caesar  COgnoscit 
montem  a  suis  teneri. 

13.  Allobroges   fuga  se   ad  Caesarem   receperunt  et  eum 
certiorem   fecerunt  sibi  praeter  agros  nihil  relictum  esse. 

14.  Eodem  die  certior  factus  est  hostes  sub  monte  impe- 
dimenta posuisse  milia  passuum  ab  ipsius  castris  octo. 

348.  WORD- LIST 

cognosce,  cognosces,  cognovi,  cognitus,  to  learn  about,  to 

recognize,  to  examine. 
certus,  -a,  -um,  certain,  trustworthy  ;  certiorem  facere,  to 

inform.  facilis,  facile,   easy  (167). 

349. 

I.He  learned  that  the  enemy  had  .made  an  attack. 

2.  He    learns   that    his    own    men    are    holding   the 
mountain. 

3.  He  learned  that  his  own  men  had  held  the  moun- 
tain for  two  days. 

4.  He  learns  that  the  enemy  will  make  an  attack. 

5.  He  learned  that  the  enemy  was  making  an  attack. 

6.  He  learned  that  an  attack  had  been  made  by  the 
cavalry. 

7.  He  will    learn  that   the    enemy  is   fighting   with 
great  bravery 

8.  He  learns  that  the  soldiers  are  tired. 


LESSON  LVII. 

35O.      THE  APPEAL  OF  THE  GAULS  TO  CAESAR. 

Postquam  Caesar  belluin  cum  Helvetiis  gessit,  concilium 
totius  Galliae  die  certo  habitum  est.  Ex  eo  concilio  prin- 
cipes  ad  Caesarem  veniunt  atque  ita  ei  nuntiant : 

Galliae  totius  facti ones  esse  duas  ;  harum  alterius  princi- 
patum  tenere  Haeduos,  alterius  Arvernos.  Hos  inter  se  mul- 


1 66  LESSON  LVll. 

tos  annos  contendisse,  atque  ab  Arvernis  et  Sequanis  Germa- 
nos  trans  Rhenum  flumen  ductos  esse.  Cum  his  Haeduos 
armis  contendisse;  omnes  principes  et  omnem  equitatum  in 
proeliis  interfectos  esse.  Coactos  esse  Sequanis  obsides  dare, 
et  iurare  sese  neque  obsides  a  Sequanis  neque  auxilium  a 
populo  Romano  petituros  esse.  Sed  peius  Sequanis  quam 
H  led ULS  accidisse.  Ariovistum,  re^em  Germanorum,  in  eo- 
rurn  terrain  suum  exercitum  duxisse,  tertiamque  partem  agri 
occupavisse,  atque  nunc  alteram  partem  tertiam  capere  temp- 
tare.  Hominem  esse  barbarum ;  non  posse  eius  imperia 
diutius  sustineri. 

Caesarem  unum  Galliam  omnem  ab  Ariovisto  posse  defen- 
dere. 

351. 

1.  Caesar  learned   that    the    Arverni    had   brought 
Ariovistus    with    a  large    army  into    Gaul ;    that    the 
Gauls  had  been  compelled  to  give  hostages  to  Ario- 
vistus ;  that  he  was  about  to  seize  a  very  large  part 
of  Gaul  and  give  it  to  the  Germans  ;  and  that  Cae- 
sar alone  was  able  to  defend  the  Gauls  from  him. 

2.  Change   350  from  COactOS   esse  to  the  end  into 
a  direct  statement. 

LESSON   LVIII. 

352.  EXAMPLES. 

Timeo  ut  properet,          ")  I  fear  that  he  is  not 
Timeo  ne  non  properet,  J      hastening.  ^JSSpiJS? 

Timeo  ne  properet,  I  fear  that  he  is  hastening, 

or,  I  fear  lest  he  be  hastening. 

a.  Notice  that  verbs  of  fearing  are  followed  by  ut  or  ne 
with  the  subjunctive. 

b.  Notice  that  ne,  in  this  construction,  can  always  be  trans- 
lated by  "/w/.M 


LESSON  LJ/IIL  167 

c.  Notice  that  ne  can  also  be  translated  by  "that"  and 
that  ut  means  ' '  that  not. ' '  Ut  and  ne  thus  seem  to  exchange 
the  meanings  which  they  usually  have. 

353.  RULE. — The  subjunctive  with  ut  or  ne  is  used 
after  verbs  of  fearing;  ut  meaning  "that  not"  and  ne 
"that"  or  "lest." 

35*. 

1.  Tres  annos  frumentum  parabant,  ut   in  itinere  copiam 
haberent. 

2.  Timemus  ut  bonum  consilium  capias. 

3.  Timemus  ne  malum  consilium  capias. 

4.  Mons  erat  altissimus,  ut  facile  pauci  eos  prohibere  pos- 
sent. 

5.  Timebat  ut  venirem.     Timebat  ne  aeger  essem. 

6.  Ut    auxilium   dare    posset,    reliquas  sex  legiones  pro 
castris  in  acie  posuit. 

7.  Alius  alii  in  pugna  auxilium  dabat. 

8.  Ita  celeriter  venerunt  ut  paene  uno  tempore  et  ad  sil- 
vas  et  ad  nostram  aciem  hostes  viderentur. 

9.  Legati  timuerunt  ne  aqua  toti  exercitui  dari  non  pos- 
set. 

10.  Dicit  Nammeium  principem  locum  obtinuisse  et  nun- 
tiavisse  se  per  illam  terram  iter  facturum  esse. 

IT.  Timemus  ne  noster  exercitus  celeriter  non  veniat  et 
urbs  a  principibus  hostium  capiatur. 

12.  Caesar   certior   factus    erat  eorum    fuga  reliquum  esse 
equitatum  perterritum. 

13.  Ita   dies  quindecim  iter  fecerunt,  ut  spatium  inter  no- 
vissimum   hostium   agmen   et   nostrum  primum  non  amplius 
quinque  aut  sex  mil  i  bus  passuum  esset. 

14.  Partem  suarum  copiarum  trans  flumen  ducere  tempta- 
verunt,  eo  consilio,  ne  hiberna  oppugnarentur. 

15.  In  concilio  optimum  esse  videtur  ad  suam  terram  quem- 
que  venire,  ne  in  aliorum  terris  sed  in  suis  pugnent. 

1 6.  Qua  re  erit  ut  totius  terrae  copiae  ab  e6  premantur. 


1 68  LESSON  LVllL 

17.  In   collibus  legionaries  ponet,  ut  de  consiliis  princi- 
pum  cognoscere  possit. 

1 8.  Ut  omnes  uno  tempore  in  hostes   impetum  facerent,  a 
proelio  suos  tenebat. 

19.  Timent  ut  hostes  impetum  faciant. 

20.  Timuerunt  ne  hostes  impetum  facerent. 

21.  Legionarios  ex  urbe  duxit  ut  hostis  impetum  faceret. 

22.  Legionarios  ad  superiorem  locum  ducit  ne  hostes  im- 
petum faciant. 

23.  Legionarios  ad  locum  superiorem  duxit,  ut  hostes  im- 
petum non  facerent. 

24.  Hiberna  non  amplius   quinque  milibus  passuum  a  flu- 
mine  ab-sunt. 

355,  WORD-LIST, 

venio,  venire,  venl,  ventus,  to  come. 
timeo,  timere,  timui,  — ,  to  be  afraid,  to  fear. 

356. 

1.  He  came   to   see   you,  but   was   afraid   that   you 
would  not  be  able  to  see  him. 

2.  He  is  afraid  that  you  will  not  be  able  to  see  him, 
so  that  he  has  not  come  to  see  you  (309). 

3.  They  said  that  the  enemy  tried  last  night  to  seize 
the  gate  of  the  town,  and  wounded  five  men  (341,  346). 

4.  They  say  that  the  fleet  will  attack  his  ships,  but 
that  his  soldiers  will  easily  defend  themselves  (341 ,  346). 

5.  He  learns  that  the  Germans  will  attack  him,  and 
is  about  to  abandon  this  region,  so  that  they  may  not  be 
able  to  do1  this  (179,  346). 

6.  He  is  leaving  this  region,  in  order  that  the  Ger- 
mans may  not  be  able  to  attack  him  (179). 

7.  He   took    possession   of  this  hill  and   of  yonder 
mountain,  so  that  he  should  be  able  to  make  an  attack 
upon  the  enemy  from  three  directions  at  the  same  time. 

8.  He  said  that  he  was  afraid  that  you  would  leave 
the  baggage. 

1  faci6. 


LESSON  LIX.  169 

LESSON    LIX. 

PARTICIPLES. 

*357.  Learn  the  participles  of  the  model  verbs  (480-486). 

JL.  Observe  that  there  is  no  present  passive  or  perfect 
active  participle. 

That  is,  taking  the  verb  "to  send"  as  an  example,  there 
are  no  forms  in  Latin  corresponding  to  "  having  sent "  or 
"  being  sent." 

b.  What  participles  are  used  as  parts  of  the  compound 
tenses  in  the  model  verbs  ? 

358.  Participles  are  declined  like  adjectives,  and,  like 
them,  agree  with  nouns  or  pronouns  in  gender,  number, 
and  case. 

PRESENT  PARTICIPLE. 
A  mans,  loving. 


SINGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

M.  &    F. 

N. 

M.   &    F. 

N. 

NOM. 

amans 

amans 

amantes 

amantia 

GEN 

amantis 

amantis 

amantium 

amantium 

DAT. 

amantl 

amantl 

amantibus 

amantibus 

Ace. 

amantem 

amans 

amantes,  -is 

amantia 

ABL. 

amante,  -1 

amante,  -I 

amantibus 

amantibus 

Voc. 

(amans 

amans) 

(amantes 

amantia) 

The  declension  is  similar  to  that  of  sapiens  (167). 
Perfect  (amatus)    and  Future  (amaturus)   Participles 
are  declined  like  bonus  (474). 

359.  EXAMPLES. 

Ad  Gallos  oppugnantes  oppidum  venit,  He  came  to  the 
Gauls  (while  they  were]  attacking  a  town. 
Princeps  captus  ad  Italiam  mittetur,  The  chief,  if  he  is 


1 70  LESSON  LIX 

captured  (or,  when  captured,  literally,  having  been  taken),  will 
be  sent  to  Italy. 

Principem  captum  ad  Italiam  misit,  He  sent  the  chief, 
when  he  had  been  captured  (having  been  captured),  to  Italy. 

Galli   graviter   perturbati  fortiter   pugnaverunt,    The 

Gauls,  (although]  greatly  disturbed  (having  been  greatly  dis- 
turbed}, fought  bravely. 

Legatus,  perturbatus,  ad  suos  properavit,  The  legate, 
(because  he  was)  disturbed  (having  been  disturbed},  hastened 
to  his  own  men. 

Navem  relictam  cepit,  He  took  the  ship  which  had  been 
left  behind. 

Oppidum  oppugnatum  est,  The  town  has  been  (or  was} 
attacked. 

a.  The  present  (active)  participle  represents  the  action 
as  going  on  at  the  time  denoted  by  the  mam 

verb  Useof 

Participle. 

b.  Notice    the   various  ways   in  which   the 

perfect  (passive)  participle  can  be  translated.  It  lep- 
resents  the  action  as  completed  at  the  time  denoted  by  the 
main  verb.  This  explains  the  somewhat  puzzling  fact  illus- 
trated by  the  last  sentence,  that  est,  when  combined  with 
the  perfect  participle  of  a  regular  verb  to  form  the  perfect 
passive  tense,  seems  to  change  its  meaning  to  (i  was." 
Oppidum  oppugnatum  est,  if  translated  literally,  means 
"  The  town  is  (in  a  state  of]  having  {formerly}  been 
attacked. ' ' 

Does  this  also  explain  why  erat,  when  found  in  the  plu- 
perfect passive  of  a  regular  verb,  is  translated  "had  been" 
instead  of  "was,"  and  why  erit,  when  found  in  the  future 
perfect  passive,  is  translated  "shall  have  been"  instead  of 
"  shall  be  "  ^ 


LESSON  LIX.  171 

36O.  RULE.  —  With  names  of  to\vns  the  place  to  which 
is  expressed  by  the  accusative  without  a 
preposition.  p^'wl^ 

Place  Whith, 

Ad  urbem  Romam  venl,  I  came  to  the  city  Names  of  Towni- 
Rome. 

Romam  venl,  /  came  to  Rome. 
Ad  Galliam  venl,  /  came  to  Gaul. 

a.  In  the  first  sentence  ad  governs  urbem,  with  which 
Romam  is  in  apposition. 

In  the  second  Romam  is  used  alone,  and  so  is  without  a 
preposition. 

b.  Notice  that  the  rule  does   not  apply  to   the  names  .of 
countries. 

c.  Domus  (420,  472)  also  conforms  to  this  rule. 


> 


361.  CURIO  IN  AFRICA. 

Caesar's  operations  against  the  Senate  and  Pompey 
before  the  battle  of  Pharsalia  (245)  included  the  send- 
ing of  an  army  under  Caius  Curio  to  invade  the  Roman 
province  of  Africa,  in  order  to  conquer  Varus,  a  gen- 
eral who  was  friendly  to  the  Senate.  Varus  secured 
the  help  of  king  Juba,  who  ruled  over  the  tribes  living 
in  the  mountains  south  and  west  of  the  province. 

362.  I. 

His  temporibus  Caius  Curio  in  Africam,1  a  Caesare  missus, 
ex  Sicilia  duas  legiones  ex  quattuor  quas  ei  dederat  Caesar 
et  quingentos  equites  trans-portavit  et  ad  locum  Anquilla- 
riam  venit.  Huius  adventum  Lucius  Caesar  filius  cum  de- 
cem  longis  navibus  ad  Clupeam  exspectans,  timens  navium 
multitudinem  ex  alto  ad  proximum  litus  fugerat  et  pedibus 
Hadrumentum  properaverat.  Id  oppidum  Considius  Longus 
una  legione  tenebat.  Reliquae  naves  Luci  Caesaris,  fugi- 
entes  ex  alto,  se  Hadrumentum  receperunt.  Lucium  Cae- 
1  See  Maps  IV  and  V  for  the  places  mentioned  in  362  and  365. 


I?2  LESSON  L1X. 

sarem  fugientem  capere  temptans  Rufus  navibus  duodecim 
quas  ex  Sicilia  Curio  e-duxerat  ut  classem  a  Varo  missam  ab 
onerariis  navibus  prohiberet,  postquam  in  litore  relictam  a 
Lucio  navem  vidit,  hanc  cepit ;  atque  ad  Curionem  cum  sua 
classe  et  nave  capta  venit. 

Curio  Rufum  Uticam  cum  navibus  prae-misit;  ipse  exerci- 
tum  ad  flumen  Bagradam  duxit.  Ibi  Rebilum  legatum  cum 
iegionibus  rellquit;  ipse  cum  equitatu  properavit  ad  Cast ra 
Cornelia,  quoniam  is  locus  idoneus  habebatur.  Is  est  mons 
ad  litus,  et  ab-est  ab  Utica  paulo  amplius  passus  mille. 

363.  WORD-LIST, 

fugio,  fugere,  fugl,  fugitUS,  to  run  away,  to  flee. 

364.        (Use  participles  wherever  you  can.) 

i.— THE  DEATH  OF  DUMNORIX. 

Dumnorix,  fearing  that  Caesar  was  going  to  kill 
him,  fled  from  the  Roman  camp  with  the  horsemen  of 
the  Haedui.  Horsemen  were  sent  by  Caesar,  so  that 
he  might  be  captured  while  he  was  fleeing.  They 
killed  him  while  he  was  trying  to  defend  himself,  and 
repeating  (saying  often1)  that  he  was  free  himself  and 
the  chief  of  a  free  state.  His  horsemen,  terrified, 
came  back  again2  to  Caesar. 

2.  Lucius  Caesar,  fearing  lest  he  should  be  cap- 
tured by  the  fleet  which  had  been  sent  from  Italy,  left 
his  ship  upon  the  nearest  shore  and  came  on  foot  to 
Hadrumentum.  The  fleet  of  Rufus,  who  was  trying 
to  capture  the  ships  of  Lucius  Caesar,  came  to  the 
ship  which  the  latter  had  abandoned.  Rufus  came 
with  the  captured  ship  to  Curio,  who  sent  him  to 
Utica. 

1  saef>e.  a  iterum. 


LESSON  LX.  173 

LESSON   LX. 

READING    LESSON. 

365.  CURIO  IN  AFRICA. — II. 

Ex  hue  monte  Curio  castra  Vari  vidit.  Eodem  tempore 
vidit  multa  ex  omnibus  partibus  per  vias  a  populo  portari, 
quae  bellum  timentes  ex  agris  in  urbem  portabant.  Ad  has 
vias  equitatum  misit,  ut  haec  caperet,  eodemque  tempore  ses- 
centi  equites  ex  oppido  peditesque  quadringenti,  a  Varo  missi, 
ex-iverunt.  Equites  pugnaverunt,  neque  vero  primum  impe- 
tum  nostrorum  sustinere  potuerunt,  sed  interfecti  sunt  circiter 
centum  et  viginti.  Reliqui  se  in  castra  ad  oppidum  receperunt. 

Interim  adventu  longarum  navium  Curio  magistris  onerari- 
arum  navium  nuntiavit,  quae  ad  Uticam  numero  circiter 
ducentae  stabant,  "  Eum  hostium  habebo  loco,  qui  non  ad 
Castra  Cornelia  suas  naves  traduxisset.M  Omnes  naves  ex. 
Utica  ex-Iverunt  et  ad  Castra  Cornelia  venerunt.  Qua  re 
omnium  rerum  copiam  obtinere  exercitus  potuit. 

Turn  Curio  se  in  castra  ad  Bagradam  flumen  recepit,  poste- 
roque  die  exercitum  Uticam  duxit  et  prope  oppidum  castra 
ponebat.  Ei  castrorum  vallum  facienti  equites  nuntiant 
magna  auxilia  equitum  peditumque  a  rege  luba  missa  Uticam 
venire,  eodem  tempore  magna  pulvis  videtur,  et  brevissimo 
tempore  primum  agmen  est  in  conspectu.  Novam  rem  timens 
Curio  equites  prae-mittit  ut  ita  primum  impetum  sustlneat; 
ipse  celeriter  ab  opere  legionarios  ducit  aciemque  instruit. 
Equites  proelium  committunt  et,  quoniam  nullum  timentes 
principes  hostis  iter  faciebant,  tota  auxilia  regis  perturbata 
ac  perterrita  fugere  cogunt,  magnumque  peditum  numerum 
interficiunt.  Equitatus  fuga  servatur,  atque  se  per  litus  cele- 
riter in  oppidum  recipit. 


*74  LESSON  LX1. 

366. 

The  Gauls  say  that  the  plan  of  this  messenger  is  a 
very  good  (one).  They  will  make  an  attack  upon  the 
Romans  while  they  are  making  l  a  march  through  the 
forest.  They  will  first  attack  the  auxiliary  troops,  whom 
they  will  easily  be  able  to  throw  into  confusion,  so  that 
these  by  their  terror  *  may  disturb  the  legionary  troops. 

2.  The  chiefs,  sent1  by  king  Juba,  while  they  were 
marching  L  to  Utica  with  many  hundred  horsemen  and 
footmen,  came  in  sight  of  the  Romans,  who  were  build- 
ing the  rampart  of  their  camp.  When  attacked 1  by  the 
Roman  cavalry  the  horsemen  fled  along  the  shore  to 
Utica. 

LESSON  LXI. 

367.  DEPONENT  VERBS. 

Deponent  verbs  are  passive  in  form,  but  active  in 
meaning. 

Utor,  I  use  (not,  I  am  used). 

Sequitur,  he  follows  (not,  he  is  followed). 

There  are  deponent  verbs  belonging  to  each  of  the  conju- 
gations, but  the  more  common  ones  are  nearly  all  of  the  third 
conjugation. 

368.  Their  conjugation  differs  from  that  of  the  passive  of 
other  verbs  in  two  ways : 

1.  The  future  infinitive  of  deponent  verbs  is  active  in 
form  :  conaturus  esse  (not  conatum  Iri). 

2.  Deponent  verbs  have  the  participles  of  both  voices  : 

conans,  trying. 
conaturus,  about  to  try. 
COnatUS,  having  tried. 
conandus,  (gerundive). 
a.   Does  357,  a,  apply  to  deponent  verbs? 
1  Use  a  participle. 


LESSON  LXL  175 

THE  ABLATIVE   WITH    SOME   DZPONENT3. 

3OO.  There  are  five  deponent  verbs  which,  with  their 
compounds,  take  no  direct  object  in  the  accusative  case. 
They  govern  the  ablative  case  instead;  thus, 

Uteris  meo  gladio,  You  are  using  my  sword. 

Quis  labore  non  fruitur  ?    Who  does  n*,t  enjoy  labor  /> 

37 O.  RuLE.--Utor,  fruor,  fungor,  potior,  vescor,  and 
their  compounds,  govern  the  ablative. 

371. 

1.  Ut    facile    eo    consilio    utatur,  impedimenta  in  loco 
idoneo  relinquit. 

2.  Facile  est  totius  Galliae  imperio  potiri. 

3.  Eius  consilio  usi,  proficisci  temptaverunt. 

4.  Tuo  gladio  in  impetu  usus  est. 

5.  Gladiis  legionarii  non  utentur,  ne  obsides  vulnerentur. 

6.  Quis  bona  fortuna  non  fruitur? 

7.  In  Italiam  celeriter  profectus  est. 

8.  Militem  praeda  frui  dicit. 

9.  Milites,   urbe  potiti,  etiam  mulieres  et  liberos  interfe- 
cerunt. 

10.  Impedi mentis  hostium    potiti    sumus,   quoniam    impe- 
tum  non  sus-tinere  potuerunt. 

11.  Laetissimi  erant  milites,  quoniam  urbe  cum  omni  prae- 
da potiti  erant. 

12.  Bello  defessus,  in    Italiam  cum  una  cohorte  proficisci 
contendit. 

13.  Caesar  proficiscebatur  lit  aginen  hostis  a  monte  prohi- 
beretur.  a 

14.  Utl  equitatu  temptabat,  sed  labore  equi  defessi  erant. 

15.  Qui   erant  hostium   longius    profecti,  hos  levis  arma- 
turae  interfecerunt. 

1 6.  Tandem  conatus  est  Caesar  opera  per-ficere,  ut  impe- 
tum  sus-tinere t. 

17.  Suo  quisque  consilio  utebatur. 


I76  LESSON  LXll 

1  8.   Galba  nuntium  pauca  locutum  loqui  plura  prohibuit. 

19.  Ea  quae   secuta  est   hieme  Usipetes  German!  magna 
cum   multitudine    hominum   flumen    Rhenum    trans-Iverimt, 
quoniam  a  Suebis  complures  annos  premebantur. 

20.  Eodem  die  ex  urbe  proficiscitur  magnisque  itineribus 
in  Senones  per-venit. 

372.  WORD-LIST. 

utor   utl,  usus  sum,  (deponent)  to  use. 

proficiscor,  proficlsci,  profectus  sum,  (deponent)  to  set 
out,  to  go. 

sus-tineo,  sustinere,  sustinul,  sustentum,  to  hold  out 
against,  sustain. 


1  .    It  was  told  to  the   lieutenant,  as  he  was  setting 
out  with  three  cohorts,  that  the  Gauls  would  assault  him 
suddenly  among  the  hills,     Fearing  that   foot-soldiers 
would  not  be  able  to  hold  out  against  their  attack,  he 
gave  horses   to  the  soldiers  of  the  cohorts,  using  the 
horses  of  the  auxiliary  troops. 

2  ,  Harassed  during  seven  years  by  their  enemies,  they 
at  length  gained  possession  of  a  few  ships,  in  order  to 
come  to  their  friends.     But  when  their  enemies  learned 

f  that  they  were  trying  to  make  use  of  the  ships  which 
they  had  secured,  they  made  an  attack  by  night  and 
captured  them. 

LESSON   LXII. 

THE  DATIVE  WITH   INTRANSITIVES. 

374.  Sibi  nocent,  They  are  injuring  themselves. 

Mihi  persuasit    ut    el   crederem,  He  persuaded   me  to 
believe  him. 

375.  RULE.  —  Most     verbs    meaning   to   favor,    please, 
believe,   trust,  help,  and  their  opposites;  also,    to    per- 
suade, command,  obey,  serve,  resist,  and  the  like,  are 
followed  by  the  dative. 


THE  DATIVE;  177 

a.  These  verbs  are  intransitive    (that  is,  admit  only  of 
an  indirect  object.      Cp.  23).     English  transitive  verbs,  (ad- 
mitting a  direct  object)  are  often  used  to  translate  them. 

b.  Note  that  cedo  (depart),  confldo  (trust  in),  consulo  (con- 
sult/or), credo,  cupio  (long  /or),  ignosco  (overlook],  impero, 
noceo,  persuadeo,  placed  (be  pleasing),  resisto  (withstand), 
and  studeo  (be  eager  for)  are  intransitive. 

These  verbs  occur  frequently  in  the  writings  of  Caesar  and 
Cicero. 
376. 

1.  Nobis  persuadet  ut  amicorum  bonis  fltamur. 

2.  Et  sibi  et  clvitatl  nocebit,  si  ab  urbe  proficiscetur. 

3.  Te  cum  studio  sequemur. 

4.  Isti  nuntio  credere  nun  possum. 

,  5.   Tibi  ut  venias  persuadebimus,  ut  montes  videas, 

6.  Clvitatl  persuasit  ut   a   terra   sua  Caesarem  omnibus 
cum  copiis  prohiberent.     Hoc  facilius  eis  persuasit,  quo- 
niam  novis  rebus  studerent  (375,  b). 

7.  In  eo  itinere  persuadet  Castico  ut  imperium  in  civitate 
sua  occupet,  quod  pater  ante  habuit,  Dumnorigique  Haeduo, 
fratri  Divitiaci,  qui   hoc  tempore  imperium  in  Civitate  obti- 
nuit,  ut  idem  temptet  persuadet. 

8.  Persuadent  his  civitatibus  ut,  eodem  usi  consilio,  cum 
iis  proficiscantur. 


WORD-LIST, 

persuadeo,  persuadere,  persuasi,  persuasus,  to  persuade. 
Followed  by  the  subjunctive  with  ut  or  ne  (279). 
Civitas,  Clvitatis,  f.  ,  a  state  or  nation. 

378. 

i.  Because  the  land  of  the  Helvetians  is  hemmed  in 
on  all  sides  by  very  high  mountains,  Orgetorix  easily 
persuaded  the  chiefs  of  this  state  to  believe  *  that  their 
land  was  too  small,  and  that  they,  making  use  of  their 
numerous  soldiery,  would  be  able  to  seize  quickly  the 
finest  fields  of  Gaul. 

1  credere.     Not  infinitive. 


i?8  LESSON  LX/lL 

2.  The  legate  sent  two  men  to  the  chief,  who  told 
him,  "  The  Romans  ask1  you  to  come2  to  them  in  order 
that  they  may  make  use  of  your  skill  in  war."  He 
believed  them,  so  that  they  were  easily  able  to  persuade 
him  to  set  out,2  having  only 3  three  hundred  of  his  own 
men  with  him.  The  Romans  attacked  him  in  a  suitable 
place,  as  he  was  making  the  journey,  and  killed  him. 

LESSON   LXIII. 

THE  IRREGULAR  VERBS  VOLO,   NOLO.    MALO. 

(  volo,  velle,  volui. 
Principal  Parts  :    •]  nolo,  nolle,  nolui  [ne-volo]. 

(  malo,  malle,  malul  [magis-volo] . 

379.   Learn    the    conjugation    of  volo,    nolo    and     malo 
(487). 
38O. 

1.  Vult  venire.      Dixit  se  velle  venire. 

2.  Noluit  sequi.     DIcunt  se  nolle  sequi. 

3.  Vis  proficiscl.      Cognoscimus  te  velle  sequi. 

4.  Aliorum  bonis  frui  malumus  quam  nostris  uti. 

5.  Noluistl  audire. 

6.  Accidit  ut  ad  illam  civitatem  venire  vellet. 

7.  Dicitur  eum  hoc  donum  illo  maluisse. 

8.  Volentes  aut  nolentes  impetum  facient. 

9.  Dicunt  se  voluisse  Caesarem  sequi. 
10.  Mavult  re-duci. 

n.   Non  vultis  aciem  instrui. 

12.  Noll  perterreri. 

13.  Agmen  exercitus  sequeminl. 

14.  Nollte  persuaderi. 

15.  Agmen  Gallorum  cum  equitatu  sequebatur. 

16.  Vultisne  me  eodem  tempore  venire? 

17.  Malumus  te  a-futuram  esse. 

1  petere.  2  Not  infinitive  (279^.  3  tantum. 


LESSON  LXIV.  179 

1 8.  Volam  ad-esse,  sed  ille  superiore  tempore  noluitquem- 
quam  praeter  vos  vestrumque  patrem  ad-esse.  Timeo  ne  me 
venire  nolit. 

Nolumus  ilium  videre  nisi  te  ad-esse  voluerit. 

381.  WORD    LIST. 

volo,  velle,  volui,  to  be  willing,  to  wish. 

nolo,  nolle,  nolul,  to  be  unwilling. 

sequor,  sequi,  secutus  sum  (deponent),  to  follow. 

382. 

1.  He  was  informed  that  this  lieutenant  would  follow 
another,  but  was   unwilling  to   lead  the   line   of  march 
himself  (341,  346). 

2.  He  wished  to  set  out  for  Italy,  but  could  not  (do 
so). 

3.  He  prefers  to  attack  the  winter  camp  by  night, 
but  his  soldiers  have  said  that  they  are  unwilling  to 
follow  him  (341,  346). 

4.  We  were  unwilling  to  follow  you,  for  you  did  not 
give  us  the  grain  in  the  fields. 

5.  Do  you  not  wish  us  to  use  (370)  the  things  which 
you  gave  us  ? 

6.  I  can  use  two  swords  at  the  same  time,  but  he  is 
unable  to  use  even1  one  (370). 

LESSON    LXIV. 

383.  EXAMPLES. 

Cum  milites  in  castra  venerunt,  legatus  eos  hortatus 
est,  When  the  soldiers  came  into  camp,  the  legate  encouraged 
them. 

Cum  bellum  perfectum  erit,  Romam  veniam,  When  the 
war  is  (shall  have  been]  finished,  I  will  go  to  Rome. 

1etiam, 


i8o  LESSON  LXIV. 

Cum  mllites  in  castra  venirent,  Galli  eos  oppugnaverunt, 

While  the  soldiers  were  coming  into  the  camp  the  Gauls  attacked 
them. 

Cum  oppidum  captum  esset,  Massiliam 
contendit,    When  the  town  had  been  captured  he  (0?T™mp^raO* 
hastened  to  Massilia. 

a.  Notice  the  moods  and  tenses  of  the  verbs  in  the  cum 
clauses. 

384,  RULE. — Cum,  meaning  when,  is  followed  by  the 
subjunctive,  if  the  tense  is  the  imperfect  or  pluperfect; 
otherwise,  by  the  indicative. 

385. 

1.  Cum  barbari  proelium   committere    peterent,  princeps 
unum  ex  hostibus  telo  vulneravit. 

2.  Milites  cum  oppidum  ceperunt,  omnes  homines  inter- 
fecerunt. 

3.  Milites  cum  oppidum  cepissent,  omnes  homines  inter- 
fecerunt. 

4.  Cum  ad  eum  centurionem  ducerem,  multa  dixit. 

5.  Legatus  nuntio  duce  usus  exercitum  per  silvas  duxit. 

6.  Equites,  cum  legatus  aciem  instrueret,  ei  hostem  prope 
esse  nuntiaverunt. 

7.  Legato  instruenti  aciem  equites  id  nuntiaverunt. 

8.  Legatus,    cum    aciem    instruxisset,    complures    equites 
prae-misit. 

9.  Cum  Caesar  per  extremes  Lingonum  fines  iter  faceret, 
circiter    milia    passuum    decem  a   Romanis  tribus  in  castris 
Vercingetorix  suas  copias  constituit,  et  equitum  ducibus  nun- 
tiat  venisse  tempus  victoriae. 

10.  Signum  dat  et  a  dextra  parte  alio  ascensu  eodem  tem- 
pore  Aeduos  mittit. 

11.  Cum  in  Italiam   proficisceretur  Caesar,  Galbam  cum 
legione   duodecima  et  parte  equitatus  in  Nantuates  aliasque 
civitates  misit,  quae  a  finibus  Allobrogum  ad  summas  Alpes 
pertinent. 


LESSON  LXV.  181 

12.  Caesar  cum   ab    hoste  non   amplius  passuum  milibus 
duodecim  ab-esset,  ad  eum  legati  venerunt. 

13.  Cum  celeriter  nostri  arma  cepissent  atque  una  ex  parte 
castrorum  equites  e-missi  hostibus  superiores  fuissent,  hi  suos 
reduxerunt. 

386. 

1 .  He  gave  me  this  gift  when  he  set  out  from  Rome. 

2.  When   the   twelfth   legion  shall  have  seized  the 
hill,  he  will  make  the  attack  with  the  greatest  eagerness. 

3.  When  he  saw  that  he  would  not  be  able  to  take 
the  town,  he  placed  a  camp  in  a  suitable  position. 

4.  When  he  came  to  see  me  he  gave  me  this  sword. 

5.  When    he   came  to  me  he  persuaded  me  to  give 
(378,  N.   i)  him  a  greater  (228)  number  of  troops  than 
you  had  yourself  (222). 

6.  They  all  set  out  when  there  was  much  grain  in 
the  fields. 

7.  When  they  had    collected   a    large    number    of 
men  they  hastened  to  Aduatuca. 

8.  When  he  saw  you  he  said  that  it  was  you  who 
had  tried1  to  wound  his  foot  with  your  javelin  in  the 
battle  (341,  346). 

LESSON   LXV. 

387.  REVIEW    SENTENCES. 

1.  Dicit  sese  ad  eum  venire  noluisse. 

2.  Milites  equitesque  duxit  ut  eos  qui  fugerant  per-seque- 
retur. 

3.  Aristium,   tribunum  militum,   iter   ad    legionem  faci- 
entem  ex  oppido  Galli  e-ducunt. 

4.  Libo,  profectus  ab  Orico  cum  classe  longarum   navium 
quinquaginta,  Brundisium  venit. 

5.  Petit  ut  ipse  cum  Pompeio  conloquatur. 

1  Pluperfect  subjunctive. 


182  LESSON  LXV. 

6.  Libo  ad  Pompeium  proficiscitur. 

7.  Saepius  fortunam  temptare  Galba  nolebat. 

8.  His  de  rebus  Caesar  certior  factus,  ipse  cum  primum 
per  anni  tempus  potuit  ad  exercitum  contendit. 

9.  DIxit  Romanos  nullam  facultatem  habere  navium. 

10.  Hostes  proelio  superati  cum  se  ex  fuga  receperunt  ad 
Caesarem  legates  de  pace  miserunt.      Cum  his  legal  is  Com- 
mius   venit,    quem   dixeram   a   Caesare   in   Brittaniam   prae- 
missum  esse. 

11.  Equites  nostri  cum  hostium   equitatu  proelium  com- 
miserunt.      Cum  se  illi  in  silvam  ad  suos  reciperent  ac  rursus 
ex  silva  in  nostros  impetum   facerent,  neque  nostri   longius 
sequi  auderent,  interim  legiones  sex  ad  collem  venenmt  ubi 
castra  ponere  Caesar  constituerat.      Cum  prima  impedimenta 
nostri  exercitus  ab  iis,  qui   in  silva  erant,  visa  sunt,  subito 
omnibus  c6i>iis  ad  nostra  castra  in  eos  qui  in  opere  occupati 
sunt  contenderunt. 

388. 

The  Gauls  captured  the  tribune  while  he,  hav- 
ing set  out  with  the  two  cohorts  which  he  was 
leading,  was  marching  to  attack  (378,  N.  i)  three 
hundred  of  the  enemy  who  had  fled  into  the  forests. 
They  led  him  and  his  soldiers,  after  he  had  been  cap- 
tured, to  the  gate1  of  the  camp  from  which  he  had  set 
out,  and  there  killed  them,  in  order  that  the  Romans 
who  had  been  left  in  the  camp  might  be  terrified. 

The  Romans  who  were  in  the  camp,  when  they  saw 
that  the  Gauls  had  killed  the  tribune  and  all  of  the 
soldiers  whom  they  had  captured,  fearing  lest  they 
themselves  would  be  overcome,  on  the  following  night 
hastened  through  (166,  N.  2)  the  forest  to  the  winter 
camp  of  the  legate.  The  Gauls  upon  the  next  day 
carried  all  that  the  soldiers  had  left  in  the  camp 
(away)  from  it  to  their  own  homes  (420,  472). 

1  porta. 


LESSON  LXyL  183 

LESSON  LXVI. 

GERUND   AND   GERUNDIVE. 

389.  EXAMPLES. 

Sui  defendendi  causa  id  fecit,  He  did  this  for  the  sake  of 
defending  himself. 

,,          Gerundive. 

Operam    dat    oppidis    expugnandis,    He 

devotes  himself  to  faking  towns  by  storm  (to  towns  to  be  taken  by 
storm}. 

Venit  ad  bellum  gerendum,  He  came  to  wage  war  (for 
war  to  be  waged). 

Multa  de  muniendls  castris  dixit,  He  said  many  things 
about  fortifying  camps  (about  camps  to  be  fortified). 

a.  The  Gerundive  is  a  verbal  adjective.     It  is  called  an 
adjective  because  it  agrees  with  its  noun  in  gender,  num- 
ber and  case,  as  in  the  sentences  above.     It  is  a  verbal 
adjective  because  it  expresses  action. 

390.  Causa  urbem  videndi  venient,  They  will  come  for 
the  sake  of  seeing  the  city. 

Mull  utiles  sunt  impedimenta  portando, 

,,    7  ,.   ,      -  7  Gerund. 

Mules  are  useful  for  carrying  baggage. 

Victoria  oppidum  expugnando  el  erat,  Victory  was  his  by 
storming  the  town. 

a.  The  Gerund  is  a  verbal  noun,  of  the  neuter  gender, 
and  used  only  in  the  singular.  It  takes  a  direct  object.  It 
is  the  same  in  meaning  as  the  gerundive. 

b.  The  Nominative  case  is  wanting  in  the  gerund. 
The  infinitive  is  used  instead,  thus  : 

Cedere  est  turpe,  To  yield  is  disgraceful. 


1  84  LESSON  LXVL 

391.  EXAMPLES. 

Faculty  hab.nt{  Wiyuca^di|  ].  They  have 


sources  for  (of)  taking  the  town. 

a.  In  the  two  ways  of  expressing  this  sentence,  which  uses 
the  gerundive  ? 

392.  Dicit  omnes  Galliae  copias  ad  se  oppugnandum 

venisse,  He  says  that  all  the  troops  of  Gaul  came  to  attack  him 
(Jo  him  [a  man  who  was\  to  be  attacked}.  Purpose  Clauses. 

See  also  389,  third  sentence. 

a.  Notice  that  ad  with  the  gerundive  or  gerund  is  used 
to  express  purpose.  In  what  other  ways  may  purpose  be 
expressed  ? 

393. 

1.  Consilium  urbem  capiendi  nuntiavit. 

2.  Consilium  urbis  capiendae  nuntiavit. 

3.  Veniunt  ad  urbem  videndam. 

4.  Neque  consili  habendi   neque  arma  capiendi   facultas 
datur. 

5.  Complura  dicendo  eis  persuadet. 

6.  Ad  urbem  capiendam  laborem  dat. 

7.  Laborandi  causa  ad  vallum  properavit. 

8.  Caesar  ab  urbe  profkiscitur  atque  in  ulteriorem  Gal- 
liam  pervenit,  ubi  cognoscit  missum   esse   in   Hispaniam   a 
Pompeio  Rufum,  quem  paucis   ante  diebus  captum  ipse  di- 
miserat. 

9.  Dixit  profectum  esse  Domitium  ad  occupandam  Massi- 
liam  navibus  septem. 

10.  In  praeda  capienda  hostibus  nocet. 

11.  Dicit  Carnutes  interficiendi  eorum  prlncipis  consilium 
captures  esse. 

1  2.   Studio  eorum  futuram  esse  aliquam  pugnandl  facultatem 
existimavit. 


LESSON  LXVIL  185 

13.  Aliquem  prlncipum  quos  secum  ad  consilium  capien- 
dum  habebat  misit. 

14.  Galli  ad  nos  interficiendos  contendunt. 

15.  Tribunus  suis  rem  de  mittendis  legatis  nuntiat. 

1 6.  Primo  milites  videndi  causa  laeti  ex  castris  ex-iverunt. 

17.  Ipsi  per-ficiendi  operis  causa  longius  proficiscuntur. 

1 8.  Legates  monet  ut  contineant  milites  ne  studio  pugnandi 
aut  spe  praedae  longius  proficlscantur. 

19.  Signum  recipiendi  dedit. 

20.  Ad  salutem  obtinendam  pugnabunt. 

394.   (Translate  where  possible  in  two  ways.) 

1 .  He  has  very  great  resources  (396)  for  waging  war. 

2.  He  wishes  you  to  give  him  the  opportunity  to  see 
(of  seeing)  the  city. 

3.  He  announces  a  plan  for  capturing  the  baggage. 

4.  He  was   kept   from   making  an  attack  upon  the 
wall  by  lack  of  javelins. 

5.  She  takes  (uses)  too  much  time  in  preparing  food.1 


LESSON  LXVII. 

READING    LESSONS. 

395.  CURIO  IN  AFRICA. — III. 

Proxima  nocte  centuriones  duo  ex  castris  Curionis  cum 
legionariis  duo  et  viginti  ad  Varum  fugiunt.  Hi  ei  nuntiant 
quam  forsitan  habuenmt  opinionem ;  dicunt  totum  exercitum 
Curionis  nullum  pugnandi  studium  habere,  maximumque 
opus  esse  in  conspectum  exercitus  eius  venire  et  dicendi  mili- 
tibus  facultatem  dare. 

Erat  in  exercitu  Van  Quintilius,  qui  in  Italia  se  suasque 
copias  Caesari  in  deditionem  dederat.  Hie  di-missus  a  Caesare 
in  Africam  venerat,  quod  bellum  gerendi  facultatem  petebat, 
legionesque  eas  traduxerat  Curio  quas  superioribus  tempori- 

1  cibus,  -I. 


1 86  LESSON  LXY1L 

bus  ex  eo  receperat  Caesar.  Hoc  viro  ad  rem  gerendam 
Varus  utitur. 

Centurionum  opinione  ad-ductus  Varus  postero  die  legiones 
ex  castris  e-ducit,  quod  Quintilio  facultatem  dicendi  dare 
vult.  Facit  idem  Curio,  quod  Varus  proelium  committendi 
facultatem  dare  videtur,  atque  suas  uterque  copias  instruit. 
Hac  facultate  dicendi  usus,  Quintilius  aciem  Curionis  circum- 
ivit  atque  legionariis  dixit,  t(  Primam  sacramenti,  quod  apud 
me  dixistis,  memoriam  de-ponere  atque  bellum  gerere  nolite 
contra  eos  qui  eadem  fortuna  usi  sumus.  Si  me  atque  Varum 
sequemini  complura  dona  vobis  dabimus/1 

Sed  nullam  in  partem  ab  exercitu  Curionis  haec  eo  tempore 
grata  videbantur,  atque  ita  suas  uterque  copias  re-duxit. 

Curio  dixit,  "  Cum  primum  pugnandi  facultas  erit  data, 
proelio  rem  committam."  Postero  die  copias  productas 
eodem  loco  quo  superioribus  diebus  instruxerat,  in  acie  con- 
locavit.  Varus  quoque  cum  pugnandi  studio  suas  copias  pro- 
duxit.  Erat  vallis  inter  duas  acies,  non  ita  magna,  sed  dif- 
ficili  ascensu.  Subito  a  sinistro  cornu  Van  equitatus  omnis 
atque  multae  levis  armaturae  cum  se  in  vallem  de-mitterent 
videbantur.  Ad  hos  Curio  equitatum  et  duas  cohortes  misit, 
quorum  primum  impetum  equites  Vari  non  sustinuerunt,  sed 
celeriter  ad  suos  fugerunt.  Levis  armaturae,  relictae,  circum- 
ventae  sunt  a  nostris  atque  interfectae  sunt. 

Ita  omnes  qui  erant  tota  in  acie  Vari  suos  perterritos  fugere 
videbant.  Turn  Rebilus,  legatus  Caesaris  quern  Curio  secum 
ex  Sicilia  duxerat  quod  eum  magnum  consilium  in  bellum  ge- 
rendo  habere  existimabat,  "  Perterritum,"  dixit,  "  hostem 
vides,  Curio!  Cur  ita  secundo  tempore  uti  non  vis?"  Curio 
signum  dedit,  et  in  vallem  aciem  duxit.  Difricilis  rnilitibus 
ascensus  vallis  erat,  sed  Vari  milites,  fuga  suorum  perterriti, 
nihil  de  sese  defendendo  existimabant.  Quod  omnes  milites 
Vari  se  ab  equitatu  circum-veniri  existimaverunt  fuga  se  in 
castra  recipere  contendunt. 

Qua  in  fuga  Fabius,  quidam  miles  ex  exercitu  Curionis  pri- 
mum agmen  fugientium  secutus  "  Vare  !  Vare  !  "  appellabat, 


LESSON  LXVll.  187 

lit  a  Varo  unus  esse  ex  eius  militibus  et  monere  aliquid  velle 
existimaretur.  Cum  ille  saepius  appellatus  stetit  ut  ei  dice- 
ret,  umerum  gladio  vulnerare  Fabius  temptavit,  quod  peri- 
culum  ille  scuto  vix  vitavit.  Fabius  a  proximis  militibus  cir- 
cum-ventus  interfectus  est. 

Hac  fugientium  multitudine  portae  castrorum  occupantur 
atque  iter  impeditur,  pluresque  in  eo  loco  sine  vulnere  quam 
in  proelio  aut  fuga  interfecti  sunt.  Tarn  en  Curio  castra  non 
oppugnare  temptavit,  quod  se  natura  loci  prohiberi  existi- 
mavit.  Exercituni  in  sua  castra  reduxit. 

NostroriLii  nillu-j  miles  praeter  Fabium  interfectus  est :  ex 
numero  hostium  sexcenti  interfecti  atque  mille  vulnerati  sunt. 

396.  WORD-LIST. 

facultas,  facultatis,  f.,  ability,  opportunity.  Plural  also, 
resources. 

exlstimo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  to  suppose,  think. 
quod,  because. 

397. 

1.  By  chance  three  hostages  were  wounded  by  the 
frightened  (359)  horsemen. 

2.  He  is  afraid  that  the  footman  has  wounded  your 
foot  with  his  sword  (353). 

3.  The  soldiers,  tired  out  by  the  long  march,  were 
unable    to   defend    themselves,    and  were   killed  while 
trying  to  retreat  (359). 

4.  He  is  unwilling  that  you  should  give  help  to  his 
son. 

5.  Bibulus  stationed  the  ships  of  the  fleet  along1  the 
whole2   shore,  so   that   Caesar  was  unable  for  a  long 
time  to  obtain  more  troops. 

6.  He  refused  to  flee,  saying  that  it  was  better  to  be 
killed  (341,  346). 

1  per.  2  totue,  -a,  -um. 


1 88  LESSON   LXl/lll. 

7.  This,  is  a  good  plan  for  carrying  on  the  war,  but 
that  is  a  better  (one). 

8.  He  wishes  her  to  follow  him  to  Rome,  but  she  is 
unwilling  to  leave  her  son. 

9.  The  messenger  said  that  the  cohorts  had  occupied 
the  top  of  the  mountain  for  two  days  (341,  346). 

10.  The  people  went1  to  see  the  army  as  it  was  set- 
ting out  (279,  359). 

11.  They  will  not  have  time  to  lead  (of  leading)  the 
cohorts  to  the  hill. 

12.  This  is  a  very  suitable  spot2  for  placing  a  camp. 

13.  It  was  reported  to  Caesar  that  this  chief  had  per- 
suaded many  of  the  Gauls  to  make  war  (378,  N.   i). 

14.  Is  the  soldier  able  to  use  this  javelin  ? 

15.  When  fifty-five  had  been   killed,  the  rest  gave 
their  chief  as  a  hostage. 

LESSON    LXV1II 

398.  THE  DATIVE  OF  END  OR  SERVICE. 
Legionem  tibi  praesidio  dat,  He  gives  the  legion  to  you  as 

a  guard  (for  a  defence). 

Pedites  auxilio  mittit,  He  sends  foot-soldiers  as  a  rein- 
forcement. 

Notice  that  praesidio  and  auxilio  denote  the  end  or  pur- 
pose which  legionem  and  pedites  serve. 

Notice  in   the   first  sentence  that  the  same 

.  ...  .     Dative  of  End  or 

sentence  may  contain  a  dative  of  service  and        Service, 
an  indirect  object. 

399.  RULE. — The  end  or  purpose  which  an  object  serve 
may  be  denoted  by  the  dative. 

a.  Often  a  second  dative  is  used,  to  denote  the  person  or 
thing  affected,  as  castris  in  the  following  sentence: 

Copias  praesidio  castris  relinquet,  He  will  leave  troops 
a  guard  for  the  camp.      (Cp.  20,  c.) 

1  Ivit.  2  230. 


THE   DATIl/E.  189 

4OO.   RULE.  — Many  verbs  compounded  with 
ad,  ante,  con,  in,  inter,  ob,  post,  prae,  pro,   Dativpe0^h8>Com> 
sub,  and  super  are  followed  by  the  dative. 

a.  These  verbs  are  intransitive,  that  is,  they  do  not  take 
a  direct  object.     The  dative  which  follows  them  is  an  in- 
direct object  (23). 

b.  All  of  the  compounds  of  sum   govern  the  dative,  ex- 
cepting possum  (486)  and  ab-sum. 

c.  Prae-ficio  takes  both  a  dative  and  an  accusative  (cp. 
e.g.  401,  n,  17). 

d.  Prae-mitto  does  not  come  under  this  rule. 

4O1. 

1.  Magnas  copias  praesidio  navibus  reliquit. 

2.  Brittani  perturbati  hunc  toll  bello  prae-fecerant. 

3.  Caesar  eos  praesidio  utrisque  castris  reliquit. 

4.  Id  si  facient  magno  cum  periculo  nostris  erit. 

5.  Una  res  erat  magno  usui  nostris. 

6.  His  prae-erat  Viridovix. 

7.  Cum  nox   oppugnandi    finem  fecisset,  Remus,  qui  op- 
pido  prae-fuerat,  nuntium  ad  Caesarem  misit,  sese  diutius  sus- 
tinere  non   posse.      Nocte   Caesar,  iisdem  ducibus  usus,  qui 
nuntii  a  Remo  venerant,  sagittarios  auxilio  misit. 

8.  Ad  flumen  partem  suarum   copiarum  traducere  conati 
sunt,  eo  consilio,1  ut  aut  castellum,  cui  prae-erat  Titurius,  ex- 
piignarent 2  aut  agros  Remoruin   occuparent,  qui  magno  usui 
nobis  ad  bellum  gerendum  erant. 

9.    Magno  usui  ei  erit  si  loca,  flumina,  silvas  cognoscet. 

10.  Hoc  periculo  duci  Caesar  equitatum  auxilio  dedit. 

11.  Omnem  equitatum  prae-misit.      His  Cottam   legatum 
prae-fecit. 

12.  Brutus  classi  prae-erat, 

13.  1111,  cum  iis  cohortibus  quae,  praesidio  castris  relictae, 
non  defessae  labore  erant,  celeriter  ad  eum  locum  pervenerunt. 

14.  Ut  naves  longae  parvum  spatium  ab  oneraiiis  navibus 
conlocarentur  imperavit,  quae  res  magno  usui  nostris  fuit. 

» 89.  2  take  by  storm* 


19°  LESSON  LXIX. 

15.  Id  cum  cogrrtum  est,'  Crassus,  qui  equitatui  prae-erat, 
tertiam  aciem  auxilio  nostris  laborantibus  misit. 

1  6.  Omnia  de  erant  quae  ad  impetum  faciendum  erant 
usui. 

17.  Caesar  in  hiberna  in  Sequanos  exercitum  duxit  :  hiber- 
nis  Labienum  prae-fecit. 

4O2. 

1.  Caesar  placed  other  legates  over  the  fifth  legion. 

2.  The  cohort  was  (for)  a  protection  to  the  baggage. 

3.  They  sent  the  footmen  as  an  aid  to  the  cohorts. 

4.  The  weapons  were  of  great  use  to  me  (401,  5). 

5.  The  legate  who  commands  these  legions  has  per- 
suaded Caesar  to  place  1  you  over  the  cavalry. 

6.  Of  what  use  are  these  hostages  ? 

7.  The  Germans  (401  ,  10)  were  a  great  help  to  Caesar. 

8.  He  sent  forward  the  cavalry,  but  hastened  him- 
self to  the  nearest  hill  to  defend  1  the  baggage  there. 

9.  These  javelins  will  be  (for)   a  great  help  to  us  in 
attacking  the  town. 

10.  Me  is  unable  to  persuade  me  to  hurry1  to  the 
city. 

LESSON   LXIX. 

403. 

f  The  enemy  attacking,          ^ 

Hoste  oppugnante,  I    When  the  enemy  attacked,   \  ^       *j 
fugerunt,  1  Because    the    enemy    at-  [ 

[      tacked,  } 


.    Dato  signo,  proe- 
lium  commisit, 


The  signal   having  been  ^j 

given, 
When  the  signal  had  leen  \ 


been  given, 
[  (Having  given  the  signal),  ^ 

1  Not  infinitive. 


.  battle. 


LESSON  LXIX.  I91 

Multls  obsidibus  ad  Caesarem  a  Gallls  missis,  pacem 
fecit.  When  many  hostages  had  been  sent  (many  hostages  having 
been  sen/)  by  the  Gauls  to  Caesar,  he  made  peace. 

f  Antony  being  legate,          ~| 

Antonio  legato,        I  If  Antony  be  legate,  I    we  will 

vincemus,  ]   Since     Antony    will    be  \    conquer. 

[      legate,  J 

a.  In  these  sentences  notice  that  oppugnante,  dato  and 
missis    are  participles  in  the  ablative  case,  agreeing  with  the 
nouns  hoste,  signo  and  obsidibus  respectively. 

b.  Notice  that  this  union  of  noun   and  participle  in  the 
ablative  makes  a  complete  clause,  which  can  be  translated 
in  various  ways  in  English. 

c.  Notice  that  either  noun  or  participle  may  have  modify- 
ing words  dependent  upon  them,  as  multis,  ad 

*  ,    .  «    „_      .  Ablative  Absolute. 

Caesarem  and  aGalhs  m  the  third  sentence. 

d.  There  is  no  participle  in  the  last  sentence.     This  is  be- 
cause the  verb  sum  has  no  present  participle. 

e.  This  construction  of  the  participle  with  a  noun  is  gram- 
matically independent   of  the  rest  of  the  sentence,  like  a 
parenthesis  in   English.       Hence   it  is  called  the    Ablative 
Absolute. 

f.  The  noun  or  pronoun  in  the  ablative  in  this  construction 
cannot  refer  to  the  subject  or  object  of  the  main  verb  of  the 
sentence. 

g.  The  ablative  absolute  is  a  common   construction  with 
the  perfect  passive  participle.      Can  you  see  any  reason  why  ? 
(Cp.  357,  *•) 

4O4. 

1.  Navibus  compluribus  factis,  classem  sequi  conati  sunt. 

2.  Ibi   Ceutrones,  locis  superioribus  occupatis,  ex  itinere 
exercitum  prohibere  c5nantur. 

3.  Compluribus  proeliis  gestis  in  fines  Vocontiorum  per- 
venit. 

4.  Hoc  proelio  facto  trans  flumen  exercitum  traducit. 


I92  LESSON  LXIX. 

5.  Quibus  rebus  cognitis  per  fines  Sequanorum  equitatum 
traducere  conatus  est,  obsidesque  els  dedit. 

6.  Ea  re  permissa  ex  fmibus  suis  in  silvas  fugere  cona- 
bantur. 

7.  Eo  concilio  di-misso  principes  cum  Caesare  loqui  volu- 
erunt. 

8.  Obsidibus  datis  in  corum  fines  tamen  equitatum  ducere 
conabantur. 

9.  Re  frumentaria  parata  magnis  itineribus  ad  Ariovistum 
contendit. 

10.  Occupato  oppido  ibi  legionarios  conlocat. 

11.  Caesar  loquendl  flnem  facit  seque  ad  suos  recipit. 

12.  Proelium  non  committebat,  ne  superatis  hostibus  dici 
posset  eos  ab  se  in  conloquio  circum-ventos  esse. 

4O5.  WORD-LIST, 

finis,  finis,  m.,   limit,  end.     Plural,  borders,  hence,  country, 

land. 

conor,  conarl,  conatus  (deponent),  to  attempt,  try. 
loquor,  loqui,  locutus  (deponent),  to  speak,  say. 

4OO.   (Where  possible  use  the  Ablative  Absolute  in  these 
sentences. ) 

1.  When  the  line  had  been  drawn  up,  he  began  the 
battle. 

2.  When  this  hill  had   been   seized,  he  tried  to  cap- 
ture the  next. 

3.  After  the  camp  had  been  placed,  he  sent  his  cav- 
alry to  the  fields. 

4.  When  this  thing  had  been  done,  he  prepared  to 
make  an  attack. 

5.  Since  four  messengers  had  been  sent,  he  did  not 
send  more. 

6.  He  attacked  the  enemy  while  they  were  preparing 
to  flee  (359). 

7.  When  hostages  had  been  given  he  set  out  for  Italy. 

8.  Having  learned  this,  he  hastened  to  Rome. 


LESSON  LXX.  193 

9.  When  we  have  waged  this  war  all  Gaul  will  have 
been  overcome. 

10.  With  Caesar  as  leader  what  can  we  fear  ? 

1 1 .  The  hostages  who  have  been  given  by  the  Gauls 
are  the  children  of  chiefs. 

12.  Having  followed  the  enemy,  he  began  battle. 

LESSON    LXX. 

407.  Review  carefully  274-277. 

408.  The  tenses  of  the  Indicative  which  denote  present 
or  future  time  (the  Present,  Future,  and  Future  Perfect) 
are  called  primary  tenses. 

The  tenses  of  the  Indicative  which  denote  past  time  (the 
Imperfect,    Perfect   and    Pluperfect)    are    Primaryand  Sec- 
called   secondary  tenses.  ondary  Tenses. 

409.  The  rule  given  in  277  can  be  restated  thus  : 

A  primary  tense  in  the  main  clause  is  followed  by  the 
present  subjunctive. 

A  secondary  tense  in  the  main  clause  is  followed  by  the 
imperfect  subjunctive. 

Perfect  and  PI  u per- 

410.  EXAMPLES. 

Timeo  ut  nuntium  miserit,  lam  afraid  that  he  did  not  send 
the  messenger. 

Timebam  ut  nuntium  misisset,  I  was  afraid  that  he  had 
not  sent  the  messenger. 

a.  Notice  that  the  subjunctives  in  these  sentences  represent 
their  action  as   completed  at  the  time  denoted  by  the  main 
verbs. 

b.  Notice  that  the  primary  tense  timeo  is  followed  by  the 
Perfect  Subjunctive,  and  the  secondary  tense  timebam  by  the 
pluperfect  subjunctive. 

c.  The  perfect  and  pluperfect  tenses  of  the  subjunctive 
have  the  same  meaning.     They  denote  com-  Full  Rule  for  se- 
pleted  action,  SS^.0' TtBm> 


194  LESSON  LXX. 

411..  RULE. — A  primary  tense  in  the  main  clause  is  fol- 
lowed by  the  present  or  perfect  subjunctive. 

A  secondary  tense  in  the  main  clause  is  followed  by  the 
imperfect  or  pluperfect  subjunctive. 

412.  EXAMPLES.  . 

Dlcit  cam  venerit  te  edere,  He  says  that  you  were  eating 
when  he  came. 

Dixil:  cum  venisset  te  edere,  He  said  that  you  were  eating 
when  he  came. 

Dicit  cum  veniat  te  laetum  futurum  esse,  He  says  that 
you  will  be  glad  when  he  comes. 

Dixit  cum  venlret  te  laetum  futurum  esse,  He  said  thai 
you  would  be  glad  when  he  came. 

a.  The  cum  clauses  in  these  sentences  are  in  the  indirect 
statement,  since  they  are  a  part  of  what  is  quoted,  but  are  in 
subordinate  clauses,  since  they  are  introduced  by  the  subordi- 
nate particle  cum,  and  hence  their  verbs  cannot  be'put  in  the 
infinitive  (341). 

b.  Notice    that   their  verbs   (venerit,    venisset,    veniat, 
venlret)  are  in  the  subjunctive,  and  follow  the  rule  for  se- 
quence of  tenses  (411). 

413.  RULE. — The  main  verb  of  an  indirect  statement 

is  put  in  the  infinitive,  with  subject  accusa-   Full  Rule  for  in- 
tive,  and  depends  upon  the  verb  or  expression  direct  statemen  is. 
of  saying,  thinking  or  perceiving. 

The  Subordinate  clauses  of  an  indirect  statement  have 
their  verbs  in  the  subjunctive,  and  conform  to  the  rule  for 
the  sequence  of  tenses. 

414.  THE  APPEAL  OF  DIVITIACUS. 

Divitiacus  Haeduus  Caesari  ita  locutus  est  ;  Civitatem 
Haeduorum  armis  contendisse  cum  Germanis  quos  civitas 
Sequanorum  auxilio  trans  Rhenum  flumen  traduxisset.  Supe- 
ratos,  qui  sua  virtute  et  populi  Romani  amicitia  plurimum 


LESSON  LXX.  195 

ante  in  Gallia  potuissent,  coactos  esse  Sequanis  obsides  dare, 
ut  sua  civitas  a  populo  Romano  auxilium  non  peteret.  Unum 
se  esse  ex  omni  civitate  Haeduorum  qui  adduci  non  potuisset, 
ut  liberos  suos  obsides  daret.  Ob  earn  rem  se  ex  civitate 
fugisse  et  Romam  venisse  ut  auxilium  peteret,  quod  solus  non 
obsidibus  teneretur. 

Sed  peius  victoribus  Sequanis  quam  Haeduis  ac-cidisse, 
quod  Ariovistus,  rex  Germanorum,  tertiam  partem  agri  eorum, 
qui  esset  optimus  totius  Galliae,  occupavisset  et  nunc  alteram 
partem  tertiam  occupare  vellet,  quod  Germanorum  milia 
hominum  quattuor  et  viginti  ad  eum  venissent,  quibus  locum 
pararet.  Futurum  esse  paucis  annis  ut  omnes  ex  Galliae  finibus 
pellerentur  atque  omnes  Germani  Rhenum  trans-irent.1  Cae- 
sarem  solum  Galliam  omnem  ab  Ariovisto  posse  defendere. 

415. 

1 .  Caesar   said   that  he  gave  the  opportunity  of  be- 
ginning battle  to  Ariovistus  when  the  line  of  battle  had 
been  drawn  up,  but  that  the  latter  restrained  his  men 
from  battle,  because  he  did  not  think  the  time  a  suit- 
able one. 

2.  He  learned  that  the  council  of  the  Gauls  had  been 
held2  for  many  years  at  this  place. 

3.  When  his  soldiers  were  pressed  for  want  of  water, 
he  persuaded  them  to  send  him3  as  an  envoy  to  Caesar. 

4.  They  defended  this  region  with  the  greatest  cour- 
age, so  that  the  enemy  were  not  able  even4  to  seize  the 
grain  in  the  fields  (309). 

5.  Turn  414  from  Sed  peius  to  the  end  into  a  direct 
statement. 

1  Imperfect  subjunctive.    Cp.  488.      2  habeo.    8  Not  infinitive.     4etiam, 


WESSON  LXXI. 

LESSON   LXXI. 

THE    IRREGULAR    VERB    E0,  GO. 

Principal  Parts,  eo,  ire,  ivi  (ii),  (iturus). 

416.  Learn  the  conjugation  of  CO  (488). 

417.  EXAMPLES, 

Ex  castris  profectus  est,  He  set  out  from  the  camp. 

Populus  f  rumento  caruit,  The  people  were  in  want  of  grain. 

Equi  aqua  privati  sunt  ut  mllites  biberent,  The  horses 
were  deprived  of  water  in  order  that  the  soldiers  might  drink. 

Notice  that  in  the  last  two  sentences  the  idea  of  separation 
or  privation  (expressed  in  the  first  by  ex)  is  expressed  by  the 
ablatives  frumento  and  aqua  without  a  preposition. 

418.  RULE. — Separation  is  expressed  by 

the  ablative,  often  without  a  preposition.  of  ^paration. 

419. 

1 .  Frumentum  ut  quisqne  domo  ex-portaret  imperaverunt. 

2.  Dixit  Haeduis  se  redditiirum  obsides  non  esse. 

3.  Erant  itinera   duo,  quibus   itineribus  domo   ex-irepos- 
sent. 

4  Octavius,  cum  iis  quas  habebat  navibus,  Salonas  per- 
venit.  Gives  cum  non  perterrere  posset,  oppidum  oppiig- 
nare  conatus  est.  Compluribus  interfectis  Octavius  Dyrr- 
hachium  sese  ad  Pompeium  recepit. 

5.  Multos  dies  terra  prohibitus,  tandem  cum  classe  ex-iit. 

6.  Tigurini,  cum   domo  ex-issent,  patrum  nostrorum  me- 
moria  Pisonem  legatum  interfecerant. 

7.  Ille  Oricum  proficiscitur.      Turn  subito  Apolloniam  it. 
Staberius  Apollonia,  qui  huic  oppido  prae-erat,  fugit. 

8.  Equitibus   per  litus  conlocatis,  Antonius  aqua  classem 
prohibcbat. 


LESSON  LXXI.  197 

9.  Duae   fuerunt  AriovistI  uxores,  una  quam  domo  secum 
duxerat,  altera  quae  Sueba  natiune  erat. 

10.  Proelio  abs-tinebat. 

11.  Ariovistus milibus  passuum  duObus  ultra  Caesarem  cas- 
tra  fecit,  eo  cunsilio,  ut  frumento  eum  prohiberet.    Caesar,  ne 
diutius  frumento  prohiberetur,  ultra  ilium  alia  castra  posuit. 

12.  Quod,  omne  frumento  a-misso,  in  sua  terra  nihil  est, 
Allobrogibus  imperat  ut  iis  frumenti  copiam  faciant. 

13.  Calenus,  legionibus  in  naves  im-positis,  naves  solvit. 

14.  Hi  cum  essent  ex  terra  Epiri  vlsi,  Coponius,  qui  class! 
prae-erat,  naves  suas  Dyrrhachio  e-duxit. 

42O.  WORD-LIST, 

domus,  domus,  (domi),  f.,  house,  home  (472). 

421. 

1.  He  told  me  that  he  was  going  home1  (413). 

2.  He  wished  you  to  go  with  us. 

3.  When  he  left  home  he  first  went  to  see  you  (384). 

4.  We   are  going  to  the  river  to  bring  (279)  water 
(back)  home.1 

5.  He  will  attempt   to  keep  the  Romans  out  of  his 
country. 

6.  He   said    that  he  would  not  begin  battle,   since 
the  army  of  the  other  legate  had  retreated  (413). 

7.  They  said  that    they  were   unable    to    persuade 
the  Allobroges  to  keep  2  their  men  from  battle. 

8.  Marcus   says   that  he   surpasses  all  other  men  in 
bravery  (194). 

9.  Kept 2  from   (securing)   grain    for  a    long    time, 
he  at  length  went  away. 

10.  He  is  collecting*  many  things  suitable  for  waging 
war  (20,  c,  389-392). 


I98  LESSON  LXXII. 


LESSON   LXXII. 

422.  Read  again  278,  279,  308,  309. 

When  the  subject  of  a  verb  in  a  subordinate  clause  denot- 
ing purpose  (or  result)  is  different  from  the  subject  of 

the  main  verb  of  the  sentence,  qui  (and  not  ut)  introduces 
the  subordinate  clause. 

Legatus  Galbam  mittit,  qui  loci  naturam   cognoscat, 

The  legate  sends  Galba,  who  is  to  find  out  the  nature  of  the  place ; 

or,  The  legate  sends  Galba  to  find  out  the  nature 

of  the  place.  Rel^c.^s. 

Marcus  hominem  misit  qui  cognosceret, 
I\[arcus  sent  a  man  who  should  find  out. 

Marcus  hominem  misit  ut  cognosceret,  Marcus  sent  a 
man  in  order  that  he  (himself,  Marcus^]  might  find  out. 

The  last  two  sentences  iHustrate  the  distinction  between  qui 
and  Ut. 

423.  When  a  clause  introduced  by  a  relative  pronoun  de- 
notes cause,  its  verb  is  put  in  the  subjunctive. 

Fortissimus  erat  Marcus,  qui  tres  Gallos  cepisset,  Mar- 
cus was  very  brave,  who  captured  three  Gauls  (for  he  captured 
three  Gauls]. 

424.  Sometimes  relative  clauses    other    than    those   just 
described  have  the  verb  in  the  subjunctive. 

a.  This  is  usually  the  case  when  the  antecedent  is  indefinite 
(as,  aliquis,  anyone]  or  general,  (as,  omnia,  all  things].     In 
such  a  case  it  is  evidently  the  purpose  of  the  relative  clause 
to  define  or  characterize  the  antecedent. 

Hominem  video  qui  sit  caecus,  I  see  a  man  who  is  blind. 
Hoc  nuntiavit  cuidam  qui  esset  meus  amicus,  He  told 
this  to  one  who  is  my  friend. 

b.  From  this  fact  all  such   clauses  are   called  clauses   of 
characteristic. 


LESSON  LXXll  199 

425.  RULE. — Relative    clauses    of    purpose,     result, 
cause,  and  characteristic  take  the  subjunctive. 

426.  EXAMPLES. 

Cum  obsides  dedissent,  pugnare  noluerunt,  Since  they 
had  given  hostages,  they  refused  to  fight. 

Cum  pauci  sint,  tamen  pugnabunt,  Although  they  are 
few,  still  they  will  fight. 

427.  RULE. — Cum,   when   it  means  since  Cum  Causal  or 

*  Concessive. 

or  although,  is  used  with  the  subjunctive. 

428. 

1.  Equitatum  omnem  prae-mittit,  qui  videant  quas  in  par- 
tes  hostes  iter  faciant. 

2.  Hominem  qui  naturam  montis  cognosceret  misit. 

3.  Equitatum  qui  sustineret  hostium  impetum  miserat. 

4.  Quo  aqua  portari  posset  nihil  erat  relictum. 

5.  Legatus  erat  magna  virtute,  qui  internci  quam  exercitu 
a-misso  salutem  petere  mallet. 

6.  Haec  cum  ita  sint  fuga  salutem  petet. 

7.  Nullus  miles  erat  qui  equitatum  regis  lubae  non  time-- 
ret. 

8.  Non  is  sum  qui  proeli  periculo  perterrear. 

9.  Turn  Ariovistus   partem   suarum   copiarum,  quae  castra 
minora  oppugnaret,  misit. 

10.  Duas  legiones  in  interiorem  Galliam  qui  duceret  lega- 
tum  misit. 

11.  Quis  est  qui  hoc  facere  audeat? 

12.  Soli  centum  erant  qui  portas  defendere  possent. 

13.  Hunc  legatum  Caesar  idoneum  iudicaverat  quern  mit- 
teret. 

14.  Haec  arma  cui   dabo,  cum  neminem  alium  praeter  te 
videam  ? 

15.  Ibi  partem  suorum  militum  traducere  conatl  sunt  qui 
cum  hoste  pugnarent. 


200  LESSON  LXXIII. 

1 6.  Primos  qui    flumen  trans-ierant   nostro  equitatu    cir- 
cumventos  interfecerunt. 

17.  Caesar,   acie   instructa,    equitaturn   mittit  qui   hostiura 
impeturn  sustineat. 

1 8.  Multi  erant  qui  hiberna  oppugnare  vellent. 

429. 

1.  He  will  send  a  horseman  to  inform  l  the  legate. 

2.  What   soldier  was  there  who  did  not  wish  to  at- 
tack the  enemy  ? 

3.  A  hill  that  is  high  can  be  easily  defended. 

4.  A  camp  which  is  placed    upon   the   top  of  a  hill 
cannot  be  easily  captured. 

5.  Although   the    Gauls   had  fled  to  the  forests,  he 
hastened  to  depart  from  their  country. 

6.  He  wishes   to   see  some   one   who  will  tell  him 
about 2  this  matter. 

7.  What   high  hill  is  there  in  this  region,  which  we 
can  easily  defend  ? 

8.  He  thinks  that  this  mountain  is  much  higher  than 
that  (222). 

9.  Although  the  Gauls  have  given  many  hostages  to 
the  Germans,  they  fear  that  the  latter  will  send  another 
army  to  attack  them  (353). 

10.  He  says  that  he  will   not  fight  with  a  man  who 
is  smaller  than  he  (is)  (413). 

LESSON    LXXIII. 

THE    IRREGULAR    VERBS    FERO    AND    FIO. 

( fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latus. 
Principal  Parts :  i  -__    '       _    1 

I  no,  fieri,  factus  sum. 

43O.   Learn  the  conjugation  of  fero  and  flO  (489,  490). 

a.  Flo  is  used  as  the  passive  of  facio  (except  in  some  com- 
pounds). 

b.  The  i  is  long  except  when  followed  hy  -er  and  in  fit. 

1  Not  infinitive.  z  de. 


LESSON  LXXlll.  201 

431. 

1.  Learn  to  unite 

A  genitive  with  the  nearest  noun  or  pronoun. 

A  preposition  with  its  noun.  The  noun  follows  the  pre- 
position. 

Adjectives  with  words  in  the  same  cases. 

The  infinitive,  if  not  following  a  verb-  of  saying,  think- 
ing, etc.,  with  the  nearest  following  indicative  or  subjunc- 
tive (155);  if  following  a  verb  of  saying,  thinking,  etc.,  with 
this  verb,  translating  it  as  the  main  verb  of  the  quotation, 
(i.e.  the  verb  introduced  in  English  by  "  that."  Cp.  413). 

2.  As  regards  nouns  and  adjectives,  think  of  the  commoner 
forms  and  constructions  first.      Learn  to  think 

of  .Hints  for  Reading. 

A  nominative  as  a  subject. 

The  endings  -m,  -6s,  -as  as  denoting  the  object. 

The  ending  -a  as  denoting,  first,  the  object  in  the  ac- 
cusative neuter  plural ;  then,  the  nominative  neuter  plural, 
or  else,  the  nominative  singular  feminine. 

The  ending  -a  as  denoting  the  ablative  feminine. 

An  ablative,  if  alone,  as  denoting  cause  or  means. 

An  adjective  standing  alone  (or  a  pronoun  standing 
alone)  in  the  nominative  or  accusative  as  referring,  if  mas- 
culine, to  people  ;  if  neuter,  to  things. 

The  endings  -is,  and  -ibus  as  first,  the  ablative,  and  then, 
the  dative. 

432.  CURIO  IN  AFRICA.— IV. 

Postero  die  Curio  vallum  circum  Uticam  ducere  paravit. 
Multitudine  in  oppido  perterrita  de  deditione  omnes  iam 
loquebantur,  et  cum  Varo  gerebant,  ne  hoc  bello  omnium 
fortunas  perturbari  vellet.  Haec  cum  loquerentur  nuntii 
prae-missi  ab  luba  rege  venerunt,  qui  lociiti  sunt  ilium 
celeriter  venire  cum  magnis  copiis.  Nuntiabantur  haec  eadem 
CurionI,  sed  quod  iam  Caesaris  res  secundae1  in  Africa  ufui- 
1  Caesar's  successes  against  Afranius. 


202  LESSON  LXXlll. 

tiatae  erant,  nihil  contra  se  regem  facturum  esse  exlstimabat. 
Sed  cum  certis  nuntiis  Curio  cognoscit  minus  quinque  et 
viginti  milibus  passuum  longe  ab  Utica  lubae  regis  copiasab- 
esse,  relictis  castris  sese  in  Castra  Cornelia  rursus  recipit.  Ad 
hunc  locum  frumentum  portare  castraque  conlocare  constituit, 
atque  in  Sicilian!  mittit,  ut  duae  legiones  reliquusque  equita- 
tus  ad  se  mittatur.  Castra  baec  erant  ad  bellum  ducendum 
aptissima  natura  loci  et  aquae  salisque  copia  et  quod  ad  litus 
erant.  Itaque  Curio  reliquas  copias  exspectare  et  bellum  du- 
cere  constituit. 

433. 

1.  While  Caesar   was   waging   war  in    Spain,  Curio 
was  fighting  in  Africa. 

2.  This  was  announced  to  him  while  he  was  speaking 
to  his  friends  in  the  council. 

3.  Since  the   cavalry  had  become  terrified,  the  le- 
gionary soldiers  were  unable  to  hold  the  hill. 

4.  When  this  battle  had  been  fought,  he  set  out  for 
the  winter  camp. 

5.  He  is  afraid  to  do  this. 

6.  He  wished  them  to  go  home  (360,  c). 

7.  When  he  goes1  to  Gaul  he  will  wage  war  upon 
all  who  refuse  to  give  him  hostages. 

8.  He  wishes  to  place  the  winter  camp  in  this  re- 
gion, but  fears  that  there  is  no  suitable  place. 

1  Future  Perfect. 


434.  WORD-LIST  FOR  REVIEW. 

praeda,  praedae         centurio,  -onis         impetus,  -us 


alius,  -a,  -ud 

civitas,  -atis 

certus,  -a,  -um 

facultas,  -atis 

acies,  aciei 

finis,  finis 

dies,  diei 

facilis,  facile 

opus,  operis 

res,  rei 

quod 

ab-sum,  ab-esse,  a-fui. 
possum,  posse,  potui. 

existimo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 
perturbo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 

persuadeo,  persuadere,  persuasi,  persuasus. 
sustineo,  sustinere,  sustinui,  sustentus. 
timeo,  timere,  timui,     . 

cogo,  cogere,  coegi,  coactus. 

cognosco,  cognoscere,  cognovi,  cognitus. 

instruo,  instruere,  mstruxi,  instructus. 

pono,  ponere,  posui,  positus. 

relinquo,  relinquere,  reliqui,  relictus, 

facio,  facere,  foci,  factus. 

fugio,  fugere,  fugi,  fugitus. 

interficio,  interficere,  inter  fed,  interfectuSo 

recipio,  recipere,  recepi,  receptus. 

venio,  venire,  veni,  ventus. 
eo,  ire,  ivi  (ii),   (iturus). 

conor,  conari,  conatus. 
loquor,  loqui,  locutus. 
proficiscor,  proficisci,  profectus. 
sequor,  sequi,  seciitus. 
utor,  uti,  usus. 
volo,  velle,  volui. 
nolo,  nolle,  nolui. 
203 


204 


206  LESSON  LXXIV. 


LESSON    LXXIV. 

READING    LESSONS. 
435.  Cuiro  IN  AFRICA. — V. 

His  rebus  constitiitis  ex  quibusdam  qui  ex  oppido  fugerant 
audit  lubam  regem  rursus  ad  eius  terrain  bello  contendere 
coactum  esse,  atque  Saburram,  eius  ducem,  cum  parvls  copiis 
missum  prope  Uticam  esse.  Itaque  rem  proelio  committere 
constituit. 

Equitatum  omnem  prima  nocte  ad  castra  hostium  miltere 
constituit,  ad  flumen  Bagradam,  quibus  castris  prae-erat  Su- 
bii rra,  de  quo  ante  erat  auditum,  sed  rex  luba  omnibus  copiis 
sequebatur  et  sex  milibus  passuum  ab-erat.  Equites  missi 
nocte  ad  hostes  nihil  timentes  impetum  faciunt,  multos  inter- 
ficiunt;  complures  perterriti  fugiunt.  Quo  facto  ad  Curionem 
equites  rursus  veniunt  captivosque  ad  eum  re-ducunt. 

Curio  cum  omnibus  copiis  ex-ierat,  cohortibus  quinqtie 
castris  praesidio  relictis.  Profectus  milia  passuum  sex  ad 
equites  venit,  et  rem  gestam  cognovit.  Captivos  vidit, 
et  ex  iis  quaesivit,  "Quis  castris  ad  Bagradam  flumen  prae- 
est?"  responderunt,  ^Saburra."  Reliqua  studio  itineris 
con-ficiendi  ex  captivis  quaerere  praeter-misit,  sed,  militibus 
qui  proxima  signa  sequebantur  loquens,  "  Videtisne,"  dixit, 
"  captivorum  orationem  convenire  cum  oratione  eorum  qui 
ex  hoste  ad  nos  fugerunt?  ab-esse  regem,  parvas  esse  copias 
missas,  paucis  equitibus  pares  esse  non  potuerunt.  Ad  prae- 
dam,  ad  gloriam  properate  !  " 

Equites  praeterea  captos  homines  equosque  producebant ; 
itaque  Curionis  militibus  studia  non  de-erant.  Equitatui  ut 
sese  sequeretur  imperavit  ipseque  multum  properavit,  ut  ad 
hostes  ex  fuga  perterritos  venire  posset.'  Sed  equites,  itinere 
totius  noctis  con-fecti.  seaui  non  uoterant.  atque  alii  alio  loco 
staDant.  Tuba  rex,  certior  factus  a  Sabtirra  de  superiore  proe- 


LESSON  LXXIV.  207 

lio  duo  milia  eorum  equitum  quos  praesidio  circum  se  habe- 
bat  et  pattern  peditum  ad  Saburram  misit ;  ipse  cum  reliquis 
copiis  elephantisque  sexaginta  secutus  est.  Existimans  prae- 
missis  equitibus  ipsum  venturum  esse  Curionem,  Saburra  co- 
pias  equitum  peditumque  instruxit,  copiis  suis  imperavit  ut 
adventii  Curionis  viso  paulatim  se  reciperent  ;  sese  dixit  cum 
opus  esset  signum  proeli  daturum  esse.  Curio,  cum  hostes 
quod  a  Saburra  imperatum  erat  id  facere  atque  se  recipere 
vidit,  exlstimans  eos  qui  superiore  nocte  equitibus  perterriti 
fugissent  rursus  fugere,  ut  sequeretur  copias  ex  locis  superio- 
ribus  in  campum  duxit.  Quibus  ex  locis  cum  longius  esset 
profectus,  dedit  suis  signum  Saburra  et  circum-iens  aciem 
imperavit  ut  eqtiites  in  aciem  Curionis  mitterentur. 

Cum  equites  Saburrae  in  aciem  Curionis  impetum  ita  fece- 
runt  Curio  non  de-erat  virtute,  neque  defessis  militibus  neque 
equitibus,  paucis  et  labore  con-fectis,  studium  ad  pugnandum 
virtusque  de-erat.  Equites  erant  numero  ducenti  ;  reliqui  in 
itinere  steterant.  Hi  quamcumque  in  partem  impetum  facie- 
biint,  hostes  ex  eo  loco  fugere  cogebant,  sed  equis  defessis 
non  longius  fugientes  sequi  pot  erant.  Equitatus  hostium  ab 
utroque  cornu  aciem  nostram  circum-ibant.  Cum  nostrae  co- 
hortes  ex  acie  pro-cucurissent,  hostes  celeriter  impetum  nos- 
trorum  ex-fugiebant,  rursusque  ad  aciem  redire  conatos 
novo  impetu  circum-ibant,  ut  magna  cum  difficultate  ad 
suam  aciem  rursus  venire  nostri  possent.  Novae  copiae  mis- 
sis a  rege  auxiliis  perveniebant.  Nostri  defessi  erant  et 
vulneratis  nullus  tutus  locus  erat,  quod  tota  acies  equitatu 
hostium  tenebatur. 

Curio  perterritis  omnibus  unam  rem  reliquam  esse  existi- 
mans,  suis  militibus  imperavit  ut  proximos  collis  caperent. 
Sed  hos  quoque  prae-occupaverat  missus  a  Saburra  equitatus. 
Turn  vero,  nulla  spe  salutis  relicta,  ad  summam  desperatio- 
nem  nostri  pervenerunt.  Complures,  fugientes,  ab  equitatu 
interfecti  sunt ;  alii  salutem  fuga  non  petebant  sed  in  ipso 
loco  ubi  stabant  defessi  atque  sine  spe  procumbebant. 


zo8  LESSON  LXXIV. 

Ad  Curionern  Domitius,  dux  equitum,  cum  paucis  equiti- 
bus  veniens,  eum  salutem  fuga  petere  et  ad  castra  contendere 
voluit  ;  hanc  unam  spem  el  relinqui  atque  se  ab  eo  non  ex- 
iturum  dixit.  Sed  Curio  numquam  se,  a-misso  exercitu  quern 
a  Caesare  sill  com-missum  accepisset,  in  eius  conspectum  rur- 
sus  venire  dixit,  atque  ita  pugnans  interfectus  est. 

Equites  ex  proelio  panel  se  receperunt  ;  sed  ii  qui  ad  no- 
vissimum  agmen  equorum  re-ficiendorum  causa  steterant,  fuga 
totius  exercitus  visa,  salutem  fuga  petiverunt  atque  sese  cele- 
riter  in  castra  receperunt.  Milites  ad  unum  omnes  interfecti 
sunt. 

Qui  in  castris  praesidio  a  Curione  relicti  erant,  horum 
pauci  navibus  in  Siciliam  fugere  potuerunt  ;  reliqui  Varo, 
qui  ad  Uticam  erat,  se  in  deditionem  dederunt.  Quorum 
complures  luba  rex  Varo  nolente  interfecit  ;  paucos  captivos 
in  terram  suam  misit. 


436.  (See  that  the  sentences  in  your  Latin  translation  of 
this  exercise  are  as  long  as  the  English  sentences,  which  follow 
the  Latin  idiom.) 

The  Romans  set  out  with  ten  cohorts  to  march 
through  (397,  N.  i.)  the  forest  to  the  winter  camp. 
When  they  had  gone  a  short  distance  1  the  Gallic  cav- 
alry began  2  to  harass  the  rear  rank.  While  the  rear 
line  of  march  was  being  thus  harassed  by  the  Gallic 
horsemen,  the  rest  of  the  Gauls  suddenly  attacked  the 
three  foremost  cohorts  from  two  directions,  in  order 
that  they  might  throw  them  into  great  confusion 
(greatly  disturb  them).  The  foremost  soldiers,  (though) 
in  confusion,  none  the  less  3  did  not  flee,  but,  hastily 
following  the  legate  with  the  cohort  which  was  in  the 
rear  rank  of  the  three,  they  seized  the  nearest  hill 
very  quickly.  When  the  line  of  battle  had  been 
1  spatium.  2  coeperunt.  z  tamen. 


LESSON  LXX11/.  209 

formed  in  this  place  they  defended  themselves  with 
great  bravery  for  a  long  time,  supposing  that  the  other 
seven  cohorts  would  come  to  give  them  help. 

But  the  other  legate,  who  was  over  these  cohorts, 
being  informed  by  a  few  soldiers  who  had  fled  at  the 
first  attack  that  the  greater  part  of  the  soldiers  of  the 
first  three  cohorts  had  been  killed,  and  that  the  rest 
were  following  in  flight,1  fearing  lest  his  own  soldiers 
would  be  disturbed,  commanded  (419,  i)  them  to  with- 
draw to  a  suitable  place,  where,2  during  the  rest  of  the 
day,  he  was  (engaged  in)  fortifying  3  a  camp. 

Meantime 4  the  soldiers  of  the  three  cohorts,  lacking 
everything  of  use  for  fortifying  a  camp,  since  their  bag- 
gage had  been  captured  at  the  first  attack,  wearied  by 
the  previous  march,  and  so  5  few  in  number  that  no 
chance  was  given  of  sending  fresh  soldiers  to  stand  6  in 
the  line  in  the  place  of  those  who  were  wounded  or 
killed,  were  compelled  to  defend  themselves  with  their 
swords  and  shields.7  When  at  length  8  (only)  a  small 
part  of  the  day  was  left  the  centurions,  since  many 
soldiers  were  wounded  or  dead,  (and)  the  rest  were 
terrified,  supposing  that  the  remaining  cohorts  were 
hard  pressed  by  the  Gauls  and  for  this  reason  were 
unable  to  send  help,  fearing  also 9  lest  they  all  be 
killed  during  the  night,  persuaded  the  legate  to  ask  for 
the  chief  of  the  Gauls  and  confer  with  (talk  with)  him 
as  to  10  surrender.11 

When  opportunity  was  given  in  this  way,  the  three 
cohorts,  when  the  legate  and  six  centurions  had  been 
given  as  hostages,  surrendered  to  the  Gauls. 

1  ruga.     2  ubi.     3  munio,  munlre.      4  interim.     6  tarn.     6  sto,  stare. 
7  scutum.     8  tandem.    9  quoque.     10  de.     "  deditio. 


210  LESSON  LXXV. 


LESSON  LXXV. 

437.  EXAMPLES, 

DIRECT  QUESTIONS.  INDIRECT  QUESTIONS. 

Ubi  est  ?  Cognoscam  ubi  sit, 

Where  is  he?  I  will  find  out  where  he  is. 

Ubi  eras  ?  Quaerit  ubi  sis, 

Where  were  you?  He  asks  where  you  were. 

Quaesivit  ubi  esses, 

He     asked    where    ' "direct 

Questions. 

you  were. 
Ubi  venistis  ?  Scit  ubi  veneritis, 

Where  did  you  go?  He  knows  where  you  went. 

Sclvit  ubi  venissetis, 

He  knew  where  you  went. 

a.  Compare   these  two  sets  of  sentences,   and  determine 
from  them  what  constitutes  an  indirect  question  in  Latin. 

b.  Is  it  the  same  as  an  indirect  question  in  English  gram- 
mar? 

c.  Notice  that    indirect    questions   follow  verbs   denoting 
mental  action,  but  that  they   do  not    follow  the   rule  for  in- 
direct statements  (413). 

d.  Notice  that   they  conform   to  the  rule  for  sequence  of 
tenses  (411). 

438.  RULE. — An    indirect   question    takes   the    sub-* 
junctive. 

439.  EXAMPLE. 

Quam  plurima   oppida  cepit,  He  took  as      QUamwith 
many  towns  as  possible.  Superlative. 

This  sentence  illustrates  a  use  of  quam  with  the  superlative. 


LESSON  LXXV.  211 

44O. 

1.  Ab  his  quaesivit  quae  civitates  in  armis  assent  et  quid  in 
hello  possent. 

2.  Equitibus  imperat  ut  quam  maximum  frumentum  agris 
hostium  ex-portent. 

3.  Dumnorix  apud  Sequanos  plurimum  poterat. 

4.  Ems  rei  quae  esset  causa  ex  ipsis  quaesivit. 

5.  Quam  plurimas  civitates  occupare  volebat. 

6.  Caesar  quam  inaximis  potest  itineribus  in  Galliam  ulte- 
riorem  contendit.      Quam  maximum  potest  militum  numerum 
cogit. 

7.  Con-vocato  concilio  et  ad  id  concilium  ad-hibitis  centu- 
rionibus  Caesar  ex   iis  quaesivit  cur  quaererent  aut  quam  in 
partem   aut   quo   consilio   ducerentur :     quid  timerent?    cur 
sese  de-esse  virtute  existimarent  ? 

8.  Ariovistus  a  Caesare  quaerit  quid  sibi  velit ;  cur  in  suas 
possessiones  veniat. 

9.  Ad  Ariovistum  legatos  Caesar  misit ;   quos  cum  in  suis 
castris  Ariovistus  vidisset,  con-clamavit  quid  ad  se  venirent. 
Sed  conantes  dicere  prohibuit. 

10.  Cum  ex  captivis  quaereret  Caesar  quam  ob  rem  Ario- 
vistus non  pugnaret,  dixerunt  eas  mulieres  quae  nuntiarent 
utrum   proelium  ex  usu  esset  nec-ne,  ita  dicere,  non  Germa- 
nos  superaturos  esse  si  ante  novam  lunam  proelio  contendis- 
sent. 

11.  Cum  ille  homo  quis  sit  mihi  nuntiare  nolit,  ei  non  per- 
mittam  ut  in  domum  eat. 

441. 

1.  We  asked  what  you  wanted. 

2.  He  takes  as  much  grain  as  possible. 

3.  He  asked  whether  the  soldiers  wished  to  fight. 

4.  They  ask  who  the  most  powerful  man  in  this  state 
may  be. 

5.  He  is  informed  that  they  are  collecting  as  many 
soldiers  as  possible. 


2i2  LESSON  LXXVI. 

6.  When   Ariovistus  saw  the  envoys  of  Caesar,  he 
asked  why  they  had  come  to  his  camp. 

7.  He   hurried    into   Italy  by  the    longest   marches 
possible. 

8.  He  orders  (419,   i)   his  soldiers  to  carry  away  as 
many  arms  as  possible  from  the  camps  of  the  enemy. 

9.  When  this  help  had  been  given  by  the  cavalry, 
the  enemy  were  so  pressed  by  our  soldiers  that  some 
of  them  retreated,  and  some  surrendered  (126). 

10.  He  says  that  they  will  come. 

LESSON   LXXVI. 

442.  CONDITIONAL  SENTENCES. 

Conditional  sentences  contain  two  clauses  :  a  condition 
(introduced  by  si,  if,  or  one  of  its  compounds)  and  a 
conclusion. 

443.  There  are  three  classes  of  conditional  sentences: 

I.  Nothing  Implied. 

Si  venit,  viderunt,  If  he  came,  they  saw  him. 
Si  veniet,  videbunt,  If  he  comes,  they  will  see  him. 
SI  id  fecerit,  laetus  ero,  If  he  does  (shall  have  done}  this, 
I  will  be  glad. 

a.  There   is  nothing  in  the  first  two  sentences  by  which 
one  can  infer  whether  the  person  spoken  of  came  or  not. 

b.  This  class  makes  use  of  the  indicative  in  both  clauses. 

c.  Why  is  the  Latin  future  perfect  more  exact  than  the 
English  future  in  the  last  sentence  ? 

RULE. — Simple  conditional  sentences  take  the  indica- 
tive in  both  condition  and  conclusion. 

II.  Less  Vivid  Future. 

This  represents  the  act  as  scarcely  probable. 

Si  veniat,  laetus  sim,  If  he  should  come,  I  would  be  glad. 


LESSON  LXXVl.  213 

a.  Notice  that  the  present  subjunctive  is  used  in  both 
clauses. 

b.  Notice  the   tenses  "  should  "  and  "  would",  used  in 
English  in  this  form  of  conditional  sentence. 

RULE. — Less  vivid  future  conditions  take  the  present 
subjunctive  in  both  condition  and  conclusion. 

III.   Contrary  Implied. 

In  this  class  one  is  able  to  infer  whether  the  condition  has 
been  fulfilled. 
.  For  example,  we  say  in  English  : 

If  he  had  come  to  town,  I  would  have  seen  him. 

Has  he  or  has  he  not  come  to  town  ? 

If  he  were  in  the  building,  I  would  know  it. 

Is  he  in  the  building  ? 

Si  impetum  faceret,  hostis  nos  non  premeret,  If  he 
were  making  an  attack,  the  enemy  would  not  be  harassing  us. 

Si  impetum  fecisset,  hostis  nos  non  pressisset,  If  he  had 
made  an  attack,  the  enemy  would  not  have  harassed  us. 

a.  Notice  that  the  subjunctive  imperfect  is  used  in  both 
clauses  to  denote  present  time,  and  the  subjunctive  plu- 
perfect in  both  clauses  to  denote  past  time. 

RULE. — Conditions  contrary  to  fact  take  the  imper- 
fect subjunctive  when  referring  to  present  time,  and  the 
pluperfect  subjunctive  when  referring  to  past  time. 

444. 

1.  Si  obsides  dedissent,  bellum  iis  non  in-tulisset. 

2.  Si  quidquam  Romanis  accidat,  summam  in  spem  imperi 
obtinendi  Dumnorix  veniat. 

3.  Nisi    quodquam    in    Caesare  sit  auxilium,  omnes  Galli 
domo  ex-eant. 

4.  Si  quidquam  voluissent,  venissent. 

5.  Id  si  fiat,  magno  cum  penculo  ei  sit. 

6.  Militibus  perterritis  Caesar  dixit  ;    "  Si  Ariovistus  bel- 
lum intulerit,  quid  timeatis  ?  proxima  nocte  ad  hostem  pro- 


214  *  LESSON  LXXVL 

ficiscar.       Si  nemo  praeterea  sequatur,  tamen  ego  cum  sola 
decirna  legione  ibo,  de  qua  non  dubito." 

7.  Legatls  qui  a  Caesare  missi  quaerebant  ut  locum  con- 
loquio  diceret  Ariovistus  dixit ;    "  Si   quid   mihi    a  Caesare 
operis  esset,  ego  ad  eum  venirem  ;  si  quid  ille  vult,  cur  ille  ad 
me  non  venit?"   Caesar  respondit  ;     "Si   ea  qnae  postulo 
feceris,  arnicas  tibi  ero ;  si  non  fades,  ego  auxilium  Haeduis 
contra  te  dabo." 

Ariovistus  respondit;  "Si  ipse  populo  Romano  imperarem 
quas  res  gerant,  turn  vero  bona  causa  ita  mihi  imperares.  Si 
Haedui  ea  quae  postulo  facient,  bellum  non  in-feram  ;  sed  si 
id  non  fecerint,  bellum  acriter  in-feram.  Si  auxilium  Caesar 
iis  det  contra  Germanos,  quibuscum  nemo  sine  magno  peri- 
culo  contendit,  quid  possit?  " 

8.  Cum  ea  ita  sint,  tamen  vobiscum  bellum  inferam. 

9.  Cum  magna  virtute  hie  miles  signum  in  hostes  in-tulerit, 
fiet  centurio. 

10.  Cum  hunc  regem  non  tuleris,  ilium  ferte. 

445. 

1.  If  I  should  ask  you  for  anything,  you  would  give 
it  to  me. 

2.  If  he  were  in  the  city,  I  would  be  there  too  (436, 
N.  9). 

3.  If  he  had  a  sword,  he  would  not  be  able  to  wound 
anyone  with  it. 

4.  If  Ariovistus  had  not  conquered  the  Haedui,  he 
would  not  have  been  attacked  by  Caesar.      If  Caesar 
had  not  waged  war  upon  him,  many  more  Germans 
would  have  crossed  the  river  Rhine. 

5.  If  you  wish  to  speak  with  me,  come  to  my  house. 

6.  If  you   had  wished  to   see  me,  you  would  have 
come  to  me. 

7.  If  you  should  do  this,  I  would  be  compelled  to  be 
your  enemy. 

8.  If  I  were  your  enemy,  I  would  not  be  giving  you 
aid. 


LESSON  LXXVIL  215 

9.  If  the  hostages  had  been  given,  there  would  have 
been  no  war. 

10.  Would  we  be  afraid  of  them,  if  they  were  very 
brave  men  ? 


LESSON   LXXVIL 

446.  EXAMPLES. 

POSITIVE.  NEGATIVE. 

Mittam,     let  me  send.         Ne  mittam,         let  me  not  send. 


Mittas, 

Miseris, 

Mitte, 


Ne  mittas, 

send.  Ne  miser  is,       \  do  not  send. 

Noli  mittere, 


Mittat,    )  -,  .  ,  .          ,       Ne  mittat,        )  ,  .  , . 
Mlserit,  }  le*  him  send'       Ne  miserit,      \  lei  him  not  send' 

a.  Diagram   the  usage  in   the  plural  in  the    commands  and 
same  way.  Appeals. 

b.  Observe  that  both  imperative  and  subjunctive  forms 
are  used. 

c.  Observe  that  the  negative  is  ne. 

d.  The  imperative  of  nolo  (noli,  nollte)  with  the  infin- 
itive is  frequently  used. 

447.  RULE. — Commands  are  put  in  the  imperative  or 
subjunctive ;  appeals  in  the  subjunctive.     The  negative 
is  ne. 

448.  EXAMPLES. 

Cum  vis,  veni,   When  you  ivish,  come. 

Dicit  cum  veils  venias,  He  says  that  you  may  come  when 
you  wish. 

Dixit  cuni  velles  venires,  He  said  that  you 

COUld  Come  When  you  Wished.  Indirect  Discourse: 

»T-  r     ,   7  •  7    •  Commands  and 

We  moueat,  Let  him  not  advise.  Appeals. 

Dicit  ne  moneat,  He  says  that  he  may  not  advise. 
DIxit  nj  moneret,  ffe  said  that  fa  $hoiM  not 


216  LESSON  LXXVll. 

a.  Notice  that  after  a  verb  denoting  mental  action  the  im- 
perative venl   in  the  first  sentence  is  changed  to  the  sub- 
junctive, and  the  subjunctive  moneat  in  the  fourth  remains 
a  subjunctive. 

b.  Observe   that  the  rule  for  Sequence  of  Tenses  (411)  is 
followed. 

449.  RULE. — In   Indirect   Discourse  the  subjunctive  of 
Appeals  and  Commands  remains  a  Subjunctive. 

The  Imperative  is  in  Indirect  Discourse  changed  to  the 
Subjunctive. 

450.  The  three  forms  of  Indirect  Discourse  have  now 
all  been  studied  : 

Indirect  Statements  (413)  take  the  Infini- 
tive with  Subject  Accusative  and  the  Sub=  _, 

The  Three  Forms 

junctive  in  Subordinate  Clauses,  of  indirect  Dis- 

Indirect  Questions    (438)    take  the  Sub-          course 

junctive. 

Indirect  Commands  (449)  take  the  Subjunctive. 

The  Subjunctives  throughout  conform  to  the  rule  for 

the  Sequence  of  Tenses  (411). 

451.  I. 

Ariovisto  Caesar  nuntium  misit  :  "  Haec  sunt,  quat  a  te 
postulo  :  primum,  ne  hominum  multitudinem  trans  Rhenum 
flumen  traducas,  deinde,  obsides  red-ire  per-mittas,  atque  ne 
Haeduis  bellum  inferas." 

Ariovistus  respondit ;  "Cum  Haedui  superati  sint,  obsides 
red-ire  non  per-mittam.  Cum  vis,  veni ;  cognosces  quid 
Germani  virtute  possint." 

Caesar  cum  exercitu  venit  et  in  conloquio  Ariovisto  dixit ; 
' l  Ne  Haeduis  bellum  in-ferto;  obsides  red-ire  per-mittito;  plu- 
res  Germanos  trans  Rhenum  ne  tra-ducito."  Ariovistus  re- 
spondit ;  "Quid  mihi  vis?  cur  in  meas  possessiones  venisti? 
Si  te  interface ro,  multis  principibus  populi  Romani  gratum 
erit." 


LESSON  LXXVIL  217 

Hoc  conloquio  habito  Ariovistus  per  legatos  dixit ;  "  Con- 
loquendi  finem  ne  feceris,  sed  aut  aliquem  conloquio  diem 
constitueris  aut  ex  tuis  aliquem  ad  me  miseris." 

Duos  legatos  Caesar  misit,  quos  cum  Ariovistus  vidisset, 
conclamavit,  "  Cur  ad  me  veniunt  ?  "  atque  eos  hostium  in 
numero  habuit. 

II. 

Caesar  nuntiavit  haec  esse  quae  postularet ;  ne  multitudi- 
nem  in  Galliam  Ariovistus  traduceret,  obsides  red-ire  per- 
mitteret,  ne  Haeduis  bellum  in -ferret. 

Ariovistus  respondit  se  obsides  non  red-ire  permitturum 
esse  ;  cum  Caesar  vellet,  veniret. 

Caesar  in  conloquio  postulavit  ne  bellum  Haeduis  Ariovis- 
tus in-ferret ;  obsides  red-ire  per-mitteret,  plures  Germanos 
trans  Rhenum  ne  traduceret. 

Ariovistus  quaesivit  quid  Caesar  vellet,  et  dixit  si  eum  in- 
terfecisset  id  multis  Romanis  gratum  futurum  esse. 

452. 

1 .  The  Germans  ask  why  the  Romans  are  demand- 
ing that  they  shall  not  take  hostages  from  those  states 
of  Gaul  which  they  have  conquered.      They  ask  why 
the  Romans  have   come  into  that  part  of  Gaul  which 
they,   and  not  the  former,    have  conquered.      Do  the 
Romans  wish  to  wage  war  with  them  ?  (they  ask).      If 
they  do,   they  say,   let    them    come:    war  is    always1 
pleasing  to  the  Germans. 

2.  They  wish  me  to  ask  you  what  you  want. 

3.  You  may  come  if  you  wish,  but  do  not  talk  with 
me. 

4.  Come  to  me  some  other  day,  since  I  am  unable 
to  give  you  anything  to-day2  (427). 

5.  I  demand  that  you  do  not  come  to  the  camp  if 
the  legate  be  unwilling. 

1  semper.  2  hodie. 


2i8  LESSON  LXXVlll. 

LESSON   LXXVIII. 

453.  The  First  (or  Active)  Periphrastic1  Conjugation 

is  formed  by  combining  the  future  active     First  periphrasiic 
participle  with  the  tenses  of  the  verb  sum.  Conjugation. 

Te  moniturus  erat,  He  was  about  to  (going  to,  intending 
to]  advise  you'. 

Te  missurus  erit,  He  will  be  about  to  send  you. 

a.  What  form  of  this  conjugation  has  already  been  used 
freely  ? 

454.  The  Second  (or  Passive)  Periphrastic  *  Conju- 
gation   is    of   frequent    occurrence.      It    is    second  Periphrastic 
somewhat  puzzling,  because  it  scarcely  ad-         Conjugation, 
mits  of  a  literal  translation  into  English.    It  is  used  frequently 
by  Caesar  and  other  Latin  writers. 

It  is  formed  by  combining  the  Gerundive  with  the  tenses 
of  the  verb  sum. 

The  Second  Periphrastic  Conjugation  is  Passive  and 
denotes  a  necessity  or  duty. 

Mittendus  sum,  /  am  to  be  (must  be,  ought  to  be,  deserve  to 
be]  sent. 

Mittendus  erani,  /  was  to  be  (should  have  been,  ought  to 
have  been,  deserve  to  have  been)  serif. 

Mittendus  ero,  /  shall  have  to  be  sent. 

455.  RULE. — The    gerundive   with   the   verb    sum   is 
used  to  form  the  passive  (or  second)  periphrastic  con- 
jugation, denoting  obligation  or  duty. 

456.  Another  peculiarity  of  this  Conjugation  is  that  it 
uses  a  dative  to  denote  the  doer  or  agent, 

.•'.-.  111  Dative  of  Agent. 

where  the  ordinary  conjugations  use  the  abla- 
tive of  agent. 

1  The  adjective  "  periphrastic  "  and  noun  "  periphrasis"  are  derived 
from  the  Greek.  The  corresponding  Latin  derivative  is  k<  circumlocu- 
tion (circum,  loquor),  (<  Periphrasis "  means  "a  roundabout  method  of 
expression," 


THE  PERIPHRASTIC  CONJUGATIONS.  219 

« 

Tibi  mittendus  sum,  /  must  be  sent  by  you. 
Caesari  omnia  agenda  sunt,  Everything  has  to  be  done  by 
Caesar. 

RULE, — The  agent  with  the  gerundive  is  expressed  by 
the  dative. 

' 

457.  The  Impersonal  construction  is  frequent  with  this 
conjugation. 

Impersonal  means  having  no  personal  subject.  The 
clause  is  sometimes  considered  the  subject. 

Ad  urbem  exercitui  veniendum  est,  The  army  must  come 
to  the  city  {the  necessity  of  coming  to  the  city  is  to  the  army}. 

Mihi  pugnandum  est,  /  must  fight  (the  necessity  of  fighting 
is  to  me). 

458. 

1.  Tibi  exercitus  ducendus  est. 

2.  Ad  montem  proximum  legionibus  veniendum  est. 

3.  His    cognitis     Labienus    existimavit    sibi     contenden- 
dum  esse. 

4.  Acriter  Galli  pugnaverunt. 

5.  Acriter  a  Gallis  pugnatum  est. 

6.  Acriter  Gallis  pugnandum  est. 

7.  Cum  a  hostibus   premeremur,   tamen  nobis  castra  po- 
nenda  erant. 

8.  Galbae  cum  reliquis  copiis  pronciscendum  est. 

9.  Duabus  legionibus  atque  impedimentis  totius  exercitus 
relictis  ad  Boios  veniendum  est. 

10.  Galba  cum  peditibus  ad  castra  mittendus  fuit. 

11.  Frumenti  inopia  oppidum  in  deditionem  Caesari  dan- 
dum  est. 

12.  Illud  mihi  non  dicendum  est. 

13.  In  idoneo  loco  legato  castra  ponenda  sunt. 

14.  Ei  illius  gladius  capiendus  erat. 

15.  In  Gallos  Romanis  impetus  faciendus  est. 


220  LESSON  l.XXVUL 

1 6.  Caesar    existimavit    hostium    castra    sibi   oppugnanda 
esse. 

17.  Praesidio   in    castris   relicto   omnes   copiae  ad  a(}iiam 
ducendae  fuerunt. 

1 8.  Omnia  bene  mihi  gerenda  sunt. 

19.  Caesar!  oninia  uno  tempore  erant  facienda ;  ab  opere 
re-vocandi  milites,  acies  instruenda,  signum  tuba  dandum. 

20.  His  rebus  cognitis  Caesar  existimavit  consilium  sibi 
capiendum  esse  ex  loci  natura.      Erant  circum  castra  Pompei 
per-multl  colles.      Hos  primum  praesidiis  tenendos  esse  con- 
stituit.       Pompeius    quoque    constituit    sibi    quam    plurimos 
collis  quam  maximo  circuitu  occupandos  esse,  ut  multa  ea 
causa  proelia  fierent. 

21.  Cum  complures  barbari   populo  Romano  bellum  in- 
ferant,  tamen  superabuntur. 

22.  Labienus,    cum    hunc    locum    occupavisset,    magnum 
hostibus  terrorem  in-tulit. 

459. 

1 .  You  must  hurry. 

2.  The  Germans  must  be  kept  out  of  Gaul  by  the 
Romans. 

3.  He  said  that  the  river  had  to  be  crossed.1 

4.  He  asked  what  you  were  going  to  do. 

5.  We   must   go   to  the  city.      He  asks  why2  we 
must  go. 

6.  The  legate  thought   that   he    ought   to   send  a 
legion  to   hold  the   mountain,    since   the    Gauls   were 
about  to  attack  with  large  forces. 

7.  The   town   must   be   defended   by  the  soldiers, 
although  one  of  the  two  legates  is  wounded. 

8.  The  signal  of  battle  must  be  given. 

9.  If  you  must  make  the  attack,  fight  very  bravely. 
10.    He  says  that  we  must  attack  all  of  the  winter 

camps  of  the  Romans  upon  the  same  day. 
1  trans-eo.  *  cur. 


READING  LESSONS.  221 

READING    LESSONS. 

460.  THE  DYING  STANDARD  BEARER. 

In  proelio  cum  graviter  aquilifer  vulneratus  esset,  videos 
equites  nostros  "  Hanc  aquilam  ego"  dixit,  "  et  vivus  mul- 
tos  per  annos  magna  diligentia  defend!  et  nunc  moriens 
eadem  fide  ad  Caesarem  mitto.  Nolite  committere  quod 
ante  in  exercitu  Caesaris  non  accidit  incolumemque  ad  eum 
deferte." 

Ita  aquila  servatur,  omnibus  primae.  cohortis  centurioni- 
bus  interfectis  praeter  principem  priorem. 

461.  DYING  FOR  HIS  MEN. 

Marcus  Petronius  octavae  legionis  centurio,  cum  portas 
oppidi  Gallorum  excidere  conatus  esset,  a  multitudine  Gal- 
lorum  superatus  ac  iam  vulneratus  militibus  suis  qui  eum 
secuti  erant  "  Quoniam  "  dixit  "mevobiscum  servare  non 
possum,  vestrae  certe  vitae  providebo,  quos  spe  gloriae  ad- 
ductus  in  periculum  duxi.  Vos  data  facilitate  vobis  provi- 
dete/' 

Haec  locutus  in  hostes  contendit  duobusque  interfectis 
reliquos  a  porta  paulim  summovit.  Conantibus  auxilium 
dare  suis  ^Frustra"  dixit  "  meae  vitae  subvenire  cona- 
mini,  qui  iam  gravius  vulneratus  sum.  Ab-ite  dum  est  fa- 
cultas,  vosque  ad  legionem  recipite.1'  Ita  pugnans  suis 
saluti  fuit  et  brevi  tempore  interfectus  est. 

462.  The  three  selections  which  follow  relate  inci- 
dents which    occurred    during    Caesar's    campaign  in 
Africa.       The  partisans  of  the  Senate  collected   in  this 
province    after    the    battle    of  Pharsalia  (245),    where 
Varus  and  king  Juba,  who  had  defeated  Curio  (361), 
were  still  unsubdued.      Since  Pompey  was  dead  (255) 
Scipio  was  declared  by  them  to  be  the  only  real  4%  im- 
perator",  or  general-in-chief  of  the   Roman   govern- 
ment. 


222  READING    LESSONS. 

463.  Is  CAESAR  AN  IMPERATOR? 

Plancus  Caesaris  legatus  petivit  ah  eo  ut  sibi  daretur  facultas 
cum  Considio  agendi,  si  posset  perduci  ad  sanitatem.  Itaque, 
data  facultate,  litteras  captive  dat  perferendas  in  oppidum  ad 
Considium.  Ad  quern  cum  captivus  pervenisset,  litterasque 
Considio  dabat ;  prius  quam  acciperet  ille  "A  quo",  dixit, 
"illas?"  Turn  captivus,  "  Ab  imperatore  Caesare  "  Turn 
Considius,  "  Unus  est  ",  dixit,  "  Scipio  imperator  hoc  tern- 
pore  populi  Romani."  Deinde  in  conspectu  suo  imperavit 
ut  captivus  statim  interficeretur,  litterasque  dedit  homini 
certo  qui  eas  ad  Scipionem  perferret. 

464.  LABIENUS  MEETS  HIS  MATCH. 

Labienus,  during  Caesar's  wars  in  Gaul,  had  been 
long  commander  of  Caesar's  most  trusted  legion,  the 
tenth.  He  here  appears  fighting  against  his  former 
soldiers  (cp.  185). 

Labienus  in  equo  capite  nudo  in  prima  acie  pugnabat,  et 
nonnumquam  legionarios  Caesaris  appellabat :  "  Quid  tu  ", 
dixit,  "  miles  tiro,  tarn  feroculus  es?"  Turn  miles,  "  Non 
sum",  dixit,  ''tiro,  Labiene,  sed  de  legione  decima  vetera- 
nus."  Turn  Labienus,  f<N6n  agnosco  ",  dixit,  "signa  de- 
cumanorum."  Turn  miles,  "lam  me,  qtiis  sim,  cognos- 
cas",  et  statim  cassidem  de  capite  de-iecit,  ut  cognosci  ab 
eo  posset,  atque  statim  telum  in  Labienum  mittere  contendit. 
Equo  vulnerato,  dixit,  "Labiene,  decumanum  militem,  qui 
te  petit,  cognosce  esse." 

465.  FAITHFUL  UNTIL  DEATH. 

Ex  classe  quam  a  Si  cilia  ad  Caesarem  miserat  Allienus, 
navis  una,  in  qua  fuerat  Cominius  et  Ticida,  eques  Romanus, 
tempestate  Thapsum  delata,  excepta  est  et  ad  Scipionem 
deducta.  Item  altera  navis  ex  eadem  classe  tempestate  ad 
Aeginurum  delata  a  classe  Vari  et  Octavi  est  capta,  in  qua 
milites  veterani  cum  uno  centurione  et  non-nulli  tirones  fue- 


READING   LESSONS.  223 

runt ;  quos  Varus,  servatps,  misit  ad  Scipionem.  Qui  post- 
quam  ad  eum  pervenerunt,  "Non  vestra",  dixit,  "  sponte 
vos,  scio,  sed  illius  vestri  imperatoris  imperio  coactos  esse 
cum  nobis  optimis  pugnare.  Quos  quoniam  fortuna  in  nos- 
tram  detulit  potestatem,  si  rem  publicam  cum  optimo  quoque 
defendetis,  vobis  vitam  et  praemia  dabimus." 

Postquam  ita  dixerat  Scipio,  cum  existimavisset  pro  suo 
beneficio  ab  iis  gratias  sibi  actum  in,  potestatem  iis  dicendi 
fecit.  Ex  eis  centurio  legionis  quartae  decimae  "  Pro  tuo  ", 
dixit,  "summo  beneficio,  Scipio,  tibi  gratias  ago  (non  nam 
imperatorem  te  appello)  quod  mihi  vitam  captivo  polliceris; 
et  forsitan  isto  uterer  beneficio,  si  non  ei  summum  scelus  ad- 
iungeretur.  Egone  contra  Caesarem,  imperatorem  meum, 
eiusque  exercitum,  pro  cuius  victoria  amplius  sex  et  triginta 
annis  pugnavi,  armatus  1  consistam  ?  Non  ego  istud  facturus 
sum.  Contra  cuius  copias  contendis,  nunc  cognosce.  Co- 
hortem  imam,  quae  est  tuarum  firmissima,  constitue  contra 
me ;  ego  autem2  ex  his  militibus  quos  nunc  in  tua  tenes  po- 
testate,  non  amplius  decem  summam ;  turn  ex  virtute  nostra 
cognosces  quid  a  tuis  copiis  contra  ilium  agi  possit." 

Postquam  haec  centurio  est  locutus,  Scipio,  incensus,  an- 
nuit  centurionibus  quid  fieri  vellet,  atque  ante  pedes  centu- 
rionem  interfecit.  Ut  veterani  a  tironibus  secernerentur  im- 
peravit.  "  Abducite  ",  dixit,  "  istos  scelere  affectos  !  "  Ita 
extra  vallum  deducti  sunt  et  interfecti. 

466.     AN  INCIDENT  AT  THE  BATTLE  OF  PHARSALIA. 


224  READING  LESSONS. 

In  eo  proeliO  interfectus  est  etiam  fortissime  pugnans 
Crastlnus,  cuius  mentionem  supra  fecimus.  Neque  id  fuit 
falsum,  quod  ille  in  pugnam  proficiscens  dixerat.  Ita  Caesar 
existimabat,  eo  proelio  excellentissimam  viitutem  Crastini 
fuisse. 

467.  PUGNA  PHARSALICA. 

The  battle  of  Pharsalia  has  already  been  briefly  de- 
scribed (245).  After  Caesar  had  succeeded  in  bringing 
his  whole  army  over  from  Italy  as  already  described 
(170)  he  attempted  to  shut  Pompey  in  at  Dyrrhachium 
by  surrounding  his  army  with  entrenchments.  In  this 
attempt  he  was  disastrously  defeated  by  Pompey.1  He 
retreated  rapidly  into  Thessaly,  pursued  by  Pompey, 
who  was  joined  by  Scipio  with  reinforcements.  It 
seemed  to  followers  of  the  latter  that  success  was  now 
certain,  and  they  could  not  understand  why  he  was  re- 
luctant to  risk  another  battle  with  Caesar's  veterans. 

Pompeius  paucis  post  diebus  in  Thessaliam  pervenit,  atque 
apud  totum  exercitum  suis  agit  gratias,  receptisque  omnibus 
Scipionis  legionibus  spes  victoria  augetur.  Inter  se  de  prae- 
miis  principes  eius  exercitus  contendebant ;  alii  domos  bona- 
que  eorum  qui  in  castris  erant  Caesaris  petebant. 

Re  frumentaria  parata  confirmatisque  mllitibus  et  satis 
longe  spatio  temporis  a  superioribus  proeliis  intermisso  temp- 
tandum  esse  Caesar  existimavit  quid  Pompeius  studi  pugnandi 
haberet.  Itaque  ex  castris  exercitum  eduxit  aciemque  in- 
struxit,  sed  primo  suis  locis  pauloque  a  castris  Pompei  longius. 

Pompeius,  qui  castra  in  colle  habebat,  ad  infimas  partes 
mentis  aciem  instruebat,  semper  exspectans  si  iniquis  locis 
Caesar  se  subiceret.  Caesar  nulla  ratione  ad  pugnam  elici 
posse  Pompeium  existimans  hanc  sibi  commodissimam  belli  ra- 
tionem  iudicavit,  ut  castra  ex  eo  loco  moveret  semperque  es- 
set  in  itineribus,  haec  exspectans,  ut  movendis  castris  pluri- 
busque  adeundis  locis  commodiore  re  frumentaria  uteretur  et 

1  An  incident  of  this  battle  is  related  in  460. 


READING   LESSONS.  225 

in  itinere  lit  aliquam  occasionem  piignandi  reperiret.  His 
consti tutis  rebus  signo  iam  dato  visun\  est  paulo  longius  a 
vallo  aciem  Pompei  lisse,  ut  nun  iniquo  loco  posse  pugnari 
videretur.  Turn  Caesar  apud  suos,  cum  iam  esset  agmen  in 
portis,  "  Differendum  est,"  dixit,  "  iter  nobis,  et  de  proelio 
cogitandum  est,  quod  semper  voluimus.  Simus  ad  pugnan- 
dum  parati ;  non  facile  occasionem  postea  reperiemus." 

Pompeius  quoque  constituent  pugnare.  Etiam  in  concilio 
superioribus  diebus  dixerat,  "  Scio  me  paene  incredibilem  rem 
polliceri,  sed  rationem  consili  mei.accipite.  Persuasi  equiti- 
bus  nostris,  idque  mihi  facturos  esse  confirmaverunt,  ut,  cum 
propius  agmina  issent  dextrum  Caesaris  cornu  a  parte  aperta 
oppugnarent  et  acie  circumventa  prius  perturbatum  eius  exer- 
citum  pellerent  quam  a  nobis  telum  in  hostem  iaceretur." 
Liibienus  quoque,  "  Noli,"  dixit,  "  exlstimare,  hunc  esse  exer- 
citum  qui  Gailiam  Germaniamque  sup eravit.  Omnibus  inter- 
im proeliis.  Perexigua  pars  illius  exercitus  superest ;  magna 
pars  interiit."  Haec  cum  dixisset  iuravit  se  nisi  victorem 
in  castra  non  rursus  iturum  esse.  Pompeius  idem  iuravit, 
nee  vero  ex  reliquis  fuit  quisquam  qui  iurare  dubitavit.  Haec 
cum  facta  sunt  in  concilio  magna  spes  iis  fuit,  quod  Pompeio 
nnperatore  nihil  frustra  confirmari  videbatur. 

Caesar,  cum  ad  Pompei  castra  prope  venisset,  aciem  eius 
instructam  ita  vidit.  Erant  in  sinistro  cornu  legiones  duae 
quarum  una  prima,  altera  tertia,  appellabatur.  In  eo  loco 
ipse  erat  Pompeius.  Mediam  aciem  Scipio  cum  legionibus 
Syriacis  tenebat.  Cilicensis  legio  cum  cohortibus  Hispanis 
in  dextro  cornu  erant  conlocatae.  Has  firmissimasse  habere 
Pompeius  existimabat.  Reliquae  inter  aciem  mediam  cornua- 
que  erant  conlocatae.  Numero  cohortes  erant  centum  et  de- 
cem.  Haec  erant  milia  quadraginta  quinque.  Reliquas  co- 
hortes septem  in  castiis  castellisque  praesidio  posuerat.  In 
dextro  cornu  eius  erat  rivus  quidam,  qua  causa  omnem  equi- 
tatum  cum  sagittariis  funditoribusque  sinistro  cornu  posuerat. 

Caesar  decimam  legionem  in  dextro  cornu,  nonam  in  sini- 
stro, conlocaverat,  et  huic  sic  adiungit  octavam  ut  paene  unarn 


220  READING   LESSONS. 

ex  duabus  efficeret,  atque  imperavit  ut  altera  alter!  praesidio 
esset.  Cohortes  in  acie  octaginta  constitutes  habebat,  quae 
summa  erat  miliurn  duo  et  viginti.  Cohortes  duas  castris 
praesidio  reliquerat.  Sinistro  cornu  Antonium,  dextro  Sul- 
lam,  mediae  aciei  Domitium  praefecit.  Ipse  contra  Pom- 
peium  constitit.  Acie  Pompei  visa,  timens  ne  a  multitudine 
equitum  dextrum  cornu  circumveniretur,  celeriter  ex  cohorti- 
bustertiae  aciei  quartam  fecit  equitatuique  OppOsuit1et  quid 
fieri  vellet  nuntiavit  monuitque  eius  diei  victoriam  in  earum 
cohortium  virtute  constare.  Tertiae  aciei  totique  exercitui 
imperavit  ne  concurreret  nisi  ipse  imperaret ;  se,  cum  id  fieri 
vellet,  signum  daturum  esse. 

His  constitutis  signum  dedit.  Inter  duas  acies  tantum  erat 
relictum  spati  ut  satis  esset  ad  cursum  utriusque  exercitus. 
Sed  Pompeius  suis  praedixerat  ut  Caesaris  impetum  exciperent 
neve 2  se  loco  moverent,  ut  duplicate)  cursu  Caesaris  milites 
essent  defessi.  Sed  nostri  milites  dato  signo  cum  procucur- 
rissent  atque  vidissent  non  concurri  a  militibus  Pompei,  usu 
periti^suasponte  ad  medium  paene  spatium  constiterunt,  par^ 
voque  intermisso  temporis  spatio  rursus  cucurrerunt 4  et  statim 
tela  miserunt.  Neque  vero  milites  Pompei  huic  rei  defuerunt. 
Et  tela  missa  exceperunt  et  impetum  legionum  tulerunt  et 
telis  missis  ad  gladios  redierunt. 

Eodem  tempore  equites  ab  sinistro  Pcmpei  cornu  procucur- 
rerunt.  Quorum  impetum  noster  equitatus  non  tulit,  equi- 
tesque  Pompei,  hoc  acriores,  aciem  nostram  a  parte  aperta 
circumibant.  Quod  cum  Caesar  cognovisset  quartae  aciei 
quam  paraverat  sex  cohortium  dedit  signum.  Illi  celeriter 
procucurrerunt  et  in  Pompei  equites  tarn  acriter  impetum 
fecerunt  ut  eorum  nemo  constaret,  atque  non  solum  loco  pel- 
lerentur  sed  fuga  montes  altissimos  peterent.  Quibus  pulsis 
omnes  sagittarii  funditoresque  sine  praesidio  interfecti  sunt. 
Eodem  impetu  cohortes  sinistrum  cornu  pugnantibus  etiam 
turn  in  acie  Pompei  circumierunt. 

Eodem  tempore  tertiae  aciei,  quae  se  ad  id  tempus  loco 
tenuerat,  Caesar  imperavit  ut  procurreret.  Ita  ex  duabus 
1  set  against.  *  -ve,  and.  3  skilled.  *  charged. 


READING   LESSONS.  227 

partibus  eodem  tempore  acies  Pompei  oppugnabatur.  Mili- 
tes  eius  ea  causa  impetum  sustinere  non  potuerunt,  sed  omnes 
fugerunt  atque  ad  castra  contenderunt. 

Caesar,  nullum  spatium  perterritis  dandum  esse  existimans, 
suis  militibus  imperavit  ut  castra  oppugnarent.  Castra  a 
cohortibus  quae  praesidio  erant  relictae  acriter  defendebantur ; 
multo  etiam  acrius  a  Thracibus  barbarisque  auxiliis.  Neque 
vero  diutius  qui  in  vallo  constiterant  multitudinem  telorum 
sustinere  potuerunt,  sed  multis  vulneratis  locum  reliquerunt 
et  omnes  ducibus  usi  centurionibus  tribunisque  militum  in 
altissimos  montes  qui  ad  castra  pertinebant  fugerunt.  Prox- 
ima  die  in  deditionem  Caesari  se  dederunt. 

In  hoc  proelio  non  amplius  ducentos  milites,  sed  centurio- 
nes  circiter  triginta,  Caesar  amisit.  Ex  Pompei  exercitu  cir- 
citer  milia  quindecim  interfecta  esse  videbantur,  sed  in  dedi- 
tionem venerunt  milia  viginti  quattuor  ;  multi  praeterea  fuge- 
runt ;  signaque  ex  proelio  ad  Caesarem  sunt  relata  centum  et 
octoginta  et  aquilae  novem. 

FINIS. 


TABLES  OF   DECLENSION    AND   CONJUGATION. 


468. 


NOUNS.    ' 
FIRST  DECLENSION. — A  STEMS. 


SINGULAR. 

N.  silva 

G.  silvae 

D.  silvae 

Ac.  silvam 

AB.  silva 

V.  (silva) 


FEMININE. 


PLURAL. 

N.  silvae 

G.  silvarum 

D.  silvis 

Ac.  silvas 

AB.  silvis 

V.  (silvae) 


469. 


SECOND  DECLENSION. — 0  STEMS. 


SINGULAR. 

M. 

N. 

M. 

M. 

N.       . 

N.    murus 

oppidum 

vir 

ager 

consilium 

G.    murl 

oppidi 

viri 

agrl 

consill 

D.    murO 

op  pi  do 

virO 

agro 

consilio 

Ac.  murum 

oppidum 

virum 

agrum 

consilium 

AB.  murO 

oppido 

virO 

agro 

consilio 

V.    (mure) 

(oppidum) 

(vir) 

(ager) 

(consilium) 

PLURAL. 


N.    murl  oppida  virl     .        agrl  consilia 

G.   murorum    oppidorum     virorum    agrorum   consiliorum 


D.    murls  " 

oppidls 

viris 

agris 

consiliis 

Ac.  muros 

oppida 

virOS 

agrOS 

consilia 

AB,  murls 

oppidls 

viris 

agris 

consiliis 

V.    (murl) 

(oppida) 

(virl) 

(agri) 

(consilia) 

228 


NOUNS, 


229 


7O.                      THIRD  DECLENSION. 

MUTE   STEMS. 

SINGULAR. 

M. 

M. 

N. 

princepS 

rex 

G. 

principis 

regis 

D. 

principl 

regl 

Ac. 

principem 

regem 

AB. 

prlncipe 

rege 

V. 

(princepS) 

(rex) 

PLURAL. 

N. 

principCS 

reges 

G. 

principum 

regum 

D. 

principibus 

regibus 

Ac. 

pri  nci  pes 

reges 

AB. 

principlbus 

regibus 

V. 

(principes) 

(reges) 

LIQUID  STEMS. 

SINGULAR. 

M. 

M.  &  F. 

N. 

rCaisul 

homo 

G. 

consulis 

hominis 

D. 

consul! 

hominl 

Ac. 

consulem 

hominem 

AB. 

consule 

homine 

V. 

(consul) 

(homo) 

PLURAL. 

N. 

consules 

homines 

G. 

cousulum 

hominum 

D. 

consul  ibus 

hominibus 

Ac. 

consules 

homines 

AB. 

consulibus 

hominibus 

V. 

(consules) 

(homines) 

N. 

caput 

capitis 

capitl 

caput 

capite 

(caput) 

capita 

capitum 

capitibus 

capita 

capitibus 

(capita) 


N. 

litus 

litoris 

II  tori 

litus 

litore 

(litus) 

litora 

litorum 

litoribus 

litora 

litoribus 

(litora) 


230     TABLES   OF  DECLENSION  AND   CONJUGATION. 


STEMS 

IN  i. 

S  I  N  G  U 

L  A  R  . 

M.   &  F. 

F. 

F. 

N. 

hostis 

nubes 

urbs 

G. 

hostis 

nubis 

urbis 

D. 

host! 

nubi 

urbl 

Ac. 

hostem 

nubem 

urbem 

AB. 

hoste 

nube 

urbe 

V. 

(hostis) 

(nubes) 

(urbs) 

N. 

animal 

ani  mails 

animal! 

animal 

animal! 

(animal) 


PLURAL. 


N.     hostes 

nubes 

urbes 

animalia 

G.     hostium 

nubium 

urbium 

animalium 

D.     hostibus 

nubibus 

urbibus 

animalibus 

Ac.   hostis,  -es 
AB.    hostibus 

nubis,  -es 
nubibus 

urbis,  -es 
urbibus 

animalia 
animalibus 

V.     (hostes) 

(nubes) 

(urbes) 

(animalia) 

471. 


FOURTH  DECLENSION. — U  STEMS. 


SINGULAR. 

M.  N. 

N.  cursus  cornu 

G.  cursus  cornus 

D.  cursui,-u  cornu 

Ac.  cursum  cornti 

AB.  cursfi  cornu 

V.  (cursus)  (cornu) 

472. 

SINGULAR. 

N.      domus 
G.     domus,  domi 
D.     domui,  domO 
Ac.   domum 
AB.   domu,  domO 
V.      (domus) 


PLURAL. 


M. 

N.  cursus 

G.  cursuum 

D.  cursibus 

Ac.  cursus 

AB.  cursibus 

V.  (cursus) 


N. 

cornua 

cornuum 

cornibus 

cornua 

cornibus 

(cornua) 


Domus,  F. 


PLURAL. 

N.  domus 

G.  domuum,  domorum 

D.  domibus 

Ac.  domus,  domOS 

AB.  domibus 

V.  (domus) 


ADJECTIVES. 


231 


473. 


FIFTH  DECLENSION. — E  STEMS. 


SINGULAR. 

N.  dies 

G.  die! 

D.  die! 

Ac.  diem 

AB.  die 

V.  (dies) 


MASC.    &    FEM. 


PLURAL. 

N.  dies 

G.  dierum 

D.  diebus 

Ac.  dies 

AB.  diebus 

V.  (dies) 


ADJECTIVES. 
474.  FIRST  AND  SECOND  DECLENSIONS. 


MASCULINE. 

N.  bonus 

G.  bonl 

D.  bond 

Ac.  bonum 

AB.  bono 

V.  (bone) 


SINGULAR. 
FEMININE. 

bona 

bonae 

bonae 

bonam 

bona 

(bona) 


NEUTER. 

bonum 

bonl 

bond 

bonum 

bono 

(bonum) 


N.  bonl 

G.  bonorum 

D.  bonis 

Ac.  bonds 

AB.  bonis 

V.  (bonl) 


PLURAL. 

bonae 

bo  n  arum 

bonls 

bonas 

bonis 

(bonae) 


bona 
bonorum 

bonls 
bona 
bonls 
(bona) 


232      TABLES   OF  DECLENSION  AND  CONJUGATION. 


SINGULAR. 


MASCULINE. 

FEMININE. 

NEUTER. 

N. 

liber 

libera 

liberum 

G. 

liberl 

liberae 

liberl 

D. 

libero 

liberae 

libero 

Ac. 

Hberum 

liberam 

liberum 

AB. 

libero 

libera 

libero 

V. 

(liber) 

(libera) 

(liberum) 

PLURAL. 

N. 

liberl 

liberae 

libera 

G. 

liberorum 

liberarum 

liberorum 

D. 

liberls 

liberls 

liberls 

Ac. 

liberos 

liberas 

libera 

AB. 

liberls 

liberls 

liberls 

V. 

(liberl) 

(liberae) 

(libera) 

475. 


i.   THIRD  DECLENSION. 


SINGULAR. 

MASC.         FEM.  NEUT. 

N.    acer  acris  acre 

G.    acris  acris  acris 

D.    acrl  acrl  acrl 

Ac.  acrem  acrem  acre 

AB.  acrl  acrl  acrl 


PLURAL. 

MASC.  FEM.  NEUT. 

N.    acres  acres  acria 

G.    acrium  acrium  acrium 

D.    acribus  acribus  acribus 

Ac.  acris,  -es  acris,  -es  acria 

AB.  acribus  acribus  acribus 


V.     (acer)    (acris)    (acre)     V.     (acres)       (acres)      (acria) 


SINGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

M.  &    F. 

N. 

M.  &    F. 

N. 

N. 

facilis 

facile 

N. 

faciles 

facilia 

G. 

facilis 

facilis 

G. 

facilium 

facilium 

D. 

facill 

facill 

D. 

facilibus 

facilibus 

Ac. 

facilem 

facile 

Ac. 

facilis,  -es 

facilia 

AB. 

facill 

facill 

AB. 

facilibus 

facilibus 

V. 

(facilis) 

(facile) 

V. 

(faciles) 

(facilia) 

ADJECTIVES. 


233 


SINGULAR. 

M.   &  F.  N. 

N.  audax  audax 

G.  audacis  audacis 

D.   audacl  audacl 

Ac.  audacem  audax 

AB.  audacl,  -e  audacl,  -e 

V.   (audax)  (audax) 


PLURAL. 

M.   &  F.  N. 

N.      audaces  audacia 

G.     audacium  audacium 

D.     audacibus  audacibus 

Ac.    audacis,  -es  audacia 

AB.   audacibus  audacibus 

V.     (audaces)  (audacia) 


2.      DECLENSION  OF  COMPARATIVES. 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 


M.   &  F. 


N. 


N.  altior  altius 

G.  altioris  altioris 

D.  altioii  altiori 

Ac.  altiorem  altius 

AB.  altiore,  -I  altiore,  -I 

V.  (altior)  (altior) 


M.   &  F.  N. 

N.  altiores  altiora 

G.  altiorum  altiorum 

D.  altioribus  altioribus 

Ac.  altiores,  -IS  altiora 

AB.  altioribus  altioribus 

V.  (altiores)  (altiora) 


3.    DECLENSION  OF  PRESENT  PARTICIPLE. 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 


M.  &  F. 

N.      amans 
G.      amantis 
D.      amanti 


N. 

amans 
amantis 
amanti 
amans 
amante,  -1 
(amans) 

N. 
G. 
D. 
Ac. 
AB. 
V. 

M.    &  F. 

amantes 
amantium 
amantibus 
amantes 
amantibus 
(amantes) 

N. 

amantia 
amantium 
amantibus 
amantia 
amantibus 
(amantia) 

234      TABLES   OF  DECLENSION  AND   CONJUGATION. 


476. 

PRONOUNS. 
DEMONSTRATIVE. 

SINGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

N. 

hie 

haec 

hoc 

N.    hi 

hae 

haec 

G. 

huius 

huius 

huius 

G.    horum    harum 

horum 

D. 

huic 

huic 

huic 

D.    his 

his 

his 

Ac. 

hunc 

hanc 

hoc 

Ac.  hos 

has 

haec 

AB. 

hoc 

hac 

hoc 

AB.  his 

his 

his 

SINGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

N. 

ille 

ilia 

illud 

N. 

illi 

illae 

ilia 

G. 

illius 

illius 

illius 

G. 

illorum 

illarum 

illorum 

D. 

ill! 

illi 

illi 

D. 

illis 

illis 

illis 

Ac. 

ilium 

illam 

illud 

Ac. 

illos 

illas 

ilia 

AB. 

illo 

ilia 

illo 

AB. 

illis 

illis 

illis 

M. 

F. 

N. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

N. 

is 

ea 

id 

N. 

ei,  ii 

eae 

ea 

G. 

eius 

eius 

eius 

G. 

eorum 

earum 

eorum 

D. 

ei 

ei 

ei 

D. 

eis,  iis 

eis,  iis 

eis,  iis 

Ac. 

eum 

earn 

id 

Ac. 

eos 

eas 

ea 

AB. 

eo 

ea 

eo 

AB. 

eis,  iis 

eis,  iis 

eis,  iis 

M. 

F. 

N. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

N. 

iste 

,   ista 

istud 

N. 

isti 

istae 

ista 

G. 

istius 

istius 

istius 

G. 

istorum 

istarum 

istorum 

D. 

isti 

isti 

isti 

D. 

istis 

istis 

istis 

Ac. 

istum 

istam 

istud 

Ac. 

istos 

istas 

ista 

AB. 

isto 

ista 

isto 

AB. 

istis 

istis 

istis 

PRONOUNS. 


235 


M.  F.  N.  M.  F.  N. 

N.     idem        eadem     idem    \  .. , (  eaedem      e'adem 

I  ndem 

G.    eiusdem  eiusdem  eiusdem  eorundem  earundem  eorundem 

(  eisdem       eisdem       eisdem 


|  iisdem        iisdem       iisdem 


D.    eidem       eidem     eidem 

Ac.  eundem  eandem  idem        eosdem      easdem      eadem 

.  ,        (  eisdem       eisdem 
AB.  eodem     eadem    eodem  •<.--, 


( iisdem        iisdem 


eisdem 
iisdem 

N. 

ipsa 


M.                   F.                     N.                           M.  F. 

N.     ipse        ipsa        ipsum      N.    ipsi  ipsae 
G.    ipsius     ipsius     ipsius      G.    ipsorum     ipsarum     ipsorum 

D.     ipsi         ipsi         ipsi          D.     ipsis  ipsis            ipsis 

Ac.  ipsum     ipsam     ipsum     Ac.  ipsos  ipsas           ipsa 

AB.  ipso        ipsa        ipso         AB.  ipsis  ipsis            ipsis 

477.  RELATIVE. 

SINGULAR. 

M. 


F. 


N. 


PLURAL. 
F. 

quae 


AB.  quo        qua         quo 

SINGULAR. 

M.  F.  N. 


N. 

quae 


M. 

N.     qui         quae       quod       N.     qui 

G.    cuius     cuius      cuius       G.    quorum  quarum      quorum 

D.     cui         cui          cui           D.    quibus  quibus         quibus 

Ac.  quern     quam      quod       Ac.  quos  quas            quae 

AB.  quibus  quibus        quibus 
PLURAL. 

M.  F. 


N. 

N.    quis  quae  quid  N.    qui  quae  quae 

G.    cuius  cuius  cuius  G.     quorum  quarum  quorum 

D.     cui  cui  cui  D.     quibus  quibus  quibus 

Ac.  quern  quam  quid  Ac.  quos  quas  quae 

AB.   quo  qua  quo  AB.  quibus  quibus  quibus 

478.  i.   PERSONAL. 

SINGULAR. 

N.    ego  tii 

G.     mei  tui 

D.    mihi  tibi 

Ac.  me  te 

AB.  me  te 


236       T ABIES   OF  DECLENSION  ^ND   CONJUGATION. 


PLURAL 

(SINGULAR    AND 

PLURAL    ALIKE.) 

N.    nos 

vos 

G.    nostrum,  -tri 

vestrum,   -tri 

sui 

D.    nobis 

vobis 

sibi 

Ac.  nos 

vos 

se,  sese 

AB.  nobis 

vobis 

se,  sese 

> 

2.  INDEFINITE. 

SINGULAR. 

N. 

aliquis 

aliqua 

aliquid,  aliquod 

G. 

alicuius 

alicuius 

alicuius 

D. 

alicui 

alicui 

alicui 

Ac. 

aliquem 

aliquam 

aliquid,  aliquod 

AB. 

aliquo 

aliqua 

aliquo 

PLURAL. 

N. 

aliqui 

aliquae 

aliqua 

G. 

aliquorum 

aliquarum 

aliquorum 

D. 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

Ac. 

aliquos 

aliquas 

aliqua 

AB. 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

SINGULAR. 

N. 

quidam 

quaedam 

quiddam,  quoddam 

G. 

cuiusdam 

cuiusdam 

cuiusdam 

D. 

cuidam 

cuidam 

cuidam 

Ac. 

quendam 

quandam 

quiddam,  quoddam 

AB. 

quodam 

quadam 

quodam 

PLURAL. 

N. 

quidam 

quaedam 

quaedam 

G. 

quorundam 

quarundam 

quorundam 

D. 

quibusdam 

quibusdam 

quibusdam 

Ac. 

quos  lam 

quasdam 

quaedam 

AB. 

quibusdam 

quibusdam 

quibusdam 

NUMERALS. 


237 


479.                           NUMERALS. 

MASC.         FEM.         NEUT. 

SINGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

N.     unus     una       unum 

N.     milia 

G.     unlUS    unius    imius 
D.     unl         unl        unl 

mille,              G.    milium 
indeclinable.        D.     milibus 

Ac.   unum    unam    iinum 

Ac.   milia 

AB.    uno        una        uno 

AB.  milibus 

MASC.                         FEM. 

NEUT. 

M.  AND  F.            NEUT. 

N.    duo               duae 

duo 

tres           tria 

G.     duorum        duarum 

duorum 

trium         trium 

D.    duobus          duabus 

duobus 

tribus         tribus 

Ac.  duos,  duo      duas 
AB.  duobus          duabus 

duo 
duobus 

tres           tria 
tribus         tribus 

CARDINALS. 

ORDINALS. 

i.   unus,  -a,  -um 
2.   duo,  duae,  duo 
3.   tres,  tria 
4.    quattuor 
5.   quinque 
6.   sex 

I  St. 

2d. 

3d. 
4th. 

5th. 
6th. 

primus,  -a,  -um 
secundus  (or  alter) 
tertius,  -a,  -um 
quartus,  etc. 
quintus 
sextus 

7.  septem 
8.  octo 

7th. 
8th. 

Septimus 
octavus 

9.   novem 
10.   decem 

9th. 
loth: 

nonus 
decimus 

ii.   undecim 

nth. 

undecim  us 

12.   duodecim 

1  2th. 

duodecimus 

13.   tredecim                                i3th. 
14.   quattuordecim                      i4th. 
15.   quindecim                              I5th. 
1  6.   sedecim,  or  sexdecim          i6th. 
17.   septendecim                         i7th. 
1  8.  duodeviginti                         i8th. 
19.   undeviginti                           i9th. 

tertius  decimus 
quartus  decimus 
quintus  decimus 
sextus  decimus 
septimus  decimus 
duodevicesimus 
undevicesimus 

238       TABLED    OF  DECLENSION  AND    CONJUGATION. 


20.   viginti 

(viginti  unus,  or 
'  (unus  et  viginti 
22.   viginti  duo  or 
duo  et  viginti 

28.  duodetriginta 

29.  undetriginta 

30.  triginta 

40.   quadraginta 
50.  quinquaginta 
60.  sexaginta 
70.   septuaginta 
80.   octoginta 
90.    nonaginta 

100.  centum 

101.  centum  unus  or 

centum  et  unus 
ro2.   centum  duo  or 

centum  et  duo 
200.   ducenti,  -ae,  -a 
300.  trecenti,  -ae,  -a 
400.   quadringenti,  -ae,  a 
500.  quingenti,  -ae,  -a 
600.   sescenti,  -ae,  -a 
700.  septingenti,  -ae,  -a 


2oth.   vicesimus 

rvicesimus  primus,  or 
(unus  et  vicesimus 
22d.   vicesimus  secundus,^ 

alter  et  vicesimus 
28th.   duodetricesimus 
29th.    undetricesimus 
3oth.  tricesimus 
4oth.   quadragesimus 
5oth.    quinquagesimus 
6oth.  sexagesimus 
7oth.  septuagesimu« 
8oth.   octogesimus 
9oth.  nonagesimus 
looth.  centesimus 
2ooth.  ducentesimus 
loooth.   millesimus 


800,   octingenti,  -ae,  -a 
900.   nongenti,  -ae,  -a 
1,000.   mille 
2,000.   duo  milia 
10,000.   decem  milia 
100,000.   centum  milia 


REGULAR    YERBS.  239 

REGULAR     VERBS. 
48O.  FIRST  CONJUGATION. 

Principal  Parts :  Amo,  amare,  amavi,  amatus. 
Stem :  ama-. 

INDICATIVE. 

Active  Voice.  Passive  Voice. 

PRESENT  TENSE.  PRESENT  TENSE. 

/  love,  I  am  loving,  I  do  love.  I  am  loved,  I  am  being  loved. 

SINGULAR.  SINGULAR. 

amo,  I  love.  amor,  I  am  loved. 

amas,  Thou  lovest.  amaris, 1  Thou  art  loved. 

amat,          He  loves.  amatur,  He  is  loved. 

PLURAL.  PLURAL. 

amamus,     We  love.  amamur,  We  are  loved. 

amatis,       You  love.  amaminl,  You  are  loved. 

amant,        They  love.  amantur,  They  are  loved. 

IMPERFECT    TENSE. 

/  loved,  was  loving,  etc.  I  was  loved,  etc. 

amabam       amabamus  amabar  amabamur 

amabas        amabatis  amabaris  or  -re       amabamini 

amabat        amabant  amabatur  amabantur 

FUTURE    TENSE. 

I  shall  love,  etc.  I  shall  be  loved ,  etc. 

amabo          amabimus  amabor  amabimur 

amabis         amabitis  amaberis  or  -re       amabimini 

amabit         amabunt  amabitur  amabuntur 

PERFECT    TENSE. 

/  have  loved,  I  loved,  etc.          /  have  been  (was)  loved,  etc. 

amavi       amavimus  t    (sum          ._    (  sumus 

amavisti  amavistls  amatUS'  \  es         amat1'  \  estis 

amavit     amaveruntor  -re  "a>  "]   n  (  est       ae>  "l  (  sunt 

1  Or  amare. 


240       TABLES   OF  DECLENSION  AND   CONJUGATION. 

PLUPERFECT    TENSE. 

/  had  loved,  etc.  I  had  been  loved,  etc. 

amaveram  amaveramus  (  eram  amati.  (  eramus 

amatus,  I  '   \ 

amaveras     amaveratis  1  eras     -ae,  -a  -j  eratis 

amaverat     amaverant  ( erat  ( erant 

FUTURE    PERFECT    TENSE. 

I  shall  have  loved,  etc.  I  shall  have  been  loved,  etc. 

amavero      amaverimus  /  ero  (  erimus 

amatus,  (  am  all, 

amavens    amaveritis  J  ens  -<  entis 

-a,  -um  j  -ae,  -a  ) 

amavent    amaverint  ( erit  [  erunt 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 


amem 

ames 

amet 


amemus 

ametis 

ament 


amer 

ameris  or  -re 
ametur 


amemur 
amemini 
amentur 


amarem 

amares 

amaret 


amaremus 

amaretis 

amarent 


IMPERFECT. 

amarer 

amareris  or  -re 
amaretur 


amaremur 

amaremini 

amarentur 


amaverim     amaverimus 
amaveris      amaveritis 
amaverit       amaverint 


PERFECT. 

amatus, 
-a,  -um 


amati, 
-ae,  -a 


simus 

sitis 

sint 


PLUPERFECT. 

amavissem  amavissemus  f  essem  f  essemus 

amavisses    amavissetis     ama      ' -<  esses  _^a  ^J  essetis 
amavisset    amavissent      "*'  "    n  (  esset    "  (  essent 


REGULAR    VERBS.  241 

Active  Voice.  Passive  Voice. 

IMPERATIVE. 
PRESENT. 

ama,  love  thou.  amare,  be  ihou  loved. 

amate,  love  ye.  amamini,  be  ye  loved. 


amato,  Ihou  shall  love.  amator,  thou  shall  be  loved. 

amato,  he  shall  love.  amator,  he  shall  be  loved. 
amatote,  you  shall  love. 

amanto,  they  shall  love.  amantor,  they  shall  be  loved. 

INFINITIVE. 

PRES.  amare,  to  love.  amari,  to  be  loved. 

PERF.  amavisse,  to  have  loved,  amatum    (-am,  -um)esse,    to 

have  been  loved. 
FUT.    amaturum  (-am,  -um)  amatum  in,  to  be  about  to  be 

esse,    to    be  about  to       lovec[* 

love. 

PARTICIPLE. 

PRES.  amans,  -antis,  loving.     PERF.  amatus,  -a,  -um,  having 
FUT.    amaturus,      -a,     -um,  been  loved, 

about  to  love. 

GERUND.  GERUNDIVE. 

G.  amandi,  of  loving.  amandus,  -a,  -um. 

D.  amando,  for  loving. 

Ac.  amanduin,  loving. 

AB.  amando,  by  loving. 

SUPINE. 

Ac.      amatum,  to  love. 
AB.      amatu,  to  love. 


242       TABLES   OF  DECLENSION  AND   CONJUGATION. 

CONJUGATION  BY  ENDINGS.. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 
Active  Voice.  Passive  Voice. 

PRESENT    TENSE. 

am-5  am-a-mus  am-o-r  am-a-mur 

"-a-s  "  "-tis  "-a-ris  "  ''-mini 

"  a-t  "  a-nt  "  "-tur  "   a-ntur 

IMPERFECT   TENSE. 

am-a-ba-m    am-a-ba  mus     am-a-ba-r  am-a-ba-mur 

"  "  ba-s      "  "  "  -tis         "  "  ba-ris0rre  "  "  "-mini 
"  "  ba-t      "  "   ba-nt        "  "  "-tur          "  "  ba-ntur 

FUTURE   TENSE. 

am-a-b-6        am-a-bi-mus      am-a-bo-r  am-a-bi-mur 

"  "-bi-s       "  "  "-tis          "  "-be-risf?rre  "  "  "-mini 
<(  <(  « _t       t(  «  |)u_nt         "  "-bi-tur  "  "-bu-ntur 

PERFECT   TENSE. 

amav-i  amav-imus        am-          f  sum  rsumus 

"   -isti         "   -istis  um    es  ^     estis 

"   -it  "   -erunt1  ( est  (.sunt 

PLUPERFECT    TENSE. 

amav-era-m  amav-era-mus  (  eram          .   r  eramus 

amatus,  }       _      amatl,  \ 

"    era-s      "      "  -tis  '  K  eras  '  J  eratis 

-a   -um  I          -ae,  -a  ) 

"    era-t      "      era-nt  ( erat  ( erant 

FUTURE  PERFECT  TENSE. 

amav-er-6      amav-eri-mus  ,    ( ero  ( erimus 

«  -eri-s       «      "  -tis     amatus'    eris  *™11'     eritis 
«     "  -t       "      "  -nt      -a>  -Um  I  erit  ~™>  'a  /  erunt 

1  Or  amav-ere. 


REGULAR    VERBS. 


243 


481.  SECOND  CONJUGATION. — E  VERBS. 

moneo  advise. 
Principal  Parts  :  moneo,  monere,  monui,  monitus. 

INDICATIVE. 


Active. 

I  advise,  etc. 

moneo  monemus 

mones  monetis 

monet  monent 


Passive. 

PRESENT. 

I  am  advised,  etc. 

moneor  monemur 

moneris  or  -re        monemini 
monetur  monentur 


IMPERFECT. 

I  was  advising,  etc.  I  was  advised,  etc. 

monebam    monebamus        monebar  monebamur 

monebas      monebatis          monebaris  or  -re    monebaminl 
monebat      monebant  monebatur  monebantur 

FUTURE. 

/  shall  advise,  etc.  /  shall  be  advised,  etc. 

rnonebo        monebimus  monebor                monebimur 

monebis       monebitis  moneberis  or  -re    monebimini 

monebit      monebunt  monebitur              monebuntur 


I  have  advised,  I  advised,  etc.      I  have  been  (was)  advised,  etc. 


monui  monuimus 

monuisti      monuistis 
monuit         monuerunt 
or  ere 


monitus,  (SUm    moniti,  fSUmUS 

-a, -urn      *L      ^ae,  -a    estls 
(.  est  t  sunt 


PLUPERFECT. 

I  had  advised,  etc.  I  had  been  advised,  etc. 

monueram  monueramus  reram          ..   c  eramus 

monitus,  \  moniti,  \ 

monueras    monueratis  '  \  eras  <  eratis 


monuerat    monuerant     "a>  "um    lerat 


-ae,  -a 


I erant 


244       TABLES   OF  DECLENSION  AND   CONJUGATION. 

FUTURE    PERFECT. 

I  shall  have  advised,  etc.  I  shall  have  been  advised,  etc. 

monuero      monuerixnus  r  ero  t  erimus 

.  .       monitus,  \  moniti.  \ 
monuens     monuentis                   J  ens  '  4  eritis 

-a,  -um   j  _ae,  -a  J 
monuent     monuermt                    v.ent  l_erunt 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

PRESENT. 

moneam       moneamus  monear  moneamur 

moneas        moneatis  monearis  or  -re      moneamini 

moneat        moneant  moneatur  moneantur 

IMPEFECT. 

monerem     moneremus         monerer  moneremur 

moneres       moneretis  monereris  or  -re    moneremini 

moneret       raonerent  moneretur  monerentur 

PERFECT. 

monuerim   monuerimus  mo  r  sim      mon.      c  simus 

monuens     monuentis  4  sis  -j  sitis 

monuerit     monuerint  (.sit  (sint 

PLUPERFECT. 

monuissem  monuissemus  moni-   r  essem  .    /•  essemus 

.     _jL.  \        _     moniti,  \ 

monuisses   monuissetis      tus,      J  esses  J  essetis 

monuisset  monuissent    -a, -um   (esset         '"    (essent 

IMPERATIVE. 


mone,  advise  thou.  monere,  be  thou  advised. 

monete,  advise  ye.  monemini,  be  ye  advised, 

FUTURE. 

monetO,  thou  shalt  advise.  monetor,  thou  shalt  be  advd. 

moneto,  he  shall  advise.  monetor,  he  shall  be  advised. 
mohetote,  you  shall  advise. 

memento,  they  shall  advise.  monentor,  they  shall  be  advd. 


REGULAR   YERBS.  MS 

INFINITIVE. 

PRES.  monere,  to  advise.  moneri,  to  be  advised. 

PERF.  monuisse,  to  have advd.  monitum   (-am.  -um)  esse, 

FUT.    rnoniturum  (-am,  -um)  to  have  been  advised. 

esse,  to  be  about  to  monitum  iri,  to  be  about  to  be 

advise.  advised. 

PARTICIPLES. 

PRES.  monens,  -entis,  advising. 

FUT.    moniturus,    -a,    -um,     GER.  monendus,  -a,  -um. 
about  to  advise. 

PERF.  monitus,   -a,  -um,  ad- 
vised, having  been  advised. 

GERUND.  SUPINE. 

G.    monendl,  of  advising. 
D.  monendo,  for  advising. 

Ac.  monendum,  advising.  Ac.  monitum,  to  advise. 

AB  aionendo,    by  advising.  AB.  monitu,   to  advise,    to    be 

advised. 

482.  THIRD  CONJUGATION. — E- VERBS. 

rego,  rule. 
Principal  Parts :  rego,  regere,  rexi,  rectus. 

INDICATIVE. 

Active.  Passive. 

PRESENT. 

I  rule,  etc.  I  am  ruled,  etc. 

rego  regimus  regor  regimur 

re0is  regitis  regeris  or  -re    regiminl 

regit  regunt  regitur  reguntur 

IMPERFECT. 

I  was  ruling,  etc.  I  was  ruled,  etc. 

regebam,  etc.  regebar,  etc. 

(See  the  same  tense  of  moneo.) 


2*6       TABLES  OF  DECLENSION  AND   CONJUGATION. 

FUTURE. 

/  shall  rule,  etc.  /  shall  be  ruled,  etc. 

regam  regemus  regar  regemur 

reges  regetis  regeris,  or  -re    regemini 

reget  regent  regetur  regentur 

PERFECT. 

I  have  ruled,  etc.  I  have  been  ruled. 

rexi  rectus  (-a,  -um)  sum 

rexistl,  etc.  rectus  es,  etc. 

(Compare  the  same  tenses  of  amo  or  moneo.) 

PLUPERFECT. 

I  had  ruled,  etc.  /  had  been  ruled,  etc. 

rexeram,  etc.  rectus  (-a,  -um)  eram,  etc. 

(Compare  the  same  tenses  of  amo  or  moneo.) 

FUTURE   PERFECT. 

rexero,  etc.  rectus  (-a,  -um)  ero,  etc. 

(Compare  the  same  tenses  of  amo  or  moneo.) 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 
PRESENT. 

regamus              regar 
regatis                regaris  or  -re 
regant                 regatur 

regamur 
regaminl 
regantur 

regam 

regas 
regat 

IMPERFECT. 

regerem  regerer 

regeres,  etc.  regereris  or  -re,  etc. 

(The  first  e  of  the  ending  is  short ;    except  for  this  the 
endings  are  like  those  of  the  same  tense  in  moneo.) 

PERFECT. 

rexerim  rectus  (-a,  -um)  sim 

rexeris,  etc.  rectus  sis,  etc. 

(Compare  the  same  tenses  of  amo  and  moneo). 

PLUPERFECT. 

rexissem,  etc.  rectus  (-a,  -um)  essem,  etc. 

(Compare  the  same  tenses  of  amo  and  moneo). 


REGULAR    VERBS.  247 

IMPERATIVE. 
PRESENT. 

rege,  rule  thou.  regere,  be  thou  ruled. 

regite,  rule  ye.  regimini,  be  ye  ruled. 

FUTURE. 

regito,  thou  shall  rule.  regitor,  thou  shalt  be  ruled. 

regito,  he  shall  rule.  regitor,  he  shall  be  ruled. 

regitote,  ye  shall  rule. 
regunto,  they  shall  rule.  reguntor,  they  shall  be  ruled. 


INFINITIVE. 

PRES.  regere,  to  rule.  regl,  to  be  ruled. 

PERF.  rexisse,  to  have  ruled,      rectum,    (-am,   -um)  esse,  to 

have  been  ruled. 
FUT.    recturum  (-am,    -um)  rectum  in,  to  be  about  to  be 

esse,  to  be  about  to       ruled. 

rule. 

PARTICIPLES. 

PRES.  regens,  -entis,  ruling.    PRES.  - 
FUT.   recturus,  a,  -um,  about  GER.   regendus,  -a,  -um. 
to  rule. 

PERF.  rectus,   -a,    -um,  ruled. 
having  been  ruled. 

GERUND.  SUPINE. 

G.   regendl,  of  ruling. 

D.    regendo,  for  ruling. 

Ac.  regendum,  ruling.  Ac.  rectum,  to  rule. 

AB.  regendo,  by  ruling.  AB.  rectu,  to  rule,  to  be  ruled. 

THIRD  CONJUGATION.     VERBS  IN  -id. 

483.  Verbs  of  the  third  conjugation  in  id  retain  the  i 
of  the  stem  before  a,  o,  u,  and  e,  and  in  the  gerund  and 
present  participle.  Hence  some  of  the  forms  of  the  pres- 
ent stem  are  similar  to  the  forms  of  the  fourth  conjugation. 


248       TABLES   OF  DECLENSION  AND   CONJUGATION. 

484.     (866483.) 

Principal  parts:   Capio,  capere,  cepi,  captum. 

INDICATIVE. 

Active  Voice.  Passive  Voice. 

PRESENT. 

1 take ',  am  taking,  do  lake,  etc.  I  am  taken,  etc. 

capio         capimus  capior  capimur 

capis         capitis  caperis  capimini 

capit         capiunt  capitur  capiuntur 

IMPERFECT. 

I  took,  was  taking,  did  take,  etc.  I  was  taken,  etc. 

capiebam,  etc.  capiebar,  etc. 

FUTURE. 

I  shall  take ',  etc.  I  shall  be  taken,  etc. 

capiam     capiemus  capiar  capiemur 

capies       capietis  capieris  or  -re    capiemini 

capiet       capient  capietur  capientur 

PERFECT. 

I  have  taken,  took,  etc.  I  have  been  (was~)  taken,  etc. 

cepi         cepistl,  etc.  captus  (-a,  -um)  sum  es,  etc, 

PLUPERFECT. 

I  had  taken,  etc.  I  had  been  taken,  etc. 

ceperam,  etc.  captus  (-a,  -um)  eram,  etc. 

FUTURE    PERFECT. 

I  shall  have  taken,  etc.  I  shall  been  have  taken,  etc. 

cepero,  etc.  captus  (-a,  -um)  ero,  etc. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
PRESENT. 

capiam        capiamus  capiar  capiamur 

capias          capiatts  capiaris  or  -re   capiamini 

capiat          capiant  capiatur  capiantur 


REGULAR   1/ERBS.  249 

IMPERFECT. 

caperem,  caperes,  etc.  caperer,  -ereris  or  -re,  etc. 

PERFECT. 

ceperim,  ceperis,  etc.     captus  (-a,  -um)  sim,  sis,  etc. 

PLUPERFECT. 

cepissem,  cepisses,  etc.    captus  (-a,  -um)  essem,  esses, 

etc. 

IMPERATIVE. 

PRES.  cape,  take  thou.  capere,  be  thou  taken. 

capite,  take  ye.  capiminl,  be  ye  taken. 

FUT.    capito,  thou   shalt  take,  capitor,    thou   shall  be   taken, 
etc.  etc. 

INFINITIVE. 

PRES.  capere,  to  take.  capl,  to  be  taken. 

PERF.  cepisse,  to  have  taken,  captum    (-am,    um)    esse,  to 

FUT.   capturum  (-am,  -um)  have  been  taken. 

esse,  to   be   about  to  captum  iri,  to  be  about  to  be 

take.  taken. 

PARTICIPLES. 

PRES.  capiens,  -ientis,  taking.     GER.  capiendus. 
FUT.    capturus,  about  to  take.       PERF.  captus,     having     been 

taken. 

GERUND.  SUPINE. 

G.  capiendl,  of  taking,  etc.         Ac.  captum,  to  take. 

AB.  captu,  to  take,  to  be  taken. 


250       TABLES   OF  DECLENSION  AND  CONJUGATION. 

485.  FOURTH  CONJUGATION. 

Principal  Parts :  Audio,  audire,  audivl,  audltus. 

INDICATIVE. 

Active  Voice.  Passive  Voice. 

PRESENT. 

I  hear,  etc.  I  am  heard,  etc. 

audio  audlmus  audior  audimur 

audls  auditis  audiris  or  -re     audimini 

audit  audiunt  auditur  audiuntur 

IMPERFECT. 

/  was  hearing,  etc.  /  was  heard,  etc. 

audiebam,  etc.  audiebar,  etc. 

(See  the  same  tenses  of  capio.) 

FUTURE. 

/  will  hear,  etc.  /  will  be  heard,  etc. 

audiam,  audies,  etc.  audiar,  audieris  or  re,  etc. 

(See  the  same  tenses  of  capio.) 

PERFECT. 

I  have  heard,  I  heard.  I  have  been  (was)  heard. 

audivl,  audivisti,  etc.  auditus  (-a,  -um)  sum,  es, 

etc. 

PLUPERFECT. 

/  had  heard,  etc.  /  had  been  heard,  etc. 

audiveram,  etc.  auditus  .  (-a,    -um)     eram, 

etc. 

FUTURE    PERFECT. 

I  shall  have  heard,  etc.  I  shall  have  been  heard,  etc. 

audivero,  etc.  auditus  (-a,  -um)  ero  etc. 


REGULAR    YERBS.  251 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
PRESENT. 

audiam,  audias,  etc.  audiar,  audiaris  or  -re,  etc. 

(See  the  same  tenses  of  capio.) 

IMPERFECT. 

audlrem        audlremus         audirer  audlremur 

audires          audlretis  audlreris  or  -re       audiremini 

audiret  audirent  audiretur  audirentur 

PERFECT. 

audiverim,  audlveris,  etc.          auditus    (-a,  um)   sim,  sis, 

etc. 

PLUPERFECT. 

audivissem,  etc.  auditus    (-a,    um)     essem, 

etc. 

IMPERATIVE. 
PRESENT. 

audl,  hear  thou.  audire,  be  thou  heard. 

audlte,  hear  ye.  audlmini,  be  ye  heard. 

FUTURE. 

audlto,  thou  shalt  hear.  auditor,  thou  shall  be  heard. 

audlto,  he  shall  hear.  auditor,  he  shall  be  heard. 
audltote,  ye  shall  hear. 

audiuntO,  they  shall  hear.  audiuntor,  they  shall  be  heard. 

INFINITIVE. 

PRES.  audire,  to  hear.  audiri,  to  be  heard. 

PERF.     audivisse,     to     have     auditum    (-am,    -um)    esse, 

heard.  to  have  been  heard. 

FUT.  audlturum  (-am,  -um)     auditum   in,  to   be   about  to 

esse,  to  be  about  to  hear.  be  heard. 

PARTICIPLES. 

PRES.  audiens,  -entis,  hear-     PERF.     auditus,     -a,     -um, 

ing.  heard,  having  been  heard. 

FUT.     auditurus,     -a,    -um, 

about  to  hear. 


252       TABLES   OF  DECLENSION  AND   CONJUGATION. 


GERUND. 

G.     audiendl,  of  hearing. 
D.     audiendo,  for  hearing. 
Ac.  audiendum,  hearing. 
AB.   audiendo,  by  hearing* 

SUPINE. 

Ac.  auditum,  to  hear, 
AB.   auditu,  to  hear. 


GERUNDIVE. 

audiendus,  -a,  -urn. 


IRREGULAR   VERBS. 
486.  i.     Sum  (STEMS  es,  fu),  be. 

Principal  Parts :  sum,  esse,  fui,  futurus. 


INDICATIVE. 


PRESENT. 


SINGULAR. 


sum,  I  am. 

es,  thou  art. 

est,  he  (she,  if)  is. 


IMPERFECT. 


eram,  I  was, 
eras,  thou  wast. 
erat,  he  was. 


sumus,  we  are. 
estis,>w  are. 
sunt,  they  are. 


eramus,  we  were. 
eratis,  you  were. 
erant,  they  were. 


ero,  /  shall  be. 
eris,  thou  wilt  be. 
erit,  he  will  be. 


erimus,  we  shall  be. 
eritis,  you  will  be. 
erunt,  they  will  be. 


PERFECT. 

fui,  I  have  been,  I  was.  fuimus,  we  have  been,  we  were. 

fuistl,  thou  hast  been,  wast,      fuistis,  you  have  been,  you  were. 
fuit,  he  has  been,  he  was.          fuerunt,    or    fuere,    they    have 

been,  they  were. 


IRREGULAR    1/ERBS.  253 

PLUPERFECT. 

fueram,  I  had  been.  fueramus,  we  had  been. 

fueras,  thou  hadst  been.  fueratis,  you  had  been. 

fuerat,  he  had  been.  fuerant,  they  had  been. 

FUTURE   PERFECT. 

ftiero,  /  shall  have  been.  fuerimus,  we  shall  have  been. 

fueris,  thou  wilt  have  been.          fueritis,  you  will  have  been. 
fuerit,  he  will  have  been.  fuerint,  they  will  have  been. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
PRESENT.  IMPERFECT. 

sim  slmus  essem  essemus 

sis  sltis  esses  essetis 

sit  sint  esset  essent 

PERFECT.  PLUPERFECT. 

fuerim  fuerimus  fuissem  fuissemus 

fueris  fueritis  fuisses  fuissetis 

fuerit  fuerint  fuisset  fuissent 

IMPERATIVE. 
PRESENT. 

es,  be  thou.  este,  be  ye. 

FUTURE. 

estO,  thou  shalt  be.  estote,  ye  shall  be. 

esto,  he  shall  be.  stinto,  they  shall  be. 

INFINITIVE. 

PRESENT,     esse,  to  be. 
PERFECT,     fuisse,  to  have  been. 

F    ,  )  futurum,  (-am,  -um)  esse,  to  be  about  to  be. 

\  fore. 

PARTICIPLE. 

FUTURE,    futurus,  -a,  -um,  being  about  to  be. 


2 54       TABLES   OF  DECLENSION  AND   CONJUGATION. 


£  .              ^/VOO  W.AAJL  j 

£SVS»30Vs,     J-/V/IM.J., 

INDICATIVE. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

SINGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

SINGULAR.             PLURAL. 

PRES. 

possum 

possumus 

possim            possimus 

potes 

potestis 

possis             possitis 

potest 

possunt 

possit             possint 

IMP. 

poteram 

poteramus 

possem           posse  mus 

FUT. 

potero 

poterimus 

PERF. 

potui 

potuimus 

potuerim        potuerimus 

PLUP. 

potueram 

potueramus 

potuissem      potuiosemus 

F.  P. 

potuero 

potuerimus 

INFINITIVE. 

PRES. 

posse 

PERF.  potuisse 

487. 

volo,  velle,  volui, 
nolo,  nolle,  nolui,  - 
maid,  malle,  malui, 


,  be  willing,  will,  wish, 
be  unwilling,  will  not. 


r  t    tu  in  i  rig  ,  jsr 

INDICATIVE. 

nolo 

malo 

non  vis 

mavis 

non  vult 

mavult 

nolumus 

malumus 

non  vultis 

mavultis 

nolunt 

malunt 

nolebam 

malebam 

PRES.  volo 

vis 

vult 

volumus 

vultis 

volunt 

IMP.     volebam 

FUT.    volam,  voles,  etc.  nolam,  noles,  etc.  malam,  males,  etc* 
PERF.  volui  nolui  malui 

PLUP.  volueram  nolueram  malueram 

F.  P.   voluero  noluero  maluero 


PRES.  velim 
veils 
velit 
velimus 
velitis 
velint 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 

nolim 

nolis 

nolit 

nolimus 

nolitis 

nolint 


malim 

malls 

malit 

malimus 

malltis 

malint 


IRREGULAR    l/ERBS. 


255 


SUBJUNCTIVE  —  (  Continued. ) 


IMP. 

vellem 

n6llem 

mallem 

PERF. 

voluerim 

noluerim 

inaluerim 

PLUP. 

voluissem 

rioluissem 

maluissem 

IMPERATIVE. 

PRES. 

noli 

nolite 

FUT. 

nolito,  etc. 

INFINITIVE. 

PRES. 

velle 

nolle 

malle 

PERF. 

voluisse 

noluisse 

maluisse 

PARTICIPLE. 

PRES. 

volens 

nolens 

48r.  E6,  go. 

Principal  Parts  :   E6,  ire,  il  !(or  ivi)  (iturus)0 


INDICATIVE. 

PRES.  eo     imus 

is      itis 

it      eunt 
IMPERF.  ibam 
FUT.        ibo 
PERF.       ii  (Ivi) 
PLUP.       ieram  (iveram) 
FUT.  PERF.   iero 

IMPERATIVE. 

PRES.       I       ite 
FUT.        ito    itote 
ito     eunto 

PARTICIPLES. 

PRES.       iens.      GEN.  euntis 
FUT.        iturus,  -a,  -urn 
SUPINE. 

Ac.   itum 
AB.  itu 


SUBJUNCI-IVE. 
PRES.  earn,  etc. 


IMPERF.  irem 

PERF.  ierim 
PLUP.  issem 

INFINITIVE. 
PRES.  ire 
PERF.  isse 

FUT.    iturum  (-am,  -um)  esse 
GERUND. 

G.  eundi 

D.  eundo 

Ac.  eundum 

AB.  eundo 


1  The  contracted  form  is  the  commoner. 


256        TABLES  OF  DECLENSION  AND   CONJUGATION. 


489.  Fero,  bear,  carry. 

Principal  Parts  :  Fero,  ferre,  tull,  latum. 


Active. 


Passive. 


INDICATIVE. 

PRES. 

fero 

ferimus 

feror                 ferimur 

fers 

fertis 

ferris  or  -re     ferimini 

fert 

fer  unt 

fertur               feruntur 

IMPERF. 

fei  ebam 

ferebar 

Fur. 

feram 

ferar 

PERF. 

tuli 

latus  (-a,  -urn)  sum 

PLUP. 

tuleram 

latus  (-a,  -um)  eram 

FUT.  PF.RF. 

tnlero 

latus  (-a,  -um)  ero 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

PRES. 

feram 

ferar 

IMPERF. 

ferrem 

ferrer 

PERF. 

tulerim 

latus  (-a,  -um)  sim 

PLUP. 

tulissem 

latus  (-a,  -um)  essem 

IMPERATIVE. 

PRES. 

fer 

ferte 

ferre                 ferimini 

FUT. 

ferto 

fertote 

fertor 

• 

ferto 

ferunto 

fertor               feruntor 

PRES. 
PERF. 
FUT. 

PRES. 
FUT. 

G. 
D. 
Ac. 
AB. 


INFINITIVE. 

ferre  ferri 

tulisse  latum  (-am,  -um)  esse 

laturum  (-am,  -um)  esse    latum  Iri 

PARTICIPLES. 


fer  ens 

laturus  (-a,  -um) 

GERUND. 

ferendi 
fer  en  do 
ferendum 
ferendo 


PERF.   latus 

GERUNDIVE. 

ferendus 


SUPINE. 

Ac.  latum 

AB.  latu 


IRREGULAR    yERBS.  257 

49O.  Flo,  be  made,  become. 

INDICATIVE.  SUBJUNCTIVE. 

PRES.  fio  fimus  PRES.          fiam 

fis  fitis 

fit  fiunt 

IMPERF.         fiebam  IMPERF.      fierem 

FUT.  fiam 

PERF.  factus  sum  PERF.          factus  sim 

PLUP.  factus  eram  PLUPERF.   factus  essem 

FUT.  PERF.   factus  ero 

IMPERATIVE.  INFINITIVE. 

PRES.  fi  fite  PRES.   fieri 

PERF.   factum  (-am,  -um) 

esse 
FUT.     factum  iri 

PARTICIPLES. 

GERUNDIVE,   faciendus,  -a,  -um 
PERFECT.        factus,  -a,  -um. 


LIST  OF  ABBREVIATIONS. 


Ab.,  Abl.,  Ablative. 
Ac.,  Ace..  Accusative. 
Adj.,  Adjective. 
Adv.,  Adverb. 
Conj.,  Conjunction. 
Cp.,  Compare. 
D.,  Dat.,  Dative. 
Demon.,  Demonstrative. 
Dep.,  Deponent. 
F.,  Fern.,  Feminine. 
F.  P.,  Future  Perfect. 
Fut.,  Future. 

Fut.  Perf.,  Future  Perfect. 
G.,  Gen.,  Genitive. 
Imp.,  Imperf.,  Imperfect. 
Indef.,  Indefinite. 


Interrog.,  Interrogative. 

M.,  Mas.,  Masculine. 

N.,  Neut.,  Neuter. 

N.,  Nom.,  Nominative. 

Perf.,  Perfect. 

Pers.,  Personal,  Person. 

Plup.,  Pluperf.,  Pluperfect, 

Poss.,  Possessive. 

Prep.,  Preposition. 

Pres.,  Present. 

Rel.,  Relative. 

Sing.,  Singular. 

Subj.,  Subjunctive. 

Voc.,  Vocative. 

W.,  With. 

258 


VOCABULARY. 


The  genitives  of  nouns  are  given,  to  indicate  the  declension. 

Nouns  of  \.\\t  first  declension  wtjeminine,  unless  otherwise  stated. 

Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -us  are  masculine. 

Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -urn  are  neuter. 

The  principal  parts  of  -verbs  of  the  first  co  vjugatioa  marked  "/."are  like  those  of 

amo. 

If  the  principal  parts  of  a  compound  verb  are  not  given  (as  ab-duc6,  afo-eo),  it  is 
because  they  are  similar  to  those  of  the  verb  from  which  they  are  derived  (as 
duco,  eo). 


a,    ab,  prep.  w.  abl.,  80,  by, 

from. 

ab-duco,  lead  away. 
ab-eo,  go  away. 
ab-ripuit  (ab-ripi6j,  took  (or 

tore)  off. 
ab-s-tineo    (-tinere,  -tinui, 

-tentus),  hold  back,  abstain. 
ab-sum     (ab-esse,     a-fui), 

302,  be  away,  be  distant. 
ac,  conj.,  and.    (Before  con- 
sonants only.) 
ac-cido  (-cidere,  -cidi,  — ), 

happen. 
ac-cipio  (-cipere,  -cepi,  -cep- 

tus),  receive. 
acer,  acris,  acre,  adj.,  keen, 

eager  (i-stem). 
acies,   el,   f.,    302,   line  of 

battle. 
acriter,  adv.,  keenly,  eagerly. 


ad,    prep.  w.    ace.,    145,    to 

(denoting  place  to  which), 

at.      With  numerals,  about. 
ad-duco,  lead  to. 
ad-hibeo    (-hibere,    -hibui, 

-hibitus),  furnish,   employ 

[ad-habeo] . 
ad-iungo  (-iungere,  -iunxl, 

-iunctus),  unite. 
ad-sum  (ad-esse,  af-fui),  be 

present. 
adulescens,   -ntis,  m.  (and 

f.),       young     man,    youth 

(i-stem). 
ad-ventus,   -us,   m.,   arrival 

[ad-venio] . 
aedifico,  I.,  build. 
aeger,    -gra,    -grum,    adj., 

sick,  feeble. 
aegre,    adv.,    with   difficulty, 

hardly. 

259 


260 


VOCABULARY. 


af  f ero  (af-ferre,  at-tuli, 
al-latum),  bring  to  [ad- 
fero]. 

af-ficio  (-ficere,  -feel,  -fec- 
tus),  affect,  some  one  (in 
some  manner)  [ad-f  acio] . 

ager,  agri,  m.,  59,  field. 
Plural,  the  country,  as  dis- 
tinguished from  the  town. 

agmen,  -inis,  n.,  158,  army 
on  the  march,  a  marching 
column. 

agnoscd,  agnoscere,  agnovi, 
agnotus,  recognize.  (Cp. 
cognosce.) 

ago,  agere,  egi,  actus,  con- 
duct, perform,  do. 

aliquis,  -qua,  -quid,  indef. 
pron.,  some  one,  any  one. 

alius,  -a,  -ud  (gen.,  -lus), 
adj.,  321,  another,  other; 
alius  .  .  .  alius,  one  .  .  . 
another. 

alter,  -era,  -erum  (gen., 
-lus),  adj.,  the  other  (of 
two) ;  alter  .  .  .  alter,  the 
one  .  .  .  the  other. 

altus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  54, 
high,  deep. 


amat,  loves. 

amicitia,  -ae,  friendship. 

amiCUS,  -1,  ^,  friend. 

a-mitto,  lose. 

amo,   amare,   amavi,  ama- 

tus, 

I.,  80,  to  like  or  love. 
amplius,  adv. ,  more  widely. 
animus,  -I,  mind,  conscious- 
ness. 
an-nuo  (-nuere,   -nui,    -nu- 

tus),  to  nod. 

annus,  -l,  m.,  \$$,year. 
ante,  prep.  w.  ace.,  before. 
ante-slgnanus,    -I,  a  soldier 

whose  position  was  in  front 

of  the  standard. 
apertus,    a,  -um,  adj.,  open, 

exposed. 

ap-pello,  L,  call  to,  address. 
apud,  prep.  w.  ace.,  near  to, 

in  the  presence  of. 
aqua,  -ae,  289,  water. 
aquila,  -ae,  an  eagle.      The 

principal     standard     of    a 

legion. 
aquilifer,  -eri,  m.   [aquila, 

fero],    an    eagle-bearer   or 

standard-bearer. 


The  genitives  of  nouns  are  given,  to  indicate  the  declension. 

Nouns  of  thejirst  declension  are /<rw/ ///»/,  unless  otherwise  stated. 

Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -us  are  masculine. 

Nouns  of  the  j<r^«r^declens:on  In  -um  are  neuter. 

The  principal  parts  of  veros  of  \.\&  first  conjugation  marked  "/."  arelike  thoseof 

amo. 

If  the  principal  parts  of  a  compound  verb  are  not  given  (;is  ab-duco,  ab-eo),  it  is 
because  they  are   similar   to   those  of  the  verb  from  which  they  are   derived  (as 

duco,  eo). 


VOCABULARY. 


261 


anna,  -orum  (in  plural 
only),  65,  weapons  (of  all 
kinds,  both  for  attack  and 
defence). 

armaturae.     See  levis. 

ascensus,  -us,  m.,  ascent. 

atque,  91,  and. 

audeo,  audere,  ausi,  ausus, 
dare. 

audio,  audire,  audivi,  audi- 
tus,  hear. 

augeo,  augere,  auxi,  auc- 
tus,  increase. 

aut,  conj.,  or;  aut .  . .  aut. 
either .  .  .  or. 

auxilium,  -I,  116,  aid  or 
help.  Plural  usually  aux- 
iliaries or  light -armed 
troops. 

avus,  -l,  grandfather. 

a-verto  (-vertere,  -verti, 
-versus),  turn  away. 

ballista,  -ae,  a  machine  for 

throwing    stones,     used    in 

war. 

balteus,  -1,  belt. 
barbarus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  86, 

uncivilized. 
bellum,  -1,  71,  war. 
bene,    adv.     [bonus],    247, 

-well. 
beneficium,  -1  [bene-facio] , 

kindness. 
bonus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  91,  240, 

good. 


brevis,      -e, 
(i-stem). 


adj.,       brief 


campus,   -1,  a  level  place,  a 

plain. 
capio,  capere,  cepi,  captus, 

289,  take. 

captlVUS,  -1,  47,  prisoner. 
captus  est,  was  captured. 
caput,  -itis,  n.,  head. 
cassis,  -idis,  f.,  helmet. 
casus,  -us,  m.,  accident,  mis- 
fortune. 
castellum,     -I,    a    fortified 

place,  fort. 
castra,     -drum     (in     plural 

only),  in,  camp. 
causa,  -ae,  cause. 
celeriter,  adv.,  247,  quickly. 
celerius,     adv.,     comp.     of 

celeriter. 

centum,  num.  adj.,  indeclin- 
able, hundred. 
centurio,     -onis,    m.,    321, 

centurion. 

certe,  adv.,  assuredly,  surely. 
certus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,   348, 

certain,  trustworthy. 
cibus,  -I,  food. 
citerior,    -ius,    adj.,    hither, 

nearer. 

circuitus,  -us,  m.,  a  circuit. 
circum,  adv.    and   prep.   w. 

ace.,  around,  about. 

circum-eo,       )  surround, 
i  circum-vemo,  j 


262 


VOCABULARY. 


civis,  -is,  m.  (and  f.),  citi- 
zen (i-stem). 

ci  vitas,  -atis,  f.,  377,  a  state 
or  nation. 

clam,  adv.,  secretly. 

classis,  -is,  f.,  171,  fleet  (i- 
stem). 

COgitO,  I.,  think. 

cognosce,  cognoscere,  cog- 
novl,  cdgnitus,  348,  learn 
about,  recognize,  examine. 

cogo,  cogere,  coegi,  coactus 
[CO -ago]  ,317,  collect,  com- 
pel. 

cohors,  -rtis,  f.,  247,  cohort 
(i-stem). 

COllis,  -is,  m.,  158,  hill 
(i-stem) ;  summus  collis, 
158,  top  of  the  hill. 

colonia,  -ae,  colony. 

com-,  in  compounds  for 
cum. 

coma,  -ae,  hair. 

C0m-mitt6,  271,  bring  to- 
gether ;  proelium  com- 
mittere,  to  engage  in 
baffle. 

commodus,  -a,  -um,  adj., 
convenient,  proper. 


com-plures,  -a  (in  plural 
only),  very  many. 

con-cido  (-cidere,  -cidi,  — ), 
fall. 

concilium,  -I,  59,  council. 

con-clamo,  I.,  exclaim. 

con-curro  (-currere,  -cum, 
-CUtsus),  run  together 
{from  opposite  directions], 

con-ficio  (-ficere,  -feel,  -fec- 
tus),  to  complete,  exhaust. 

con-firmo,  I.,  encourage,  con- 
firm. 

Con-loco,  I.,  96,  to  place,  sta- 
tion. 

con-loquium,  -I,  a  conference 
(cum-loquor). 

conor,  cdnari,  conatus, 
405,  dep.,  attempt,  try. 

consilium,  -i,  59,  advice, 
plan,  skill,  prudence. 

con-sisto  (-sistere,  -stiti, 
-Stitum),  stand,  slop. 

con-spectus,  -us,  m. ,  a  sight, 
view. 

constituit,  determined. 

con-stituo  (-stituere,  -stitui, 
-stitutus),  establish,  station, 
determine. 


The  genitives  of  nouns  are  given,  to  indicate  the  declension. 

Nouns  of  theyfrj/  declension  are  feminine,  unless  otherwise  stated. 

Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -us  are  masculine. 

Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -um  are  neuter. 

The  principal  parts  of  verbs  of  \\\v  first  conjugation  marked  "/."  are  like  those  of 

amo. 

If  the  principal  parts  of  a  compound  verb  are  not  given  (as  at>-duco,  ab-eo),  it  is 
because  they  are  similar  to  those  of  the  verb  from  which  they  are  derived  (as 
duco,  eo). 


VOCABULARY. 


263 


c5n-sto  (-stare,  -steti,  -sta- 
tus, Cp.  do),  stand  firm, 
stop  (intrans.). 

con-teado  (-tendere,  -tendl, 
-tentum),  256,  strive,  has- 
ten;  sometimes,  to  fight. 

continenter,  adv.,  contin- 
uously. 

con-tineo  (-tinere,  -tinul, 
-tentus),  233,  to  hold  to- 
gether; passive  also,  is 
bounded. 

contra,  adv.  and  prep.  w. 
ace. ,  opposite  to,  against. 

con-venio,  agree,  meet. 

con-voco,  L,  call  together. 

COpia,  -ae,  41,  abundance ; 
plural  also  troops. 

Cornu,  -US,  n.,  horn,  wing 
of  an  army. 

credo,  credere,  credidi,  cre- 
ditus,  believe. 

cum,  conj.,  when,  since 
(causal),  although. 

cum,  prep.  w.  abl.,  80,  to- 
gether with,  with  (denoting 
accompaniment) . 

cur?  adv.,  wherefore? 

cursus,  -US,  m.,  a  running. 

dare   se   in   deditionem,    to 

surrender  himself  (her- 
self}, themselves. 

dat,  gives. 

de,  prep.  w.  abl.,  from,  about, 
concerning,  of. 


decumanus,  -a,  -urn,  adj., 
of  or  belonging  to  the  tenth 
(legion).  W.  porta,  rear. 

deditio,  -ionis,  f.,  surren- 
der. 

de-fendo  (-fendere,  -fendi, 
-fensusj,  256,  defend. 

de-fero,  bear  away. 

defessus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  54, 
tired,  weary. 

de-figo  ( -figere,  -fixi,  -fix- 
us),  fix,  fasten. 

de-icio  (-icere,  -ieci,  -iec- 
tus),  throw  down. 

de-inde,  adv.,  then,  secondly. 

de-mitto,  to  lower. 

de-pono,  lay  aside,  set  down. 

desperado,  -onis,  f.,  despera- 
tion. 

de-sum,  fail,  lack,  be  away. 

dexter,  era,  -erum,  adj., 
right  (hand}. 

dicit,  says. 

dico,  dlcere,  dixi,  dictus, 
264,  say. 

dies,  -el,  m.  and  f.,  289,  day; 
multo  die,  late  in  the  day. 

dif-fero  (dif-ferre,  dis-tuli, 
dl-latUS),  to  change. 

difficilis.  -e,  adj.,  difficult. 

difficultas,  -atis,  f. ,  difficulty, 

dignitas,  -atis,  f.,  dignity. 

dlligenter,  adv.,  diligently. 

diligentia,  -ae,  diligence. 

dl-mitto,  send  away. 

diu,  adv, ,  for  a  long  time. 


264 


VOCABULARY. 


diutius,    adv.        Comp.     of 

diu. 

dlxit,  said. 
do,  dare,  dedi,  datus,  104, 

give. 
domus,  -1  or  -us  (see  472), 

f. ,  420,  house,  home. 
donum,  -1,  gift. 
dubitO,  I.,  hesitate. 
duco,  ducere,  duxl,  ductus, 

264,  lead. 
dum,  conj.,  while. 
duplico,  I. ,  to  double. 
dux,  duels,  m.  and  f.  (duco), 

a  leader. 

e,    ex,    prep.    w.  abl.,    191, 

from,  out  from,  out  of. 
edo,  edere,  edi,  esus,  eat. 
e-duco,  lead  away. 
ef-ficio  (-ficere,   -feel,  -fec- 

tus),    accomplish,    execute, 

make. 
ego,  me!  (dat.,  mihi;  ace., 

abl.,  me),  pers.  pron.  /. 
elephantus,  -I,  elephant. 
e-licio     (-licere,    -licul    or 

-lexi,  -licitus),  entice,  lure 

forth. 


eo,  Ire,   Ivi  (ii),   (iturus), 

488,  to  go. 
eques,  -itis,  m.,   133,  horse* 

man. 
equitatus,  -us,  m.,  264,  cav* 

airy. 
equus,  -1, 47,  horse;  ex  equo, 

on  horseback. 
erat,  was. 
est,  is. 

et,  41,  and;  et .  .  .  et,  both .  .  . 

and. 

etiam,  adv.  and  conj.,  even. 
e-VOCO,  I.,  call  forth. 
ex.     See  e. 
excellent,    gen.   -ntis,   adj., 

excellent. 
ex-cldo  (-cldere,   -cidi,  -ci- 

SUS),  cut  down. 
ex-cipio  (-cipere,  -cepi,  -cep- 

tus),  receive,  draw  out,  cap- 
ture. 

ex-CO,  go  away. 
exercitus,  -us,  m. ,  2 1 5 ,  army. 
ex-fugio,  flee  away. 
ex-lstimo,    L,    396,    think, 

suppose. 
ex-lvit    (plural,     -iverunt), 

went  away. 


The  genitives  of  nouns  are  given,  to  indicate  the  declension. 

Nouns  of  the  first  declension  are_/i?w//;//«^,  unless  otherwise  stated. 

Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -us  are  masculine. 

Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -urn  are  neuter. 

The  principal  parts  of  verbs  of  the  first  conjugation  marked  "  /."  are  like  those  of 
amo. 

If  the  principal  parts  of  a  compound  verb  a'"e  not  given  (as  ab-duco,  ab-eo),  it  is 
because  they  are  similar  to  those  of  the  verb  from  which  they  are  derived  (as 
iuco,  eo). 


VOCABULARY. 


265 


sx-specto,  I.,  await,  expect. 
extra,  prep,  with  ace.,  outside. 
extrernus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  240, 
extreme,  outermost. 

facilis,    -e,    adj.,    348,    easy 
(i-stem). 

facile,  adv.,  247,  easily. 

facio,   facere,   fed,  factus, 
294,  do,  make. 

factio,  -onis,  f.,  {political} 
party. 

facultas,  -atis,  f.,  396,  abil- 
ity, opportunity,  supply. 

falsus,  -a,  -um,  adj., /ate. 

fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latus,  to 
bear  (489). 

feroculus,  -a,  -um,  adj., 
ferocious  ;  [ferox,  (fierce) 
-ulus,  a  diminutive  here 
expressing  contempt.^ 

fertilis,  -e,  *.&}>,  fertile. 

fides,  -61,  f. ,  trust,  trustworth- 
iness. 

fidus,  a,  -um,  ^.,  faithful. 

filia,  -ae,  daughter. 

films,  -1,  96,  son. 

finis,  -is,  m.,  405,  limit,  end  ; 
plural,  boundaries,  hence, 
country,  land  (i-stem). 

fio,  fieri,  factus,  passive  of 
facio  (490)  become,  be 
made. 

firmus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,yfrw. 

flo,  I.,  blow. 

flumen,  -inis,  n.,  145,  river. 


forsitan,  adv.,  perhaps. 
fortis,  -e,  adj.,  brave  (i-stem). 
fortiter,  adv.,  bravely. 
fortuna,   -ae,    140,  fortune, 

chance. 
fortunatus,    -a,    -um,    adj., 

fortunate. 

f  rater,  fratris,  m.,  brother. 
frumentaria,  adj. ,  f.   See  res. 
frumentum,  -I,  n.,  65, grain, 

provisions. 

frustra,  adv.,  vainly. 
f uga,  -ae,  flight. 
f  uge,  flee  ! 
fugid,  fugere,  fugi,  fugitus, 

363,  flee. 
funditor,    -oris,   m.,  slinger. 

A   light-armed  soldier    who 

threw  stones  with  a  sling. 

gero,  gerere,  gessi,  gestus, 

215,  to  do,  wage. 

gladius,  -I,  71,  sword. 

gloria,  -ae,  glory. 

gratia,  -ae,  favor  /  gratias 
agere,  to  thank. 

gratus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  54, 
pleasing,  acceptable  (refers 
to  things  and  animals). 

gravis,  -e,  adj.,  heavy,  bur- 
dened, severe  (i-stem). 

graviter,  adv.,  heavily,  se- 
verely. 

habet,  has. 

habeo,  habere,  habui,  habi- 
tus, 184,  have. 


266 


VOCABULARY. 


habuit    (plural  habuerunt), 

has  had,  had. 

hie,  haec,  hoc,  demons, 
pron.,  this  ;  also,  as  pers. 
pron.,  he,  she,  it  (476). 

hiems,  -emis,  f.,  winter. 

hiberna,  -orum,  n.  (in 
plural  only),  65,  winter- 
quarters.  (The  full  form, 
castra  hiberna,  is  seldom 
used.) 

hodie,  for  hoc  die,  to-day. 

homo,  -inis,  m.  (andf.),  145, 
man. 

hora,  -ae,  hour. 

hostis,  -is,  m.  (andf.),  165, 
enemy  (i-stem). 

ibl,  adv.,  65,  in  that  place. 
idem,  eadem,  idem,  demon. 

pron.,  same. 
idoneus,  -a,   -um,    ndj.,  96, 

su  i table.         (  Re  fer  r  i  n  g     to 

places  or  people.) 
ignis,  -is,  m.,fire  (i  stem). 
ille,      ilia,     illud,      demon. 

pron.,    that ;   also  as  pers. 

pron.,  he,  she,  it  (476). 
impedimentum,  -I,  116. 


imperator,  -oris,  m.,  a  title 
of  honor  given  to  a  general 
by  acclamation  of  the  sol- 
diers after  his  first  victory. 
General-  in-ch  ief. 

imperium,  -I,  dominion,  rule, 
supreme  command. 

impero,  I.,  command.  (Fol- 
lowed by  Ut. ) 

impetus,  -us,  m.,  294,  attack. 

im-pono,  place  upon,  impose. 

in,  prep,  with  ace.  andabl., 
47;  with  ace.,  into,  against; 
with  abl.,  in,  on. 

in-,  equivalent  sometimes  to 
English  prefix  un-. 

in-cendit,  burned. 

in-cendo  (-cendere,  -cendi, 
-census),  to  burn,  be  angry. 

in  columis,  -e,  unharmed. 

in-crebuit,   increased. 

in  credibilis^  -e,  adj. (credo), 
incredible  ( i  -stem ) . 

inferior,  -ius,  adj.,  240, 
lower. 

in-fero  (in-ferre,  in-tuli,  il- 
latus),  carrv  or  bring  to 
or  into ;  bellum  inferre,  to 
wage  war. 


The  genitives  of  nouns  are  given,  to  indicate  the  declension. 

Nouns  of  theyfrj-/  declension  n\e  feminine,  unless  otherwise  stated. 

Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -us  are  masculine. 

Nouns  ot  the  second  declension  in  -um  are  neuter. 

The  principal  parts  of  verbs  of  the  first  conjugation  marked'"/.11  are  like  those  of 

amo. 

If  the  principal  parts  of  a  compound  verb  are  not  given  (as  ab-ducd,  ab-eo),  it  is 
because  they  are  similar  to  those  of  the  verb  from  which  they  are  derived  (as 
duco,  eo). 


VOCABULARY. 


267 


infimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  240, 

lowest. 
infra,  adv.  and  prep.  w.  ace., 

below. 

in-iquus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,   un- 
equal. 

in-opia,  ae,  140,  lack. 
in-struo  (-struere,   -struxl, 

-Structus),  302,    construct. 

Of  troops,  to  draw  up. 
inter,  adv.  and  prep,  w.  ace., 

among,  between. 
inter  eo,  perish. 
interfectus  est,  was  killed. 
inter-ficio      (-ficere,     -fed, 

-fectus),  321,  kill. 
interim,  adv.,  meanwhile. 
inter -ivit  (plural  -iverunt), 

perished. 

inter-mitto,  omit,  discontinue. 
inter -pono,     place     between, 

interpose. 

inter-sum,  be  between. 
intra,  adv.  and  prep.  w.  ace., 

within,  inside. 
ipse,   -a,    -um,   demon,   adj. 

and  pron.,  self. 
is,  ea,  id,  demon,  pron.,  this. 

Also  as  pers.  pron.,  he,  she, 

#(476). 
iste,     ista,    istud,    demon. 

pron.,  that  (of yours). 
ita,  adv.,  104,  thus. 
ita-que,    conj.,    and   so,    and 

thus. 
item |  adv. ,  in  the  same  manner. 


iter,  itineris,  n.,  184,  a 
march,  journey,  road. 

iterum,  adv.,  again. 

Ivit  (plural  iverunt ),  went. 

iacio,  iacere,  iecl,  iactus, 
throw. 

iam,  adv.,  already. 

iudioO,  1  ,  judge,  examine. 

iuro,  '.,  take  an  oath. 

labor,  -or is,  m.,  labor.. 
laboio,  I.,  86,  to  work. 
laetus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  joyful. 
lapis,  -idis,  n.,  stone. 
latus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  wide. 
laudat,  praises. 
laudo,  I.,  to  praise. 
legatus,-!,  47,  legate,  lieuten- 
ant, envoy. 

legio,  -onis,  f.,  158,  legion. 
legionarius,    -a,    -um,    adj., 

289,  belonging  to  a  legion, 

legionary. 
levis,    -e,     adj.,      light     (in 

weight),  (i-stem). 
levis  armaturae,  light-armed 

soldiers. 
liber,  -era,  -erum,  adj.,  59, 

free,     llberi,   -orum,    m. 

(in  plu.  only),  59,  children. 
llbertas,  -atis,  f.,  liberty. 
littera,  -ae,  letter. 
lltus,  -oris,  n.,  171,  coast. 
locus,    -I    (plural    loci    and 

loca),  96,  place,  position. 


268 


VOCABULARY. 


longus,   -a,    -um,    adj.,   54, 

long. 

longe,  adv.,  247,  far,  widely. 
loquor,  loqui,  locutus,  405, 

speak,  say. 
luna,  -ae,  moon. 

magis,  adv.,  more. 
magister,  -ri,  m.,  master. 
magnus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  54, 

240,  large,  great. 
maior,  ius,  adj.,  240,  larger, 

greater. 

malo,  malle,  malul,  prefer. 
malus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  bad. 
manipularis,  -e,  adj.,  of  the 

same  (i-stem)  military  com- 
pany, comrade. 
maximus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  240, 

largest,  greatest. 
me,  mei.     See  ego. 
mecum.     For  cum  me. 
medius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  middle 

of. 

melior,  -ius,  adj.,  240,  better. 
memoria,  -ae,  memory. 
mentio,  -onis,  f.,  mention. 
meus,   -a,    -um,    poss.    adj. 

and  pron.,  my,  mine. 


mihi.     See  ego. 

miles,  -itis,  m.,  133,  soldier. 

mllle  (plural  milia,  -ium), 
num.  adj.,  indeclinable  in 
sing.,  thousand. 

minimus,  -a,  -um,  adj., 
superlative  of  parvus, 
smallest,  least. 

minor,  -us,  adj.  Compara- 
tive of  parvus,  smaller, 
less. 

mitto,  mittere,  misl,  mis- 
sus, 215,  send. 

moneo,  monere,  monui,  mo- 
nitus,  advise. 

mons,  montis,  m.,  233, 
mountain  (i-stem). 

morior,  mori,  mortuus, 
dep.,  die. 

moveo,  movere,  movi,  mo- 
tus,  move. 

mulier,  -eris,  f.,  woman: 
mulieres,  nom.  and  ace. 
plural,  women. 

multitude,  -inis,  f.,  multi- 
tude. 

multus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  540, 
240,  247,  much;  plural 
many. 


The  genitives  of  nouns  are  given,  to  indicate  the  declension. 

Nouns  of  theyfri-/  declension  are  feminine,  unless  otherwise  stated. 

Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -us  are  masculine. 

Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -um  are  neuter. 

The  principal  parts  of  verbs  of  ihejirst  conjugation  marked  "/."  are  like  those  of 

amo. 

If  the  principal  parts  of  a  compound  verb  arc  not  given  (as  ab-duco,  ab-eo),  it  is 
because  they  are  similar  to  those  of  the  verb  from  which  they  arc  derived  (as 


VOCABULARY. 


269 


murus,  -I,  91,  wall. 

nam,  adv.,/0r. 
natio,  -onis,  f.,  nation. 
natura,  -ae,    nature     (of    a 

thing)  ;      natu     (abl.      of 

natUS),  by  birth,  in  age. 
aauta,  -ae,  m.,  sailor. 
navis,     -is,    f.,     177,     ship 

(i-stem)  ;    navem     solvit 

(plural  SOlverunt),  set  sail; 

navis  longa,  ship  of  war  ; 

navis  oneraria,  transport, 

merchant  vessel. 
-ne,  interrog.  adv.      Sign  of 

a  question  (41). 
ne,  conj.,   in   order  that  .  .  . 

not.    With  verbs  of  fearing, 

lest.      (With   subj.)     With 

imperative,  not. 
nec,  conj.,  and  not ;  nee  .  .  . 

nec,  neither  .  .  .  nor. 
nemo  (dat.  nemini),  m.  and 

f. ,  no  one,  nobody. 
ne-que,       conj.,      and      not; 

neque  .  .  .  neque,    neither 

.  .  .  nor. 
neuter,    -tra,    -trum,    adj., 

neither  (of  two). 
neve,  adv.,  and  not,  nor. 
niger,    -gra,    -grum,    adj., 

black. 

nihil,  n.  (indeclinable),  noth- 
ing. 
ni-si,   conj.,    if  not,   unless, 

except. 


noceo,  nocere,  nocul   [noci- 

turus],  injure. 

nolo,     nolle,     nolul     [non- 
VOlo],    381,   be    unwilling. 
non,  adv.,  not. 
non-nullus,    -a,    -um,    adj., 

some,  several. 

non-numquam,   adv.,   some- 
times. 
nos,  nostrum  (nobis).    Plural 

of  ego,  /. 
noster,    -tra,    -trum,    poss. 

adj.  and  pron.,  256,  our. 
novus,   -a,  -um,   adj.,    116, 
new,  strange  ;  novissimum 
agmen,  rear  rank. 
nox,  -noctis,   f.,   165,    night 

(i-stem). 

nudus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  bare. 
nullus,    -a,    -um,  adj.   (ne- 

ullus),  none,  no  one. 
numerus,  -1,  47,  number. 
numquam,  adv.,  never. 
nunc,  adv.,  now. 
nuntio,  I.,  80,  report,  tell. 
nuntius,  -I,  65,  messenger. 

ob,  prep.  w.  ace.,  on  account 
of. 

obses,  -idis,  m.  and  f.,  165, 
hostage. 

ob-tineo  (-tinere,  -tinul,  -ten- 
tus),  233,  possess. 

occasio,  -onis,  f.,  opportunity. 

occupo,  I.,  86,  seize,  take  pos- 
session of. 


270 


VOCABULARY. 


of  fero  ^of-ferre,  ob-tuli,  ob- 

latus) ,  bring  forward,  offer. 

Slim,  adv.,  once,  formerly. 

omnis,  -e,  adj.,  171,  all, 
every  (i-stem). 

onerarius,  -a,  -um,  adv. 
(something]  that  bears  a 
burden.  See  navis. 

Opera,  -ae,  f.,  exertion,  work. 

Opinio,  -onis,  f.,  opinion,  be- 
lief. 

oppidum,  -1,  54,  town. 

Op-pugno,  I.,  86,  to  attacK. 

optimus,  -a,  -um,  adj., 
superlative  of  bonus,  240, 
best. 

opus,  -eris,  n.,  302,  work. 
Also,  need. 

oratio,  -onis,  f.,  speech. 

paene,  adv.,  almost. 
par,  paris,  adj.,  equal. 
pars,   partis,  f.,   140,  part, 

etc.,  hence    region,  place, 

direction  (i-stem). 
par 6,  I,  171,  prepare. 
parvus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  215, 

little,  small. 
passus,  -us,  m. ,  apace;  mille 


little. 


thousand  feet). 
pater,  -tris,  m. ,  father. 
pauci,  -ae,  -a,  adj.,  i\,few. 
paulatim,  adv.,  little  by  little, 

by  degrees. 
paulim,  adv., 
paulo,  adv., 
pecunia,  -ae,  ?noney. 
pedes,   -itis,  m.,    133,  foot- 
soldier. 
\  peior,  -ius,  adj.,  comparative 

of  malus,  worse. 
pello,    pellere,    pepull   [cp. 

do],    pulsus,  drive  out. 
per,    prep.  w.  ace.,   through, 

during,  by  means  of. 
per-duco,  conduct  to,  draw  out 

or  lengthen. 
per-exiguus,   -a,   -um,   very 

small. 
per-fero,  convey,  endure,  com* 

plete. 

periculum,  -I,  danger. 
per-mitto,  permit,  give  {some- 

thing^)  up  to  {some  one). 
per-suadeo  (-suadere,-suasi, 

-suasus)  (followed  by  ut 

or  ne  ) ,  377,  persuade. 


The  genitives  of  nouns  are  given,  to  indicate  the  declension. 

Nouns  of  thejlrst  declension  are  feminine,  unless  otherwise  stated. 

Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -us  are  masculine. 

Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -um  are  neuter. 

The  principal  parts  of  verbs  Qi \\\&  first  conjugation  marked  "/."  are  like  those  of 

amo. 

If  the  principal  parts  of  a  compound  verb  are  not  given  (as  ab-duco,  ab-60),  it  is 
because  they  are  similar  to  those  of  the  verb  from  which  they  are  derived  (as 
duco,  cd). 


VOCABULARY. 


271 


per-terreo  (-terrere,  -terrui, 

-territus),  'terrify. 
per-tineo    (-tinere,   -tinul, 

— ),  233,  extend. 
per-turbo,    L,    321,     disturb 
greatly,    throw    into    con- 
fusion. 

per  venio,  arrive. 

pes,  -pedis,  m,,  140,  foot. 

pessimus,    -a,     -um,     adj., 

superlative  of  malus,  worst. 
petlvit  (plural  petiverunt), 

sought. 

peto,  petere,  petivi,  petitus, 
seek,  beg,  demand,  (fol- 
lowed by  ut  or  ne),  256. 

pllum,  -1,  a  dart  or  javelin. 

polliceor,  polliceri,  polli- 
citUS,  dep.,  to  promise. 

pono,  ponere,  posui,  positus, 
to  place,  put,  294. 

populus,  -I,  71,  people. 

porta,  -ae,  gate  /  portat,  car- 
ries. 

portO,  L,  80,  carry. 

possessio,  -6nis,  f.,  posses- 
sion. 

possum,  posse,  potui  (potis- 
sum),  317,  be  able,  can. 

post,  adv.  and  prep.  w.  ace., 
behind,  after,  afterward. 

post-ea,  adv.,  afterward. 

poster  us,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  240, 
next. 

postquam,  conj.,  after. 

postulo,  I.,  demand. 


potestas,  -atis,  {..power. 
prae,  adv.  and  prep.  w.  abl., 

before. 
praeda,   -ae,    317,   plunder, 

booty,  loot. 
prae-dico,  say  or  tell  before- 

hand,  predict,  advise,  warn, 

command. 
prae-duco,  lead  in  front  of, 

show. 
prae-ficio  (-ficere,  -fed,  -fec- 

tus),  set  over,  place  in  com- 

mand. 

praemium,  -I,  reward. 
prae-mitto,  send  before. 
prae-occupo,  seize  before. 
prae-sum,  be  over,  rule. 
praeter,    adv.    and  prep   w. 

ace.  ,  except,  contrary  to. 
praeter-ea,  adv.,  besides. 
praeter-mitto,     omit,     neg- 

lect. 
premo,      premere,      press!, 

pressus,     289,    to    press, 

harass. 
primus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  240, 

first. 
primo,  adv., 


prmceps,   -ipis,   m.,    133,  a 

leader,  chief. 
prior,  -ius,  adj.,  240,  former, 

previous  ;  prius,  adv.  ,  ear- 

lier, first. 
pro,  prep.  w.  abl.,  before,  in 

front  of. 


272 


VOCABULARY. 


procul,  adv.,  far distant,  from 
afar. 

pro  cumbo  (-cumbere,  -cu- 
bui,  -CUbitUS),  fall  or  lie 
down. 

pro-curro  (-currere,  -cucurri 
[cp.  do],  -cursus),  run 
forward. 

pro  diiCO,  lead  forth. 

proelium,  -1,  n.,  145,  bat- 
tle. 

proficiscor,  proficlsci,  pro- 
fectus,  372,  set  out,  go. 

pro-hibeo  (-hibere,  -hibui, 
-hibitus),  191,  to  keep 
(some  one)  away  (often 
with  ex). 

pro-iecit,  threw. 

prope,  adv.  and  prep.  w. 
ace.,  near. 

properat,  hastens. 

propero,  I.,  165,  hasten, 
hurry. 

propior,  -ius,  adj.,  nearer. 

propter,  prep.  w.  ace.,  be- 
cause of. 

provincia,  -ae,  province. 

pro -video,  foresee,  provide 
for. 


proximus,    -a,    -um,    adj., 

next,  nearest  (last). 
publicus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,/«3- 

hc.     (See  res.) 
puella,  -ae,  girl. 
puer,  -I,  m.,  boy. 
pugna,  -ae,  86,  a  fight. 
pugnat,  fights  (3d  person). 
pugno,  I  ,  80,  to  fight. 
pulcher,  -chra,  -chrum,  adj., 

beautiful. 

pulvis,  -eris,  m.,  dust. 
puto,  I.,  suppose,  think. 

quaero,  quaerere,  quaesivl, 

quaesitus,     ask,     inquire ; 

also  seek  (followed  by  ut). 
quam,  adv.,  226,  than.   With 

superlative  as  . . .  asposstite. 
-que,  conj.,  91,  and. 
qul,  quae,   quod,  rel.  pron.. 

who,  which,  what. 
quid  ?  what?  why  ? 
quidam,  quaedam,  quid- 

(quod) dam,  indef.    pron., 

a  certain  (one],  a. 
quis,  quae,  quid  (quod),  in- 

terrog.     pron.     and     adj., 

who?  which?  what? 


Thcftnitivts  of  nouns  are  given,  to  indicate  the  declension. 
Nouns  of  the  first  declension  are  femi nine,  unless  otherwise  stated. 
•  Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -us  are  masculine. 
Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -um  are  neuter. 
The  principal  parts  of  verbs  of  \.\\t first  conjugation  marked  "  /."  are  like  those  of 


amo. 

If  the  principal  parts  of  a  compound  verb  are  not  given  (as  ab-duco,  ab-eo), 
because  they  are  similar  to  those  of  the  verb  from  which  they  are  derive^ 

dnrn    »n1 


it  is 
sd  (as 


dnco,  eo). 


VOCABULARY. 


273 


quisquam,  quaequam,  quid- 
(quod)  quam,  indef.  pron., 
any,  any  one. 

quisque,  quaeque,  quid- 
(quod)que,  indef.  pron., 
each  one,  each,  every. 

quod,  conj.,  396,  because. 

quoniam,  adv.,  158,  because. 

quoque,  conj,,  also. 

ratio,   -onis,  f.,  plan,   nature 

(  of     som  eth  ing  ) ,       affa  ir, 

opinion. 
re-,  in  compounds  as  a  prefix, 

again. 

recepit.     See  se. 
re-cipio  (cipere,  -cepl,  -cep- 

tus),    321,    take    back,   re- 
ceive. 
rectus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  straight, 

direct. 

re-cupero,  L,  recover. 
re-d-eo,  go  back. 
re-duco,  lead  back. 
re-ficio  (-ficere,  -feel,  -fec- 

tUS),  refit,  refresh. 
reglna,  -ae,  queen. 
regio,  -onis,  f.,  171,  region. 
re-linquo  (-linquere,  -liqui, 

-lictus),  317,  leave  behind. 
reliquus,  -a,   -um,  adj.  (cp. 

relinquo),  165,  remaining, 

the  rest  of. 
re-perio       (-perire,      -peri, 

-pertus),  find  out. 
res,  rel,  f.,  271,  thing,  state 


of  affairs ;    res    frumen- 

taria,      provisions ;      res 

publica,     government     (at 

Rome). 
re-spondeo  (-spondere, 

-spondi,      -sponsus),      to 

reply. 

re-voco,  L,  callback,  recall. 
rex,  regis,  m.,  king. 
rivus,  -1,  stream. 
rosa,  -ae,  rose. 
rursus,     adv.,     again,    bach 

again. 

sacramentum,  -I,  the  oath  of 
allegiance  to  the  general-in- 
chief  taken  by  a  Roman 
soldier  when  he  enlisted. 

saepe,  adv.,  often. 

saepius,  adv.,  more  or  too 
frequently. 

Sagittarius,  -1,  archer. 

sal,  salis,  m.,  salt. 

salus,  -utis,  f.,  safety. 

sanitas,  -atis,  f.,  soundness 
(of  mind  or  body). 

satis,  adv.,  enough. 

scelus,  -eris,  n.,  crime. 

scio,  scire,  scivl,  scltus, 
know,  perceive. 

scutum,  -1,  shield. 

se  (or  sese),  ace.  of  reflex- 
ive pron.  of  third  pers., 
himself,  herself,  itself, 
themselves  (478);  se  rece- 
pit (plural  receperunt), 


274 


VOCABULARY. 


retreated.  (Cp.  English  ' '  to 

betake  one' s  self."} 
secerno,  secernere,  secrevi, 

secretus,  to  separate. 
secum,  for  cum  se. 
secundus,    -a,     -um,    adj., 

favorable,  second. 
sed,  conj.,  65,  but. 
semper,  adv.,  always. 
senatus,  -us,  m.,  senate. 
Septimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  479. 
sequor,  sequi,  secutus,  dep., 

37 2,  follow. 

servatus  est,  was  saved. 
servo,  L,  save. 
sese.    See  se. 
si,  conj.,  if. 
SIC,  adv.,  thus. 
signum,  -i,  104,  standard  or 

ensign,  signal. 

silva,  -ae,  41,  wood,  forest. 
sine,  prep.  w.  abl.,  without. 
sinister,  -tra,  -trum,  adj., 

left  (hand). 
solus,  -a,  -um,    adj.,    alone, 

single. 
solvo,  solvere,   solvi,   solu- 

tus,  to  loose.     See  navis. 
soror,  -oris,  f.,  sister. 


spatium,  -I,  space. 

spero,  L,  look  for,  hope. 

spes,  spel,  f.,  hope. 

sponte  (abl.),  always  with 
mea,  tua,  sua,  etc.,  of 
(one's)  free  will,  volunta- 
rily. 

statim,  adv  ,  immediately. 

statio,  -onis,  f.,  a  guard,  sen- 
try; in  statione,  on  guard. 

sto,  stare,  stetl,  status  (cp. 
do),  to  stand. 

studium,  -i,  86,  study,  zeal. 

stultissimus,  -a,  -um,  adj. 
(superlative  of  stultus), 
most  stupid,  idiotic. 

stultus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  stupid. 

sub,  prep.  w.  ace.  and  abl.-, 
under. 

sub-icio  (-icere,  -iecl,  -iec- 
tus),  place  under,  expose 
[sub-iacio] . 

subito,  adv.,  247,  suddenly. 

suf-fero  (suf-ferre,  sus-tuli, 
sub-latus),  offer,  sustain, 
endure  [sub-f ero] . 

sum-mo veo  (-movere,  -mo- 
VI,  -motus),  remove,  drive 
back  [sub -mo veo]. 


The  genitives  of  nouns  are  given,  to  indicate  the  declension. 

Nouns  of  thejZrst  declension  ar ^e  feminine,  unless  otherwise  stated. 

Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -us  are  masculine. 

Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -um  are  neuter. 

The  principal  parts  of  verbs  of  thefirst  conjugation  marked  "  L'   are  /ike  those  of 

amo. 

If  the  principal  parts  of  a  compound  verb  are  not  given  (as  ab-diico,  ab-eo),  it  is 
because  they  are  similar  to  those  of  the  verb  from  which  they  are  derived  (as 
duco,  ed). 


VOCABULARY. 


275 


sus-tineo    (-tiners,     -tinui, 

-tentus),     372,    hold    out 

against. 
sub-venio,     come    to     one's 

assistance. 

summa,  -ae,  amount,  total. 
summus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  145, 

highest,  top  of. 
sunt,  are. 
superior,     -ius,    adj,,    240, 

higher. 

SUpero,  I.,  104,  surpass,  con- 
quer. 
super- sum,   remain    over,    be 

left  over,  survive. 
supra,    adv.    and     prep.    w. 

ace.,  above. 
suus,  -a,  -um,  poss.  adj.  and 

pron.,    191,   his,  her,  hers, 

its,  their,  theirs. 

tabernaculum,  -I,  tent. 

tarn,  adv.,  to  such  a  degree, 
so. 

tamen,  adv.,  nevertheless. 

tandem,  adv .,  finally -. 

tantus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  so 
great,  so  much. 

tantum,  adv.,  only. 

tar  do,  I.,  retard. 

tecum,  for  cum  te. 

telum,  -1,  65,  weapon,  espe- 
cially a  javelin. 

tempestas,  -atis,  f.,  storm, 

weather* 
tempto,  L,  133,  try. 


tempus,  -oris,  n.,  191,  lime. 

teneo,  tenere,  tenui,  tentus, 
191,  hold,  keep. 

terra,  -ae,   41,  land,  country. 

tertius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  the 
third. 

timeo,  timere,  timui,  335, 
to  fear. 

tiro,  -Onis,  m.,  recruit,  inex- 
perienced soldier  ( some- 
times used  in  contempt). 

totus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  whole, 
all,  entire. 

tra-duco,  lead  across. 

trans,  prep.  w.  ace.,  across. 

trans-eo,  go  across. 

trans-flgo  (-flgere,  -fixi, 
-fixus),  pierce  through. 

trans-portO,  I.,  carry  across. 

tribunus,  -I,  71,  tribune. 

tu,  tui  (tibi,  te),  pers. 
pron.,  lhou,you. 

tuba,  -ae,  trumpet. 

turn,  adv.,  then  (of  time). 

tutus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  safe. 

tuus,  -a,  -um,  poss.  adj. 
and  pron.,  thy,  thine,  your, 
yours. 

ubi,  adv.,  where. 

ullus,    -a,      -um,     adj.,    any 

(one). 

ulterior,  -ius,  adj.,  further. 
ultra,  adv.,  beyond,  further. 
ultro,  adv.,  moreover,  o/one's 

own  accord. 


276 


VOCABULARY. 


umerus,  -I,  shoulder. 

unus,    -a,    -um,    num.    adj., 

one,   alone;    ad   unum,    to 

the  last  one    (479). 
urbs,    urbis,    f.,     184,   city 

(i-stem). 

usus,  usus,  m.,  use,  value. 
Ut,  conj.,  with  subj.,  in  order 

that,  so  that. 
uter,  utra,  utrum,  interrog. 

pron.,  which  (of  two)  ? 
uterque,    utraque,    utrum- 

que,  indef.  pron.,  each  (of 

two),  both. 
utor,  uti,   usus,  dep.,  372, 

to  use,  employ. 
utrum,        adv.,       whether  ; 

utrum. . .  an,  whether. . .  or. 
uxor,  -oris,  f.,  wife. 


vagina,  -ae,  scabbard. 
vallis,  -is,  f.,  valley  (i-stem). 
vallum,    -I,    the   rampart  or 

wall  of  a  camp. 
venio,  venire,  venl,  ventus, 

355,  come. 
venit      (plural      veniunt), 

comes. 


venit     (plural      venerunt), 

came. 

vero,  adv., 
verum,  adv. 
verto,  vertere,  verti,  versus, 

turn,  turn  around  or  about. 
verum,    -I,    neuter    of   adj. 

used  as  noun,  the  truth. 
vester,  -tra,  -trum,  poss.  adj. 

and  pron.,  your,  yours  (of 

more  than  one  person). 
veteranus,    -a,    -um,    adj., 

veteran. 
via,   viae,   41,    way,    road,, 

street. 

victor,  -oris,  m.,  victor. 
victoria,  -ae,  victory. 
vide,  see! 
video,    videre,  vidi,   visus, 

to  see. 

vldit  (plural  viderunt),  saw. 
vir,  viri,  m.,  59,  man  ;  some- 
times, hero. 
virtus,    virtutis,     f.3    140, 

manliness,  bravery. 
vita,  vitae,  life. 

VltO,  I.,  avoid. 

vivo,  vlvere,  vixi,  victus, 

live. 


Thegfttr 'tives  of  nouns  are  given,  to  indicate  the  declension. 

Nouns  of  thejirst  declension  are  feminine,  unless  otherwise  stated. 

Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -us  are  masculine. 

Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -um  are  neuter. 

The  principal  parts  of  verbs  of  theyfr-f/  conjugation  marked  "  /."  are  like  those  of 

amo. 

If  the  principal  parts  of  a  compound  verb  are  not  given  (as  ab-duco,  ab-co),  it  is 
because  they  are  similar  to  those  of  the  verb  from  which  they  are  derived  (as 
duco,  eo). 


VOCABULARY.  277 


vlvus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  alive. 
vix,  adv.,  scarcely. 
volo,  velle,  volui,  381, 


vulnerat,  wounds. 
vulnero,  I.,  80,  to  wound. 
vulnus,  -eris,  n.,  wound, 
be  willing. 

ADDENDA. 

an,  adv.,  or. 

aptus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  suited,  fit. 

arx,  arcis,  citadel  (i  stem). 

circiter,  adv.  and  prep.  w.  ace.,  about,  around. 

con-loquor,  dep.,  converse^  confer. 

controversia,  -ae,  dispute,  argument. 

duo,  duae,  duo,  num.  adj.,  two  (297). 

finitimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  neighboring. 

fruor,  frui,  fructus  sum,  dep.  w.  abl.  (370),  enjoy. 

fungor,  fungi,  functus  sum,  dep.  w.  abl.  (370),  do,  perform, 

ignorans,  -antis,  ignorant. 

impedio,  impedire,  impedivi,  impeditum,  entangle,  hinder. 

insula,  -ae,  island. 

miser,  -era,  -erum,  adj.,  wretched. 

multo,  multum,  advs.  247,  much. 

natus  est,  was  born. 

per-ficio  (-ficere,  -feel,  -fectum),  finish. 

per-sequor,  dep. ,  follow  up,  accomplish. 

plurimus,  -a,  -um;  plus,  pluris,  adjs.     See  228  and  240. 

plus,  adv.,  more. 

potior,  potiri,  potitus  sum,  dep.  w.  abl.  (370),  gain  posses- 
sion of. 

praesidium,  -i,  defence,  protection. 

principatus,  -us,  m.,  headship. 

quicumque,  quaecumque,  quodcumque,  indef.  re!,  pron., 
whoever,  whatever. 

quis,  quae,  quid.  113,  sometimes  means  anyone,  anything. 

rego,  regere,  rexi,  rectum,  482,  to  rule. 

sum,  esse,  fui,  486,  to  be. 


PROPER  NAMES. 


Nouns  of  thejirst  declension  arefetninznt,  unless  otherwise  stated. 

Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -us  are  masculine. 

Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -unt  are  neuter. 

Nouns  of  the  third  declension  are  masculine^  unless  otherwise  stated. 


Aduatuca,  -ae,  a  camp  estab- 
lished by  Caesar  among  the 
Eburones. 

Aedui,  -orum,  a  large  tribe  in 
Gaul  which  during  the  con- 
quest of  Gaul  by  Caesar  was 
for  the  most  of  the  time  in 
alliance  with  the  Romans. 

Aeginurus,  -I,  an  island  near 
the  Roman  province  of 
Africa. 

Afranius,  -I,  one  of  Pompey*  s 
lieutenants,  who  fought 
against  Caesar  in  Spain. 

Africa,  -ae,  a  Roman  province 
(modern  Tunis  and  eastern 
Morocco}. 

Africus,  -I,  the  west-south- 
west wind. 

Alexandria,  -ae,  the 


Allienus,  -I. 

Allobroges,  -um,  a  Gallic 
tribe  living  in  the  valley  of 
the  Rhodanus  or  Rhone, 
and  subject  to  the  Roman 
power. 

Alpes,  -ium,  the  Alps. 

Ambiani,  -orum,  a  tribe  in 
Gaul. 

Antonius,  -1,  a  lieutenant  of 
Caesar  s  ;  who  later  delivered 
the  funeral  oration  over 
Caesar  s  body  (see  Sfia&es- 
peare,  "Julius  Caesar  "  )  / 
rose  as  a  triumvir  to  su- 
preme power  over  the  eastern 
half  of  the  Roman  domin- 
ion, and  was  finally  defeated 
with  Cleopatra  by  Octavius, 
the  first  Roman  emperor^  at 


280 


PROPER   NAMES. 


Anquillaria,   -ae,  a  town  in  \ 
Epirus. 

Apollonia,  -ae,  a  town  in 
Epirus. 

Apsus,  -I,  a  river  in  Epirus. 

Aqultanus,  -a,  -urn,  an  in- 
habitant of  Aquitania. 

Aquitania,  -ae,  the  south- 
western portion  of  Gaul. 

Arar,  Araris,   a  tributary  of 

'    the  river  Khodanus  (Rhone). 

Ariovistus,  -I,  a  German 
chief  who  invaded  Gault 
but  was  defeated  by  Caesar. 

Aristius,  -I. 

Arnus,  -I,  the  river  Arno,  in 
Italy. 

Arverni,  -drum,  a  Gallic  tribe. 

Asia,  -ae,  a  Roman  province 
in  western  Asia  Minor. 

Atrebates,  -um,  a  tribe  in 
Gaul. 

Aulus,  -1, 

Auster,  -tri,  the  south  wind. 

Baculus,  -I. 

Bagradas,  -ae,  a  river  in  the 
Roman  province  of  Africa. 

Belgae,  -arum,  the  inhab- 
itants of  northeastern  Gaul. 

Bellovaci,  drum,  a  tribe  of 
the  Belgae. 


Bibracte,  -is,  the  capital  of 
the  Aedui. 

Bibulus,  -1. 

Boil,  orum,  a  tribe  which 
took  part  with  the  Helvetii 
in  the  invasion  of  central 
Gaul 

Brittania,  -ae,  Britain,  at 
the  time  of  Caesar  covered 
with  dense  forests  and  inhab- 
ited by  tribes  of  the  same  race 
as  the  Gauls. 

Caeroesi,  -drum,  a  tribe  of 
Gaul. 

Caesar,  -aris.  ( i )  Caius  Ju- 
lius Caesar.  (2)  Lucius 
Caesar,  commander  of  a 
fleet  stationed  off  the  coast  of 
Africa  to  oppose  Curio* s  in- 
vasion of  that  province. 

Caius,  -I. 

Calenus,  -I,  a  lieutenant  of 
Caesar. 

Candavia,  -ae,  a  district  in 
eastern  Epirus. 

Cannae,  -arum,  the  scene  of 
the  great  defeat  of  the  Ro- 
mans by  Hannibal. 

Carnutes,  -um,  a  tribe  in 
Gaul 

Carthago,  -inis,   Carthage,  * 


Nouns  of  \hzfirst  declension  are  feminine,  unless  otherwise  stated. 

Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -us  are  masculine. 

Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -um  are  neuter. 

Nouns  of  the  third  declension  are  masculine,  unless  otherwise  stated. 


PROPER  NAMES. 


281 


great  commercial  city  and 
bitter  rival  of  Rome. 

Casticus,  -I. 

Castra  Cornelia,  a  place  upon 
the  coast  near  Utica,  in  the 
l\oman  province  of  Africa. 

Ceutrones,  -um,  a  tribe  in 
Gaul, 

Christus,  -I,  Christ. 

Cicero,  onis,  a  lieutenant  of 
Caesar,  and  brother  of  the 
famous  orator . 

Cilicia,  -ae,  a  country  in 
southern  Asia  Minor. 

Claudius,  -1. 

Cleopatra,  -ae,  a  famous 
queen  of  Egypt. 

Clupea,  -ae.  a  town  in  the  Ro- 
man province  of  Africa. 

Cnaeus,  -1. 

Cominius,  -I. 

Commius,  -I. 

Considius,  1. 

Coponius,  -I. 

Cornelia,  -ae. 

Crassus,  -I. 

Crastlnus,  1. 

Creta,  -ae,  the  island  of  Crete. 

Curio,  -onis,  a  lieutenant  of 
Caesar,  in  command  of  an 
army  which  invaded  the 
Roman  province  of  Africa. 

Daci,  -orum,  the  inhabitants 
of  Dacia,  east  of  the  river 
Danube. 


Divitiacus,  -I,  a  chief  of  the 

A  edui. 

Domitius,  -I. 
Dumnorix,  -rigis,  a  chief  of 

the  A  edui ;    the  brother  of 

Divitiacus. 
Dyrrhachium,  -I,  a  town  in 

Epirus. 

Eburones,  -um,  a  tribe  of  the^ 
Belgae. 

Eplrus,  -1,  a  district  border- 
ing the  Adriatic  Sea,  north 
of  Greece. 

Fabius,  -I. 

Galba,  -ae,  m. 

Gallia,  -ae,  the  country  of 
Gaul 

Galli,  -orum,  the  Gauls. 

Garumna,  -ae,  a  river  in 
Gaul,  now  the  Garonne. 

Genava,  -ae,  a  town  on  the 
borders  of  Helvetia,  now 
Geneva. 

Ger mania,,  -ae,  Germany  :  at 
the  time  of  Caesar  covered 
with  forests  and  inhabited  by 
many  semi-savage  tribes. 

German!,  -orum,  the  inhabit- 
ants of  Germany. 

Graecia,  -ae,  the  country  of 
Greece. 

Graeci,  -orum,  the  Greeks. 


282 


PROPER  NAMES. 


Hadrumentum,  -I,  a  town  in 
Africa. 

Hamilcar,  -aris,  a  Cartha- 
ginian general :  the  father 
of  Hannibal. 

Hannibal,  -alls,  the  invader 
of  Italy,  during  Rome '  s 
second  war  with  Carthage. 

Hasdrubal,  -alls,  the  brother 
of  Hannibal :  commander 
in  Spain  during  the  second 
war  of  Carthage  with 
Rome. 

Helvetia,  -ae,  a  district  of 
Gaul ;  the  modern  Swit- 
zerland. 

Helvetil,  -drum,  the  inhabit- 
ants of  Helvetia. 

Hercynia  silva,  a  great  for- 
est along  the  upper  Danube. 

Herminius,  -I. 

Hispania,  -ae,  Spain  :  a 
province  of  the  Roman  do- 
minion. 

Hispanus,  -I,  Spaniard. 

Ilerda,  -ae,  a  town  in  Spain, 
now  Lerida. 

Italia,  -ae,  Italy. 

luba,  -ae,  m.,  King  of  the 
tribes  living  north  of  the 
Sahara  desert  and  south  and 


west  of  the  Roman  province, 
of  Africa. 

Labienus,  -I,  one  of  Caesar's 
most  trusted  lieutenants  in 
the  conquest  of  Gaul ;  but 
during  the  civil  war  one  of 
his  bitterest  enemies. 

Latini,  -orum,  the  inhabitants 
of  Latium,  the  district  to 
the  south  of  Rome. 

Libo,  -onis. 

Licinius,  -1. 

Lingones,  -um,  a  Gallic  tribe. 

Lucius,  -I. 

Macedonia,   -ae,    a    Roman. 

province. 
Manilius,  -1. 
Marcus,  -I. 
Menapii,    -orum,    a    Gallic 

tribe. 
Morini,  -orum,  a  Gallic  tribe. 

Nymphaeum,  -I,  a  place  in 
Epirus. 

Oceanus,     -I,    the    Atlantic 

Ocean. 
Oricum,  -l,  a  town  in  Epirus. 

Padus,  -I,  the  river  Po,  in 
north  Italy. 


Nouns  of  they£r.>7  declension  are  feminine,  unless  otherwise  stated. 
Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -us  are  masculine. 
Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -urn  are  ntuttr. 

Nouni  of  (to  third  declension  are  wwttlinti  unless  otherwise  stattd* 


PROPER   NAMES. 


283 


Palaeste,  -es,  f..  a  harbor  of 
Epirus. 

Petronius,  -I. 

Petrosidius,   I. 

Pharsalia,    -ae,    a  place  in 
Thes  aly,  where   Caesar  de- 
feated Pompey. 

Pharsalicus,  -a,  -um,  adj., 
of  Pharsalia. 

Piso,  -onis. 

Plancus,  -I. 

Pompeius,  -l,  the  famous  gen- 
eral, a  contemporary,  and 
finally  the  opponent  of 
Caesar. 

Provincia,  -ae,  the  Province  : 
'referring  to  the  Roman 
province  in  Southern  Gaul, 
of  which  Caesar  was  gov- 
ernor at  the  beginning  of 
his  conquest  of  the  Gauls. 

Ptolemaeus,  -1.  Ptolemy,  the 
title  of  the  kings  of  Egypt. 

Publius,  -1. 

Pullo,  -onis. 

Quintilius,  -I. 

Rebilus,  -1. 

Regulus,  -I. 

Remi,  -orum,  a  tribe  in  Gaul. 

Remus,  -1. 

Rhenus,  -I,  the  river  Rhine. 

Roma,  -ae,  the  city  Rome. 

Roman!,  -Drum,  the  Romans. 

Rufus,  -i. 


Saburra,  -ae,  -m,  a  lieutenant 
of  King  Juba,  an  opponent 
of  Curio 

Salonae,  -arum,  a  town  upon 
the  Adriatic  Sea. 

Sclpl6,-6nis,  a  Roman  general 
who  fought  with  Hasdrubal 
in  Spain,  and  finally  de- 
feated Hannibal  at  Zama. 

Sequanl,  -orum,  a  Gallic  tribe. 

Sextius,  -I. 

Sextus,  -I. 

Sicilia,-ae,//?£  island  of  Sicily. 

Staberius,  -I. 

Suebl,  -orum,  a  tribe  of  Ger- 
mans. 

Sugambrl,  -orum,  a  tribe  of 
Germans. 

Sulla,  -ae,  m.,  a  famous  Ro- 
man general,  of  the  genera- 
tion before  Caesar. 

Syria,  -ae,  a  Roman  province. 

Syriacus,  -a,  -um,  adj .  Syrian. 

Thapsus,  -I,  a  town  in  the 
Roman  province  of  Africa. 

Thessalia,  -ae,  Thessaly. 

Thracia,  -ae,  the  country  of 
Thrace. 

Thrax,  Thracis,  an  inhabi- 
tant of  Thrace. 

Tiber,  -is,  the  river  Tiber. 

Ticida,  -ae. 

Ticinus,  -I. 

Tigurmi,  -orum,  a  sub-tribe 
or  canton  of  the  Helvetii. 


284 


PROPER  NAMES. 


Titurius,  -L 

Tiftis,  -I. 

Treveri,  -orum,  a  tribe  of  the 

Belgae. 
Tilling!,  -Drum,  a  tribe  which 

joined  with  the  Helvetii  in 

the  invasion  of  central  Gaul. 
Tusculum,  -i,  a  town  in  La- 

tium. 

Usipites,  -um,  a  tribe  of  Ger- 
mans. 

Utica,  -ae,  a  large  city  in  the 
Roman  province  of  Africa. 


Varus,  -1,  a  lieutenant  of 
Pompey,  opposed  to  Curio 
in  the  Roman  province  of 
Africa. 

Valerius,  -I. 

Velocassl,  -drum,  a  tribe  of 
Gaul. 

Volcae  Tectosages,  a  tribe  of 
Gauls  living  in  Germany. 

Vorenus,  -i. 

Zama,  -ae,  a  place  near  Car- 
thage, where  Hannibal  was 
defeated  by  Scipio . 


Nouns  of  iht  first  declension  axt  feminine,  unless  otherwise  stated* 

Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -us  are  masculine. 

Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -um  are  neuter. 

Nouns  of  the  third  declension  are  masculine %  unless  otherwise  stated. 


RULES   OF  SYNTAX 

ARRANGED  SYSTEMATICALLY  FOR  READY  REFERENCE. 

A.    denotes   Allen    and   Greenough's    Latin   Grammar;    B.,    Ben 
nett's1;  G.,  Gildersleeve's;   H.,  HarknessV2 

28.  Appositives  agree  in  case  with  the  nouns  which  they 
limit.  A.  183,  184.  B.  169.  2.  G.  321.  H.  393. 

30.    A  predicate   noun  agrees   with  the   subject  in   case. 

A.  183,  185.     B.  168.      G.  325.      H.  393. 

109.  A  relative  pronoun  agrees  with  its  antecedent  in 
gender  and  number,  but  its  case  depends  upon  the  construc- 
tion of  the  clause  in  which  it  stands.  A.  198.  B.  250. 
G.  614.  H.  396. 

NOMINATIVE. 

21.  The  nominative  is  the  case  of  the  subject.     A.  173. 

B.  166.     G.  203.     H.  387. 

ACCUSATIVE. 

22.  The  direct  object  of  a  verb  is  put  in  the  accusative. 
A.  237.     B.  173.     G.  328      H.  404. 

261.  Duration  of  time  and  extent  of  space  are  expressed 
by  the  accusative.  A.  256,  257.  B.  181.  G.  335,  336. 

H  417- 

340.  The  subject  of  the  infinitive  is  in  the  accusative. 
A.  173.  2.  B.  330,  331.  G.  420.  H.  414,  415. 

1  School  edition.  2  Revised  edition, 

285 


286  RULES   OF  SYNTAX. 

360.  With  names  of  towns,  the  place  to  which  is  expressed 
by  the  accusative  without  a  preposition.  A.  258,  b.  B.  182. 
G.  337-  H.  418. 

DATIVE. 

23.  The  indirect  object  of  a  verb  is  put  in  the  dative. 
A.  255.  B.  187.  G.  345,  348.  H.  424. 

35.  .The  dative  is  used  with  sum  to  denote  the  possessor, 
the  thing  possessed  being  the  subject.  A.  231.  B.  190. 
G.  349.  H.  430. 

375.  Most  verbs  meaning  to  favor,  please,  believe,  trust, 
help,  and  their  opposites;  also,  to  persuade,  command, 
obey,  serve,  resist,  and  the  like,  are  followed  by  the  dative. 
A.  227.  B.  187.  II.  a.  G.  346.  H.  426. 

399.  The  end  or  purpose  which  an  object  serves  may  be 
denoted  by  the  dative.     A.  233.     B.  191.     G.  356.    H.  433. 

400.  Many  verbs  compounded  with  ad,  ante,  con,  in, 
inter,  ob,  post,  prae,  pro,  sub,  and  super  are  followed  by 
the  dative.     A.  228.     B.  187.  III.      G.  347.     H.  429. 

456.  The  agent  with  the  gerundive  is  expressed  by  the 
dative.  A.  232.  B.  189.  G.  355.  H.  431. 

GENITIVE. 

149.  A  person  or  thing  may  be  described  by  the  ablative 
or  the  genitive  of  a  noun,  if  an  adjective  be  used  with  the 
noun.  A.  215.  B.  203.  G.  365.  H.  440.  3. 

ABLATIVE. 

69.  The  means  or  instrument  of  an  action  is  expressed  by 
the  ablative.  A.  248.  c.  I.  B.  218.  G.  401.  H.  476. 

78.  The  agent  with  a  passive  verb  is  expressed  by  the 
ablative  with  a  or  ab.  A.  246.  B.  216.  C.  401.  H.  467. 

89.  The  manner  of  an  action  is  expressed  by  the  ablative 
with  cum,  unless  an  adjective  is  used  with  the  ablative,  when 
cum  may  be  omitted.  A.  248.  B.  220.  G.  399.  11.473.3. 


RULES  OP  SYNTAX.  287 

'137.  Cause  may  be  expressed  by  the  ablative.  A.  245. 
B.  219.  G.  408.  H.  475. 

149.  A  person  or  thing  may  be  described  by  the  ablative 
or  the  genitive  of  a  noun,  if  an  adjective  be  used  with  the 
noun.  A.  251.  B.  224.  G.  400.  H.  473.  2. 

174.  Time  when,  or  within  which,  is  expressed  by  the 
ablative.  A.  256.  B.  230,  231.  G.  393.  H.  486. 

194.  The  ablative  of  specification  is  used  to  point  out  in 
what  respect  a  statement  is  true.  A.  253.  B.  226.  G.  397. 
H.  480. 

222.  The  ablative  is  used  with  comparatives  in  the  sense 
of  "than"  when  quam  is  omitted.  A.  247.  B.  217.  G.  398. 
H.  471, 

370.  Utor,  fruor,  fungor,  potior,  vescor,  and  their  com- 
pounds, govern  the  ablative.  A.  249.  B.  218.  i.  G.  407. 
H.  477-  I. 

418.  Separation  is  expressed  by  the  ablative,  often  without 
a  preposition.  A.  243.  B.  214.  G.  390.  H.  461,  464. 


THE    SUBJUNCTIVE. 

THE    SUBJUNCTIVE    IN    INDEPENDENT    SENTENCES. 

447.  Commands  are  put  in  the  imperative  or  subjunctive; 
appeals  in  the  subjunctive.  The  negative  is  ne.  A.  266, 
269.  B.  275,  281.  G.  260,  263,  266-270.  H.  559,  560. 

438.  An  indirect  question  takes  the  subjunctive.  A.  334. 
B.  300,  315.  i.  G.  467.  H.  649.  II.  650. 

SEQUENCE  OF  TENSES  IN  SUBORDINATE  CLAUSES. 

411.  A  primary  tense  in  the  main  clause  is  followed  by  the 
present  or  perfect  subjunctive. 

A  secondary  tense  in  the  main  clause  is  followed  by  the 
imperfect  or  pluperfect  subjunctive.  A.  285,  286.  B.  267. 
G.  509-511.  H.  543-545- 


288  RULES   OF  SYNTAX. 

THE    SUBJUNCTIVE    IN    SUBORDINATE    CLAUSES. 

279.  Purpose  is  expressed  by  ut  and  ne  with  the  sub- 
junctive. A.  317,  331.  B.  282,  295,  296.  G.  545-548. 
H.  568. 

309.  The  result  of  an  action  is  expressed  by  the  subjunc- 
tive with  ut  and  ut  non.  A.  319,  332.  B.  284,  297. 
G--  551-553.  H.  570,  571. 

425.  Relative  clauses  of  purpose,  result,  cause,  and  charac- 
teristic take  the  subjunctive.  A.  317.  2,  319.  2,  320. 
B.  282.  2,  284.  2,  283.  G.  630,  631,  633.  H.  590, 

591.  i,  2,   592. 

353.  The  subjunctive  with  ut  or  ne  is  used  after  verbs  of 
fearing;  ut  meaning  "that  not,"  and  ne  "that"  or  "lest." 
A.  331  f.  B.  296.  2.  G.  550.  H.  567. 

384.  (Cum,  temporal.)  Cum,  meaning  "when,"  is  fol- 
lowed by  the  subjunctive  if  the  tense  is  the  imperfect  or 
pluperfect,  otherwise  by  the  indicative.  A.  325.  B.  288, 
289.  G.  580,  585.  H.  600. 

427.  (Cum,  causal  or  concessive.)  Cum,  when  it  means 
"since"  or  "although,"  is  used  with  the  subjunctive. 

A.  326.      B.  286.  ?.,  309.  3.      G.  586,  587.      H.  598. 

449.  In  indirect  discourse,  the  subjunctive  of  appeals  and 
commands  remains  a  subjunctive. 

The  imperative  is,  in  indirect  discourse,  changed  to  the 
subjunctive.  A.  339.  B.  316,  654,  652.  H.  642. 

413.  The  subordinate  clauses  of  an  indirect  statement  have 
their  verbs  in  the  subjunctive,  and  conform  to  the  rule  for  the 
sequence  of  tenses.  A.  336.  2.  B.  B.  314,  318.  G.  508, 
509.  H.  643,  644. 

443.  II.  Less  vivid  future  conditions  take  the  present  sub- 
junctive in  both  condition  and  conclusion.  A.  307.  2. 

B.  303-     G.  596.      H.  576. 

443.  III.  Conditions  contrary  to  fact  take  the  imperfect 
subjunctive  when  referring  to  present  time,  and  the  pluper- 


RULES   OF  SYNTAX.  289 

feet    subjunctive    when    referring    to    past    time.     A.    308. 
B.  304.     G.  597.      H.  579. 

THE   INFINITIVE. 

340.  The  subject   of  the   infinitive   is   in  the  accusative. 

A.  173.  2.      B.  330,  331.      G.  420.      H.  414,  415. 

346.  The  tenses  of  the  infinitive  in  indirect  statements 
denote  past,  present,  or  future,  relatively  to  the  time  denoted 
by  the  verb  of  saying.  A.  336.  A.  B.  317.  G.  530,  531. 
H.  617-620. 

INDIRECT   STATEMENTS. 

341.  Statements  after  verbs,  and  other  expressions  of  say- 
ing, thinking,   knowing,   and  perceiving  are  called  Indirect 
Statements.     A.  335,  336.     B.  313,  314.     G.  648.     H.  641, 
649. 

413.  The  main  verb  of  an  indirect  statement  is  put  in  the 
infinitive  with  subject  accusative,  and  depends  upon  the  verb 
or  expression  of  saying,  thinking,  or  perceiving.  A.  336.^2. 

B.  314.     G.  650.     H.  642. 

346.  The  tenses  of  the  infinitive  in  indirect  statements 
denote  past,  present,  or  future,  relatively  to  the  time  denoted 
by  the  verb  of  saying.  A.  336.  A.  B.  317.  G.  530,  531. 
H:  617-620. 

413.  The  subordinate  clauses  of  an  indirect  statement  have 
their  verbs  in  the  subjunctive,  and  conform  to  the  rule  for 
the  sequence  of  tenses.  A.  336.  B.  B.  318.  G.  508,  509. 
H.  643,  644. 

CONDITIONAL   SENTENCES. 

443.  I.  Simple  conditional  sentences  take  the  indicative  in 
both  condition  and  conclusion.  A.  306,  307.  I.  B.  302. 
G.  595-  H.  574. 

443.  II.   Less  vivid  future  conditions  take  the  present  sub- 


290  RULES  OF  SYNTAX. 

junctive    in   both    condition    and   conclusion.      A.   307.  2. 

B-  3°3-    G-  596-      H-  576. 

443.  III.  Conditions  contrary  to  fact  take  the  imperfect 
subjunctive  when  referring  to  present  time,  and  the  pluper- 
fect subjunctive  when  referring  to  past  time.  A.  308.  B.  304. 
G.  597-  H.  579. 

THE   GERUNDIVE. 

455.  The  gerundive  is  used  with  the  verb  sum  to  form  the 
passive  (or  second)  periphrastic  conjugation,  denoting  obli- 
gation or  duty.     A.  113.  d.  I.  129.     B.  115,  337.  7.     G.  251. 
H.  621. 

456.  The  agent  with  the  gerundive  is  expressed  by  the 
dative,     A.  232.      B.  189.     G.  215.  2,  355.     H. -431. 


INDEX. 


References  are  to  paragraphs. 


A. 


a,  stem-vowel,  19,  d. 

-a,  142,  a\  431,  2. 

-a,  43 1»  2. 

a,  ab.,  78. 

ab-sum,  400,  b. 

Ablative,  431,  2;  Absolute,  403. 

of  Agent,  77  ;  78. 

of  Cause,  137;  431,  2. 

with  Comparatives,  223. 

with  certain  Deponents,  370. 

Descriptive,  149. 

with  in,  31. 

of  Manner,  89. 

of  Means  or  Instrument,   68; 

69;  77,  «;  431*  2. 

of  Separation,  418. 

of  Specification,  194. 

of  Time,  174. 
Accent,  8, 
Accusative;  Direct  Object,  16,  22. 

with  in,  38. 

of  Place  Whither,  360. 

of  Time  and  Space,  261. 

Subject  of  Infinitive,  340. 
acer,  160. 
Active    Periphrastic    Conjugation, 

453- 

Active  Voice  defined.  73,  a. 
Action;   completed,  359,  b. 

incompleted,  275. 
ad   with    Gerundive  and  Gerund, 

3.9'-. 

Adjectives;     82,    a;    89;     149,    a\ 
169;  431,  i,  2. 

Agreement  of,  3,  a\   16,  e. 
Comparing  of;    regular,   219; 
220  ;  230  ;  irregular,   228  ; 
2351  237- 


Adjectives;     Demonstrative,      94; 
100;  120;   121. 

of  First   and  Second  Declen- 
sions, 50;  51. 

Interrogative,  114. 

Irregular,  125. 

Predicate,  52. 

Possessive,  285. 

Reason  for  terminations,  50,  b. 

of  Third  Declension,  160;  167. 
Adverbs;  230;  comparing  of.  249; 

formation  of,  242 ;  243. 
Agent;  Ablative  of,  77;  78. 

Dative  of,  456. 
ager,  56. 

Agreement;    of  adjectives,    13,   a\ 
1 6,    c\    50,    b\   of  relative   pro- 
nouns, 109;  of  verbs,  63. 
aliquis,  124. 
alius,  125. 

Allied  Words;  Use  explained,  131. 
altior,  221. 
Alphabet,  I. 
amans,  358. 
amo,  73;  82. 
Antecedent,  108. 
Antepenult,  6,  3;  8,  3. 
Appea  I  of  Dvu  itia  cus,  414. 
Appeal  of  Gauls  to  Caesar,  350. 
Appeals,      447  ;    in    indirect    dis- 
course, 449. 
Apposition,  27;  28. 
Article  wanting,  13,  b. 
-as,  43 1»  2. 
audio,  323. 

B. 

-ba,  188;  333. 
Baculus  Centurio,  315;  320. 
bonus,  50;  82,  a. 

291 


292 


INDEX. 


C. 

C;  pronunciation  of,  5. 

Is  Caesar  an  "  Imperator  "  ?   463. 

Caesar  atque  Class  is  Pompel,  170 
(Introduction);  176;  183;  190; 
196;  201. 

Caesar  et  Afrdnius,  262  (Intro- 
duction); 263;  270;  288;  293; 
301;  306. 

Caesar  et  Ariovistus,  IO2,  II. 

Cardinal  numerals,  296;  298. 

capio,  258. 

caput,  130. 

Cases;  names  of,  9. 

Cause;  Ablative  of,  137;  431,  2; 
Relative  Clauses  of,  423. 

centum,  298. 

ch;  pronunciation  of,  5. 

Characteristic  ;  Relative  clauses 
of,  424. 

Clause;  defined,  161,  i;  main, 
161,  2  ;  subordinate,  161,  4  ; 
274;  412;  450. 

collis,  147. 

Commands;  447;  in  indirect  dis- 
course. 449;  450. 

Common  constructions,  431,  2. 

Comparatives;  how  declined,  221; 
meanings,  219;  223 

Comparing;   of  Adjectives;    regu- 
lar,   219,  220;  230;  irregu- 
lar, 228;  235-237. 
of  Adverbs;  249. 

Complementary  Infinitive,  155; 
position,  155,  b. 

Completed  action,  410,  a. 

Compounds;  defined,  6,  a\  gov- 
erning Dative,  400. 

Conditional  Sentences,  443. 

Conjugations;  analysis  of  forms, 
332. 

Conjugation;  First,  73;  82. 
Second,  179;   186. 
Third,  205;  210;  in  io,  258. 
Fourth,  323. 

Periphrastic     Active,      453  ; 
Passive,  455. 

Consonants;  classification,  2  ; 
double,  2,  3;  pronunciation  of, 

5- 

References  are 


Contraction,  7,  4. 

Contrary  to  fact  conditions,   443, 

III. 

cornu;  199. 

cum;  causal  and  concessive,  427. 
since,   although,  427. 
when.  384. 

Curio   in   Africa.   361    (Introduc- 
tion); 362:365;  395;  432;  435. 

cursus,  199. 

D. 

Dative;  with  Adjectives,  20,  c. 
of  Agent.  456. 
with  Compounds,  400. 
of  End  or  Service,  399. 
of  Indirect  Object,  20;  23. 
with  some  Intransitives,  374. 
of  the  Possessor,  34;  35. 
Declension;  defined,  19. 

Adjectives;  First  and  Second 

Declensions,  50;  51. 
Third  Declension,  160;  167. 
Nouns: 

First    Declension;     19;    by 

endings,  19,  e. 
Second;  45;  56;  by  endings, 

45,  '. 

Third;  stem,  130;  mute 
stems,  130;  135;  liquid 
stems,  142;  i-stems,  147; 

153- 

Fourth,  199. 

Fifth,  266. 

Demonstrative  Adjectives,  94;  100. 
Demonstrative  Pronouns,  94;   120; 
121. 

Dentals,  2. 

Deponent  Verbs;  367;    368;    gov- 
erning Ablative,  370. 

Descriptive  Ablative  or  Genitive, 
149. 

dies,  268. 

Diphthongs,  4,  2;   7,  3,  4. 

Direct  Object,  16;  22;  431,  2. 

Direct  Questions,  437. 

Discourse,  Indirect ;  three  forms  of, 
450. 

Doer;    expressed  with    Gerundive 

by  Dative,  456. 
to  paragraphs. 


INDEX. 


293 


Double  Consonants,  2;  3. 

duo,  297. 

Duration  of  Time,  261. 

Duty;  how  expressed,  455. 

dux,  130. 

Dying  for  his  Men,  461. 

Dying  Standard  Bearer,  460. 

E. 

-e  J  Vocative  ending  of  Second 
Declension,  45,  a. 

ego,  283;  284. 

Emphatic  words;  position  of,  162. 

End  or  Service;  Dative  of,  399. 

Ending,  10,  2;   16,  a;  39,  a,  b. 

Endings;  exhibited,  90;  190;  196; 
of  first  declension,  19,  e;  per- 
sonal, 76;  334;  of  second  de- 
clension, 45,  e  ;  of  verbs,  63. 

English  Method  of  Pronunciation,  3. 

exsul,  142. 

Extent  of  Space,  261. 

F. 

facilis,  167. 

facio,  passive  of.  430. 

facultas,  130. 

Faithful  until  Death,  465. 
Fearing;    Subjunctive   after  Verbs 

of  352. 
fero,  43°- 

Fifth  Declension,  266. 
Fight  Around  a  Hillock,  214. 
fi5,  430- 

First  Conjugation,   73;  82;  332. 
First     Periphrastic     Conjugation, 

453- 
Fourth     Conjugation;    323;     332; 

imperfect  Indicative,  335. 
Fourth  Declension,  199. 
Future  conditions,  443,  I,  II. 
Future  participle,  453. 
Future  tense.  408;  tense  sign,  333. 
Future-perfect  tense,  408. 

G. 

g ;  pronunciation  of,  5. 
Galll  et  Germdnl,  327. 
Gender;   10;  general  rules,  3-5. 


Genitive;  169;  130,  a;  431,  I. 
Descriptive,  149. 
of  i-stems   in   Third    Declen- 
sion, 147. 

of  nouns  in  -ius  and  -him,  57. 
Partitive,  299,  b. 
gn ;  7<  5- 
Gerund;    389;    391;    of    purpose, 

392. 

Gerundive;  390;   391;    in    passive 
periphrastic    conjugation,     455; 
of  purpose,  392. 
Grouping  words,  169;  431,  i. 
gu,  4,    I,  a. 

H. 

h,  7,  2. 

Hannibal  et  Sclpio,  144,  II;  151. 

hie,  93;  94;  283,  b. 

Hints  for  reading  Latin,  48;  169; 

431- 

Hints  for  writing  Latin,  84;   169. 
homo,  142. 
host  is,  147. 
huic,  4,  i,  a. 
Hyphens;    used    to   group    words, 

169,    a;    170;    176;    183;    190; 

246;  251;  255. 


i,  i. 

-ibus,  431,  2. 

i-consonant,  i;  5;  7,' 5. 

i-stems  of  third  declension,  147; 
153;  154;  167,  £;  242. 

idem,  120;  121,  a. 

Imperfect  Tense;  Indicative;  408; 
of  fourth  conjugation,  335 ; 
tense  sign,  188;  333. 
Subjunctive  ;  in  contrary  to 
fact  conditions,  443,  III  ; 
with  cum  when,  384;  mean- 
ing, 274;  276;  tense  sign, 
333"»  when  used,  277;  409; 
411. 

ille,  93;  94;  283,  b. 

Imperative     in    commands,    447  ; 

449- 

Impersonal  construction;  defined, 
457;  with  passive  periphrastic 
conjugation,  457. 


294 


INDEX. 


in;  with  ablative,  31;  with  accu- 
sative, 38. 

Incident  at  the  Battle  of  Fharsalia, 
466. 

Incompleted  action,  275. 

Indeclinable  nouns,  10,  5. 

Indefinite  pronouns,  124. 

Indicative  mood;  with  cum  when, 

384- 

Future  tense  signs,  333. 
Imperfect     tense  ;    of    fourth 
conjugation;     335  ;      tense 
sign,  333. 
Indirect   Discourse  ;    three    forms 

of,  450. 

Indirect  Object,  20;  23. 
Indirect  Stitements;  337,   11-341; 

344-346;  450. 
Defined,  337,  II,  a\  338. 
Full  rule  for,  413. 
Tenses  of  Infinitive,  344-346. 
Sulx>rdinate  Clauses  of,  412. 
Indirect  Questions,  437;   438. 
Infinitive   Mood;   75,    a\   83;   169; 

279,  a\  431,  i;  446,  d. 
Complementary;     155;     posi- 
tion, 155,  b. 
Future    tense    of    deponents, 

368,  i. 

Subject  Accusative,  340. 
Tenses  of;   in   indirect  state- 
ments, 344-346. 
Use,  336-341;  344-346;  413- 
Interrogative;     adjectives,      114; 

pronouns,  113;   114. 
Instrument  or  means;  Ablative  of, 

68;  69. 

Intransitive    verbs  ;    with    dative, 
375;  400;  defined,  374;  400,  a. 
-io  ;  Verbs  in,  258. 
ipse,  120;  i2i,  c. 
Irregular  adjectives,  125. 
is,  100-102;  283,  b. 
-is,  43"  i  2. 
iste,  120;  121,  a,  b. 


Labials,  2,  I. 

iabienus  meets  his  match,  464. 

labor  142. 

References  are 


Less  vivid  future  conditions,  443, 

II. 

levis,  167. 

Licinius  clique  Claudius,    132. 
Liquids,  2,  2. 
Liquid  stems  of  third  declension, 

142. 
List  of  Rules  for  ready  reference, 

following  the  Vocabularies,  285. 
Lists  of  Words  for  Review,    129; 

203;  291;  433. 
lltus,  142. 
Locative  case,  9,  a.      * 

M. 

-m,  43r»  2. 

Main  clause,  161,  2,  b. 

Main  verb;   161,  3;    275;    277;  in 

indirect  statements,  413. 
malo,  379. 

Manner;  Ablative  of,  89. 
mare,  147. 
Means;  Ablative  of,  68 ;   69;  77,  a\ 

431,  2. 

Mental  action ;  Verbs  denoting,  338. 
miles,  135. 

Miles  et  7^ribunus,  144. 
mille,  297,  298. 
moneo,  179;  186. 
mons,  153. 
murus,  45. 
Mutes,  2,  I;  7,  6. 
Mute   stems   of   third    declension, 

130;   135- 

N. 

nd,  7,  2. 

ne  ;    in   Negative  Commands  and 

Appeals,   447. 
denoting    Negative    Purpose, 

278,  b\  2jg. 

after  Veibs  of  Fearing,  353. 
-ne,  8,  4;  4*. 
Negative  Commands  and  Appeals, 

447- 

Negative  Purpose.  278,  //;  279. 
Negative  Result.  308.  />,  309. 
nf,  7,  5. 
Neuter  nominative  and  accusative, 

130,  c\  142,  a, 
to  paragraphs, 


INDEX. 


295 


Neuter  nouns  of  second  declension. 

_44- 

nolo,  379;  446,  d. 
Nominative,  21;  431,  2. 
nos,  283. 

Nouns;  indeclinable,   10,  5;  pred- 
icate, 29;  30. 
nox,  153. 
Numerals,  296-299;  304. 

O. 

Obligation;  how  expressed,  455. 
Object  ;    direct,    16;  22;   431,    2; 

indirect,  2O;  23. 
Omission  of  subject,  39. 
oppidum,  45. 
opus,  142. 

Order  of  words,  26;   162. 
-os,  43r»  2. 

P. 

Palatals,  2. 
Participles;  82,  a\  357. 

How  declined,  358. 

of  Deponents,  368,  2. 

Future  active,  453, 

Perfect  passive,  359,  b. 

Present  active,  359,  a. 

How  used,  359. 
Partitive  Genitive,  299,  b. 
Parts;  Principal,  of  verbs,  83;  212; 

33p- 
Passive  Periphrastic  Conjugation, 

455- 

Passive  Voice  defined,  73,  b. 

pater,  142. 

Penult,  6,  3;  8,  3. 

Perfect  Tense;  Indicative,  408, 
Participle,  359,  b\  403,  g. 
Subjunctive  ;    meaning,    410  ; 
use,  411. 

Personal  endings.  76;  334. 

Personal  pronouns,  283. 

pes,  135. 

ph  ;  how  pronounced,  5. 

Plso  Aquitdnus,  208. 

Place  whither,  360. 

Pluperfect  Tense;  Indicative,  408. 
Subjunctive  ;  with  cum,  when, 
384;  meaning,  410;  use,  411. 


Plural;  of  adjectives,    13,    a\    of 
first   declension,    12 ;    of  verbs, 
16,  b. 
plus,  229. 

Possessive  Adjectives,  285. 
Possessor;  Dative  of  the,  34;  35. 
possum,  313  ;  400,  b. 
prae-ficio,_4oo,  c. 
prae-mitto,  400,  d. 
Predicate  ;  adjectives,   52;  nouns, 

29;  30. 

Preposition;  position  of,  169;  431, 1. 
Present  Tense;  Indicative,  408. 
Participle,   359,  a. 
Subjunctive;  meaning,  274,  2; 
276;  tense  sign,  333;  when 
used,    277  ;    409  ;  411  ;    in 
less  vivid  future  conditions, 

443*  II- 

Primary  tenses,  408. 
princeps,  130. 
Principal  Clause,  161. 
Principal  Parts  of  Verbs,  83;  212; 

330- 

Proelium  cum  Helvetiis,  157;   164. 
Proelium  Mundae,  326. 
Pronouns;   100. 

Demonstrative,  94;  I2O;  121. 

Indefinite,  124. 

Interrogative,  113;  114. 

Personal  and  reflexive,  283. 

Relative  ;  106  ;    107 ;    agree- 
ment of,  108;  109. 
Pronunciation ;  English,  3 ;  Roman, 

3;  4;  5- 

puer,  56. 

Puer  et  Amicus,  II 8. 

Pugna  Pharsalica,  ,245  (Introduc- 
tion); 246;  251;  255;  467. 

Pullo  et  Vorenus,  217. 

Purpose  ;  defined,  278,  a\  gerun- 
dive or  gerund  with  ad,  392; 
relative  clauses  of,  422  ;  sub- 
junctive of,  279;  337,  b. 

Q- 

qu,  4,  i,  «. 

quam,   than;    222;  with   superla- 
tives, 439. 
-que,  8,  4;  91, 


296 


INDEX. 


Questions;    direct,    437;    indirect, 

437;  438;  45°- 
qul,  106-109;  286;  422. 
quidam,  124. 
quis,  113;  114- 
quod,  114,  b- 
-quod,  124,  b. 

R. 

-re,  333- 

Reading;  Hints  for,  84;  169;  431. 

Ready  reference;  Rules  arranged 
for,  Following  the  Vocabularies. 

rego,  205  ;  210. 

Reflexive  Pronouns,  283. 

Relative  clauses ;  425  ;  of  cause, 
423.  of  characteristic,  424.  of 
purpose  and  result,  422. 

Relative  Pronouns ;  106 ;  107 ; 
161,  4;  agreement  of,  108  ;  109. 

Result;  Subjunctive  of,  309;  rela- 
tive clause  of,  422. 

Review  ;  Word-lists  for,  129  ;  203  ; 

291;  433- 

Romdrii  atque  Galll,  90. 

Rules  of  Syntax  arranged  for  ready 
reference,  Following  the  Vocab- 
ularies. 


sapiens,  167. 
Saving  the  Standard,  22$. 
Second  declension,  45  ;  56. 
Second  conjugation,  179  ;  186  ;  332. 
Second   periphrastic    conjugation, 

455- 

Secondary  tenses,  408. 

Sequence  of  tenses,  411. 

Separation ;  Ablative  of,  418. 

Service  or  end;  Dative  of,  399. 

Silva,  19. 

Simple-  conditions ;  nothing  im- 
plied, 443.  I. 

Space;  extent  of,  261. 

Specification;  Ablative  of,  194. 

Statements;  direct,  337,  II.  indi- 
rect, 337, 11-341 ;  344-346;  413; 

45°- 
Stem;   denned,    19,  d,  e ;  of  third 

declension,  130. 
Stems  of  verbs,  83  ;  330. 

References  are 


Stem   vowel;    of  first   declension, 

19,  d;  of  second  declension,  43. 

Subject  ;  21  ;  26,  a\  35  ;    omitted, 

39- 

Syntax  ;    Rules   of,    arranged   for 
ready    reference,   Following  the 
Vocabularies. 
Subjunctive  Mood  ;  274. 

in  Conditional  Sentences,  443, 

II,  III. 
in   Commands    and    Appeals, 

447  ;  449- 
with  cum  Causal  or  Qonces- 

sive,  427. 

with  cum  Temporal,  384. 
in   Indirect    Discourse,    450  ; 

Indirect     commands,     449 ; 

Indirect     Questions,     438  ; 

Indirect  statements,  413. 
of  Purpose,  279. 
in  Relative  Clauses  ;  425  ;  of 

cause,  423 ;  of  characteristic, 

424 ;  of  purpose  and  result, 

422. 

of  Result,  309. 
after  Verbs  of  Fearing,  353. 
rule  for  Use  of  Tenses,  277; 

409;  4H. 

Tenses  of ;  present  tense ; 
meaning,  274,  2;  276; 
tense  sign,  333;  use,  277, 
443,  H. 

imperfect     tense;      meaning; 

274  ;  276;  tense  sign,  333; 

use,  277 ;  443,  III. 

perfect  and  pluperfect  tenses  ; 

meaning,  410,  c;    use,  411. 

Subordinate  clauses ;  defined,  161; 

in  indirect  statements,  413 ;  450. 

Superlatives;  how  declined,  221,  b. 

meanings,  219;  223;  with  quam, 

439- 

sui,  283. 

sum ;    61  ;    67  ;    453  ;  454 ;    posi- 
tion, 26,  b. 

suus,  191. 

T. 

Tenses  ;  primary  and  secondary, 

408;  sequence  of,  411. 
to  paragraphs. 


INDEX. 


297 


Tense  signs,  188;  333. 

-ter,  247. 

"  that "  omitted  in  indirect  state- 
ments, 337,  II,  c. 

Third  conjugation;  205;  210;  332; 
in  io,  258;  332. 

Third  declension,  mute  stems,  130; 

135- 

Liquid  stems,  142. 
i-stems,  147;  153. 
Adjectives,   160;    167. 
Three  forms  of  indirect  discourse, 

45°- 

Time  denoted  by  infinitive  in  in- 
direct statements,  344;  345. 

Time;  ablative  of,  174;  accusative 
of,  261. 

Towns;  names  of  as  place  whither, 
360. 

tres,  297. 

tu,  -83;  284. 

U. 

ultima,  6,  3. 
Uniting  or  grouping  words,    169; 

43r>  i- 
-urn,  44- 
unus,  297. 
urbs,  153. 
ut;    of   purpose,    278,    b;   279;   of 


result,  308,  b;  309;    with  verbs 
of  fearing,  353. 
utor,  370. 

V. 

V ;  pronunciation,  5. 
velox,  167. 

Verb  ;  main,  161.  3  ;  position  of, 
26,  b;  162;  stems,  75,  a;  83; 

33°- 

Verbs;  agreement  of,  63;  of  mental 
action,  338  ;  personal  endings, 
76;  334;  plural  of,  16,  b;  voice, 

73.  °,  ^ 
vir,_56. 
virtus,  135. 
Vivid,  see  Less  vivid. 
Vocative  case,  45,  a,  b. 
Voice  ;  defined,  73,  a,  b. 
volo,  379- 
vos,  283. 
Vowels,  4,  i;  7. 

W. 

Words ;  Lists  of  Allied  Words  ex- 
plained, 131. 
Word-lists  for  review,    129;    203; 

291;  433- 
Word-  order,  26;  162;  431,  i. 
Writing  Latin;  Hints  for,  48. 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 


AN  INITIAL  FINE  OF  25  CENTS 

WILL  BE  ASSESSED  FOR  FAILURE  TO  RETURN 
THIS  BOOK  ON  THE  DATE  DUE.  THE  PENALTY 
WILL  INCREASE  TO  SO  CENTS  ON  THE  FOURTH 
DAY  AND  TO  $1.OO  ON  THE  SEVENTH  DAY 
OVERDUE. 


JUL  16  19 

40 

nun      no  4Grii9 

* 

JUL    2o  HSWo 

•-       ••'=• 

!         sB 

tyAY?  4J?53  Kr 

'5Sep'57KF! 

r^  ^*"  *^  t  !T*\.      »     nfc* 

KEC  D  LD 

DEC  211957 

/ 

i 

j 

» 

> 

LD  21-100m-7,'3P        / 

Tb    UU^Ul 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


